You are on page 1of 235

Hazardous Location

Catalog

North America

Product Portfolio

Contents

Hazardous Location
Heavy Duty Connectors

RockStar Heat Trace Connector Introduction


Heat Trace Connector

Non-Incendive Barriers

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block

Relays and Optos

Analog Signal Conditioners

MC6-Current Limiter

10

picoPak MC5O Solenoid Driver

12

WaveSeries MPI-Opto High Speed Optocoupler

14

DELCON Series Relays Overview

16

EXI-series Input Modules

18

EXO-series Output Modules

20

MIS/MOS-series Rail Mountable Bases

23

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

24

Accessories

27

picoPak I - I 4-20mA Isolator

28

WavePak Loop Splitter

30

ACT20X Overview

33

Current Supply Isolator

36

Current Output Isolator

38

Temperature Transducer

40

Universal Signal Converter

42

Universal Signal Isolating Transformer

44

NAMUR Isolating Switching Amplifier

46

Solenoid Driver

50

ACT20M Overview

54

Signal Splitter

56

Signal Converter

58

Signal Isolator

59

Universal Measuring Transducer

60

Passive Isolator

61

Signal Converter and Splitter

63

ACT20 Power-feed Module for CH20M DIN-Rail Bus

64

CH20M Rail Bus

66

Accessories

67

MICROSERIES Overview

68

Supply Isolator

70

Signal Isolator/Converter

72

DC/DC 3-way Isolator

75

WAVESERIES

76

WAVE TTA Universal Signal Converter and Trip Amplifier

76

ITXPlus Universal Signal Converter

80

Configurable DC/DC 3-way Isolator

82

USB Configuration Adapter

84

DC/DC 3-way Isolator

86

Analog Signal Conditioners (continued)

Displays

DC/DC 2-way Isolator

87

DC/DC Passive Isolator

88

RTD Signal Isolator/Converter

89

Temperature Measuring Transducer

90

Frequency Signal Isolator/Converter

93

Current Measuring Transducer

95

Process Value Displays


DI350 with LED Display

Power Supplies

Surge Protection Devices

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless Products

96
96

LPD350 with LCD Display

98

LPD405F with LCD Display

100

Power Delivery Products Overview

102

INSTAPOWER

103

PRO-H Series

104

connectPower

108

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

116

MTL Overview

124

SD Series

126

SLP Series

133

MA15 Series

134

TP48 Series

135

Active Components Overview

136

Switches Overview

138

Switches Quick Finder Chart

140

Unmanaged Switches

144

Managed Switches

148

Media Converter

158

Serial/Ethernet Converter

160

SFP Modules

162

Accessories

163

Product Overview

164

Application Notes

167

Wireless Meshing I/O and Gateway Unit

168

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units

171

Multi-I/O Units

176

Expansion I/O Units

181

Transmitter (Single Sensor Units)

186

Wireless Gateways

190

Wireless Data Modems

195

Specialty Enclosures

202

Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures

203

Selection Guide of Wireless Accessories

205

Accessories

Accessories

Antennas

208

Cables

220

WLAN Antennas

221

Cables

223

Hardware

224

Mounting Rails and End Brackets

227

Weidmuller Catalogs at a Glance


Catalog 1:
Modular Terminal Blocks

Catalog 5:
Enclosures and Cable Glands

Catalog 2:
PCB Terminals and Connectors

Catalog 6:
Tools

Catalog 3:
RockStar Heavy Duty Connectors

Catalog 7:
Marking Systems

Catalog 4.1:
Analog Signal Conditioning

Catalog 8:
Sensor Actuator Interface

Catalog 4.2:
Relays and Optocouplers

Catalog 9:
Industrial Ethernet

Catalog 4.3:
Power Delivery

Catalog 10:
Industrial Connectivity

Catalog 4.4:
Surge Protection

Catalog 11:
Circuit and Surge Protection

Catalog 4.5:
Interface Units and PLC Solutions

Catalog 12:
Wireless I/O and Ethernet Connectivity

P-Series (Push-in)
I-Series (IDC)
Power Distribution
Blocks and Fuse Blocks

Stud Style (Screw clamp)


Z-Series (Tension clamp)
W-Series (Screw clamp)

Space Saving Technologies


Wide Variety of Clamping Technologies
Pitches Ranging from 3.50 mm to 15.00 mm
Orientations Ranging from 90 to 270

Inserts
Modular System
Housings IP65 and IP68
Cable Glands

Intrinsically Safe Conditioners


Signal Converters and Monitoring Devices
Indicators and Configurable Displays
Fieldbus Distribution Boxes

Mechanical Relays
Solid-State (opto) Relays
Power Solid-State Relays
Multifunction Relays and Timers

Power Supplies
UPS control units/battery back up units
AC outlet DIN-Rail Mountable Receptacles

Surge Protection for Low-Voltage


Surge Protection for Instrumentation and Control
Surge Protection for Data Interfaces
Surge Protection for Photovoltaic Systems

Interface Units
PLC Interfaces H-, R- and S-System
Byte Precabling Solution

Enclosures
Cable Glands
Cabtite (Cable Entry System)

Cutting
Stripping
Crimping
Screwdrivers

Automatic Machines
Ferrules

Terminal Markers
Wire and Cable Markers
Device and Equipment Markers
Printing Systems and Software

SAI Passive Blocks


SAI Universal
SAI ASI
Cables and Connectors

Unmanaged Switches
Managed Switches
Routers
Media Converters

JACKPAC IP67

SteadyTEC
IE Connectors
Accessories

Short Form Catalog


Product Overview

Circuit Breakers
Overvoltage Protection
AC Receptacles
GFCI Outlets

Wireless I/O and Ethernet


Wireless Gateways
Wireless Transceivers
Antennas and Accessories

Introduction

RockStar Heat Trace Connector


The temperature in an oil pipeline system must not fall below a specific limit, even
when operating in harsh Arctic conditions, in order to ensure the smooth flow
of oil. Pipelines are therefore equipped with heaters which must be connected
to each other in a simple, safe and durable manner. Weidmuller has designed a
connector with a CSA-approved temperature range from 50 C to +60 C. The
coaxial design makes it easy to connect the connector elements in any position
(360). The inserts can be wired using the reliable screw connection. A snap
closure secures the connection. It can also be easily released using a screwdriver.
This provides long-term protection against an accidental opening.
The benefits for you:
Two-piece construction helps save you time and money during installation
Coaxial design for maximum 360 pluggability: can be plugged in without a
complex alignment process or rotation
Caps provide IP67 protection even when unplugged

High quality
Housing made from high-grade
tin-plated aluminium.

Introduction

Sturdy
Sturdy spiral spring contacts ensure a long-term,
reliable electrical connection.

Color coded
Simplified assignment using color-coded inserts
and caps.

Heat Trace Connector

Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector for the process and oil industry
Weidmuller presents the new and innovative Heat Trace
Connector for use in the process industry, and applications
within the harsh outdoor environments in the oil industry.
Our Heat Trace Connector is designed to connect heat trace
MI cables securely, reliably and efficiently.
Product advantages are:
Coaxial connector design with 360 degree coil spring
interconnects approved for MIL spec applications
Redundant sealing system providing IP67 protection class
Vibration and corrosion proof clamping yoke elements as
found in standard Weidmuller connectivity products
Integrated grounding system
Corrosion and impact resistant single piece housing
Standard tooling installation and operation: flat blade
screwdriver only, no crimp tool required
CSA Class1 Division2/Zone2 approval, T6 temperature
code, -50C to +60C

Heat Trace Connector

Heat Trace Connector


The Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector is designed to provide a maximum level of
customer value:
Designed to be used in a wide range of ambient temperatures from
50 C to +60 C
The T6 temperature code allows for diverse fields ofapplication
Available with two-poles, 148 AWG, rated at 35 A, 600 V AC, plus
integrated PE (ground)
Lightweight yet robust, the connector housing is made of a luminum alloy
with protective tin-plating
Conforms to IP67 and type 6 requirements (connected as well as
disconnected with cover)

Female HT Connector

Male HT Connector

HDC HTC M 3/4
HDC HTC M 3/4 C/W 3/4 TO 1/2 ADAPTER

Simple flat blade screwdriver release of latches


Coaxial design allows for 360 degrees of mating flexibility (no complicated
alignment or rotational movement is required during installation)
Draw-latch on the connector exterior guarantees a secure fit as well as
superior holding power
The simple and reliable installation provides significant time and cost savings
Comes with or without a 3/4 to 1/2 NPT Reducer

Part No.
1023890000
1023890050


HDC HTC F 3/4
HDC HTC F 3/4 C/W 3/4 TO 1/2 ADAPTER

Part No.
1023880000
1023880050

Technical Data
Electrical Rated Data
Contacts
2-pole (L1, L2) + PE (ground)
Ratings
35 ampere, 600 V AC, 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Wire

Harmonized
2,5 mm2 10 mm2

AWG
8 14 AWG

Torque
1.2 Nm (for the screw clamps and securing screws)
Other Characteristics
Clamping Body
Aluminium Tin-Plated
Contacts
Brass silver-plated
Inserts
Polyamide (UL94-V0)
Gasket FVMQ
End Cap Threads
3/4 NPT-F (female thread)
Torque
90.4Nm maximum (for the 3/4 NPT end)
Number of Mating Cycles

25 typical
Environmental Conditions
Enclosure Ratings
Type 6, IP67
Approvals
CSA Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D, T6, Tamb 50 C to +60 C, Type 6

Class 1, Zone 2, Ex nA, IIC, T6, Tamb 50 C to +60 C, IP67
GOST / VDE / UL in preparation
Accessories
ADAP EX 3/4NPT-1/2NPT C1D2
HDC HTC Mounting
VG NPT 3/4 Eex-eMS
Screwdriver non-insulated (not shown)
Screwdriver insulated (not shown)

Description
Material Properties
3/4 to 1/2 reducer
Copper-free aluminum
Mounting frame
Stainless Steel
Ex cable gland IP68 - 5 bar
Brass, nickel plated
SD 0.8x4.0x100
SDI 0.8x4.0x100

Part No.
7940034662
1049370000
1778150000
9008340000
9008400000

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block


This terminal block allows circuits to be designated NonIncendive. A typical application would involve 24Vdc PLC
input signals. By rating the signal as non-incendive, nonexplosion proof devices and wiring can be used in Class 1,
Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations. The
temperature rating is T3C (160C).
Standard installation and wiring practices apply such as
installation in an approved enclosure.
Features:
Combifoot mounting for 32mm and 35mmDIN-rails
Only 12mm wide
Clear marking of terminals for easy installation
CSA certified for Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D,
T3C (160C)

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block


Technical Data
Rated Data
24Vdc nominal
Rated voltage
35Vdc maximum
Rated current
75mA maximum
Resistance
470M 1%
Wire Size
22-12AWG
Dimensions
width 12mm

length 88.4mm

height on TS32 x 15 rail
75.0mm

height on TS35 x 7.5 rail
71.5mm

height on TS35 x 15 rail
78.5mm
Approvals CSA for Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D, T3C (160C)

Ordering Data

Non-Incendive Barrier TS35

/ TS 32/

Part No.
9916290000

MC6-Current Limiter

MC6 Current Limiter


for 2 Wire Transmitters (loop powered)
The MC6-Current Limiter is designed to install in 4-20mA
loops and prevent short circuits from causing a power supply
to turn off. In the event of a short circuit the maximum
current draw from the power supply is 24mA. Thus a short
in one loop will not cause the power supply to turn off and
shut down a complete system.
Although preventing the power supply from shutting down is
desirable it is also important to know there is a fault. For this
the MC6-Current Limiter provides a digital output to indicate
it is in current limiting mode. When the short is corrected the
module automatically reverts to normal operation.
The voltage drop across the device is just 2.5V max. so
the effect on the complete loop is minimal. Mounting is on
either 32mm or 35mm DIN-rails. The compact package
requires just 8mm of rail space (9.5mm with an end plate).

Shown with optional End Plate

A version specifically for use in Fieldbus Foundation


networks is also available.
Features:
Limits loop current to 24mA maximum, even when there
is a direct short to ground.
Digital output to indicate short
Requires just 8mm of rail space
CSA Class 1, Division 2 approved

10

MC6-Current Limiter

MC6-Current Limiter
Technical Data
Specifications:
Voltage drop across device @ 20mA
Maximum current in a short circuit condition
Response time
Optocoupler output

Voltage

Current
Status LED
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Wire Size

2.5Vdc max.
24mA
1ms
24V 20%
50mA max.
red LED (on indicates fault)
0 to +50C
-20 to +70C
22 - 12 AWG

Ordering Data

Part No.
9918010000

MC6- Current Limiter

Block Diagram

Dimensions

9.5mm

89mm

CURRENT
DETECT/LIMIT

24V

Tx+
CAT. NO:
991801
MC6 C UR R E NT
LOOP LIMITE R

68mm

991801

A0

Tx-

TX+
TX-

COM

24V
AO
R

COM

ALM

I LIMIT

ALM

Shown with End Plate


(Not required on all terminals): C9040396

Connection Diagram
-

24V
AO
ALM

PLC
Analog
Input

Tx+

IMAX
TxCOM

P/S +
24Vdc

IMAX= 25mA
in all fault
conditions

PLC
Digital
Input

11

picoPak MC5O

picoPak MC5O
Solenoid Driver
The picoPak MC5O is a compact DC solid state relay
designed specifically for 24Vdc solenoid applications. The
extra low on-state resistance allows for a high current rating
in a package just 6mm wide.
Features:
Ultra compact 6mm housing
10A @ 5-34Vdc resistive, 6A inductive switch
Combifoot mounting: TS32 & TS35 DIN-rails
4000V isolation
LED status indication
Input diode protection
Load EMF protected
CE marked
CSA certified, Class 1 Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D

12

picoPak MC5O

picoPak MC5O
Technical Data
Rated Data
Input
Input voltage range
Nominal Operating current (typical)
Output
Output resistance (on state)
Nominal switching voltage
Max. Continuous current
Operate time (at nom. voltage)
Release time (at nom. voltage)
Max. operating speed (50% mark space ratio)
Operating temperature range
General

24Vdc
11.5 to 28Vdc
5.0mA @ 24Vdc
high side MOSFET switch (sourcing)
less than 10m
5 to 34Vdc
10A resistive, 6A inductive
1mS approx.
1mS max.
50Hz (3000 operations per minute)
-40...+60 C

Isolation
surge strength
Dimensions
terminal width

width across rail
Height on rail TS32 / TS35 x 7.5 / TS35 x 15
Conductor size
solid

flexible
Fuse/Circuit Breakers (recommended)
EMC
Installation


Cleaning
Approvals

4000V
6mm
76mm
68mm / 63mm / 70.5mm
0.5...4.0mm (24-12AWG)
0.5...2.5mm (24-14AWG)
20A (65V) Slow Blow, breaking capacity 150A
EN50081-1, EN50082-2
To be installed and maintained by qualified personnel as per instructions,
or module safety may be compromised.
Designed for IEC664 Installation Category II use.
Wipe only with a damp cloth moistened with water (de-energise before cleaning).
CE marked, CSA certified, Class 1 Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering Data

Type

picoPak MC5O

End Plate AP

End Brackets EW (for TS35)/EWK (for TS32)


Cross connection insulated
2 pole

3 pole

4 pole

Cross connection uninsulated 75 pole
straight
angled

Insulation profile 75 pole

Part No.
7901690001
C9039986
0383560000 /
0206160000
0482700000
0482800000
0482900000
0535200000
0526400000
0526700000

Power
Supply

MC5O
Output

5-34VDC

out

Input
24V

V+
Load

0V

0V

13

WaveSeries MPI-Opto High Speed Optocoupler

WaveSeries MPI-Opto
High Speed Optocoupler
The MPI-Opto offers isolation and signal level conversion for
discrete signals at frequencies up to 50KHz.
It also provides 2 isolated outputs making it ideal for driving
local displays and a PLC or DCS simultaneously. The input
can be 5Vdc or 12-24Vdc while the outputs are rated
5-28Vdc @ 50mA.
The input of the MPI-Opto can be provided by a proximity
switch, photoelectric sensor or turbine flowmeter and can
be either sinking or sourcing. Each output channel provides
inverted and non-inverted signals. Applications include
NPN-PNP conversion, signal inverter, level conversion, signal
splitter and more.
Up to 50kHz switching frequency
1 input and 2 isolated outputs
5V and 12-28V inputs
Can be used with sinking or sourcing sensors
The innovative Wavebox housing is compact and uses
plug-and-socket connections
CSA Class 1 Division 2 certified

14

MPI-Opto

MPI-Opto Solid State Relay








Dual input; 5V or 12-28V


2 isolated outputs
Up to 50 kHz switching frequency
Inverting and non-inverting outputs
Compact; just 18mm wide
Mounts on 35mm DIN rail
CE marked

4
8

5
6

9
7

10

11
12

3
OUTPUTS: SINK OR SOURCE 50mA MAX.

Technical Data
Terminal Numbering
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Input
On-state voltage
TTL input
3.2-5Vdc

12-24V input
10-28Vdc
Off-state voltage
TTL input
0-0.8Vdc

12-24Vdc input
0-3Vdc
Current
@5V
4mA on-state

@12Vdc
4mA on-state

@24Vdc
8mA on-state
Output
Voltage 5-28Vdc
Current
50mA max. per output (sink or source)
Low-state voltage drop
<1V
High state voltage supply
Vs - 1V
Max. switching frequency (ON/OFF times)
50kHz (4 micro second ON, 4 micro second OFF)
General
Isolation
input-output
3000Vac RMS

output channel-to-channel
3000Vac RMS
Temperature
operating
0C to 55C

storage
-20C to + 70C
22-12AWG
Wire size
Dimensions in mm
width
17.7

length 90.0

height on rail TS32
n/a

height on rail TS35 x 7.5
105.2

+V2
2A
-V2
+V1
1A
-V1
V
TTL
12-24V
N/C
2B

Ordering Data

WavePak MPI-Opto

Part No.
9916080000

15

DELCON Series Relays

DELCON Series Relays


The optimal interface relay for hazardous locations
Delcon Series Relays help to eliminate interference, signal
disturbances, inductive loads, high DC voltages, and costly
relayreplacements.
Pulse transformer technology for isolating I/O signals
offers significant advantages over optical isolation and
electromechanical relays. Most notably, pulse transformer
I/O modules provide higher transient immunity and high
input-to-output isolation.
The high transient immunity means the Weidmuller - Delcon
I/O modules are ideal for I/O applications where electrical
noise is a problem. No additional suppression components are
needed even when used with long unshielded signal cables,
inductive loads or noisy power lines.
The limitations of optocoupler based solid-state relays
disappear when pulse transformer I/O modules are used.
For instance, the standard AC output module EXO 24TR has
near zero leakage current; requires no minimum load; can be
used with any power factor 0 to 1; is rated for both general
use and inductive loads at 3A; and is immune to both load
line and signal line spikes.
General Features
Solid state relay for demanding conditions
Pulse Transformer Isolation (not OPTO!!!)
Galvanic isolation 4 kV
Switches highly inductive loads (AC and DC)
Switches high DC-voltages
Excellent immunity to interferences
Designed and produced in Finland
Long lifetime 10 years warranty
Special product line for hazardous locations (EX-series)

16

DELCON Series Relays

Innovative

Add reliability to

Finnish Delcon

a control system

Delcon has manufactured pulse transformer technology


based solid-state relays for demanding industrial
applications since the end of the 70s. Delcon has its
product development and assembly near Helsinki, Finland.
The extremely high quality of the products is guaranteed
by the design, the choice of the right components, good
workmanship and 100 % testing.

Delcon Series relays improve the reliability of the whole


control system. The exceptionally clear function and
condition indication of Delcon Series relays is based on a
unique current-voltage-hysteresis that guarantees 100 %
switching and signalling even under the worst conditions.
Voltage/current - signal diagram

Avoid production downtime


Customers choose Delcon because of reliability, safe
operation and costs savings in maintenance due to fewer
unexpected production stoppages.

Current
mA

On
Off

on

lc
De

lay

Re

y
Rela
ical
n
a
h
upler
ec
to co
trom
p
c
O
e
l
E

Voltage
DC

AC relays are immune from interference and


guarantee safe switching and reliable signal
indication with
Long and/or parallel signal and load cables
Unshielded cables
2-wire sensors
Fast operations, off-delay 0.5 ms
High switching frequencies up to 1000 Hz
High momentary currents of up to 30 x In
Loading capacity, AC Relays

Highly reliable DC relays also for


extremely difficult loads
Switch 4 amp DC-loads with voltages of up to 250 V
without problems and without derating
Switch difficult and highly inductive loads such as
solenoid valves having time factors as high as 100 ms
Have a long lifetime with high currents
(up to 10 A / 24 VDC)

Loading capacity, DC Relays

17

DELCON Series Relays

EXI-series
Solid state input relay for hazardous
locations
Non-sparking device, type of
protection nA
cULus Listed HazLoc, ATEX, IECEx,
CE (EMC and LVD)
Integrated status LED
Used with mechanical limit switches
and also with long signal cables

Derating when switching


inductive loads
This relay is meant for PLC inputs and
similar loads. A back-emf clamping
diode with the load must be used
when switching inductive loads.
Fusing
To protect relay against short circuit
and overload a fast fuse with the
correct rating for the load and the
capacity of the relay should be chosen.
Note that when overload current is not
large, it is possible that the fuse will
not protect the relay because of the
tolerance on the fuserating.

Functional block diagram

Mechanical Dimensions

Hazardous area installation


The relay shall be installed in
accordance with this specification. The
relay shall be installed within a suitable
certified enclosure providing protection
from impact, light, solid foreign objects
and water ingress to a level of at least
IP54. The relay shall be derated in
accordance with this specification.
The relay shall only be installed
to mounting sockets MIS1GNEX,
MIS1CCNEX, and MIS1TNEX.
Fixing with the captive screw. The
recommended installation is to the
horizontal rail for better cooling
of the relays.

Other General Specification


Plug-in Relay Color (Input or Output)

Grey

DIN-rail base Color

Black

Input to output isolation

4300VAC RMS minimum

Clearance and Creepage distances I/O

8mm

Operating Temperature Range

-25 to +70C for most models


-10 to +70C for EXO5TH, EXO12TH and EXO24TR

Storage Temperature Range

-40 to +70C

Approvals
cULus Listed file E332493
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc Certificate DEMKO 13 ATEX 1041005U
IECEx nA IIC Gc Certificate IECEx ULD 13.00006U
CE according to LVD 2006/95/EC and EMC 2004/108/EC for the relays

18

DELCON Series Relays

EXI-series Input modules


Technical Data
Plug-in relay
Input
EXI 12CH

Description
Input Plug-in Relay
12 VDC

Control voltage
(Typ. Turn-on Nom.)
7.5 - 14VDC

Other Input Specification


7.5 mA max. input current
5 VDC min. switch off voltage

Load current
range
(Min. - Max.)
0 - 50 mA

Load voltage
(Min. - Nom.)
0 - 28 VDC

EXI 24CH

Input Plug-in Relay


24 VDC

16 - 28VDC

7.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VD

EXI 24CHF

Input Plug-in Relay


24 VDC, Fast

16 - 28VDC

7.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 24CHL

Input Plug-in Relay


24 VDC, Increased Input
Current
Input Plug-in Relay
24 VAC

16 - 28VDC

15 mA min. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

16 - 24VAC

15 mA max. input current


12 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 25CH
EXI 48CH

Input Plug-in Relay


48 VDC

36 - 48VDC

7.0 mA max. input current


20 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 49CH

Input Plug-in Relay


48 VAC

35 - 48VAC

15 mA max. input current


25 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 120CH

Input Plug-in Relay


120 VAC

80 - 120VAC

6.0 mA max. input current


50 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 120CHI

Input Plug-in Relay


120 VAC, Normally
Closed
Input Plug-in Relay
120 VAC, Proxy

80 - 120VAC

6.0 mA max. input current


50 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 100 mA

0 - 28 VDC

80 - 120VAC

8.0 mA max. input current


50 VAC min. switch off voltage
3.5 mA typ. switch off current
4.2 mA max. input current
50 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 120CHP
EXI 125CH

Input Plug-in Relay


120 VDC

80 - 120VDC

EXI 230CH

Input Plug-in Relay


230 VAC

170 - 230VAC

5.0 mA max. input current


80 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC

EXI 230CHI

Input Plug-in Relay


230 VAC,
Normally Closed
Input Plug-in Relay
230 VAC, Proxy

170 - 230VAC

5.0 mA max. input current


80 VAC min. switch off voltage

0 - 100 mA

0 - 28 VDC

170 - 230VAC

EXI 230CHR

Input Plug-in Relay


230 VAC, Current
Limiting Secondary

170 - 230VAC

7.5 mA max. input current


0 - 50 mA
120 VAC min. switch off voltage
3.5 mA typ. switch off current
0 - 50 mA
5.0 mA max. input current
80 VAC min. switch off voltage
limited by
internal resistor

EXI 250CH

Input Plug-in Relay


250 VDC

170 - 250VDC

EXI 230CHP

4 mA max. input current


80 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 50 mA

0 - 28 VDC
0 - 28 VDC

0 - 28 VDC

Other Output Specification


(Max.)
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
10/25s switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
20/60 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
40/80 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
40/50 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.5 V Voltage drop max. @ 30 mA
40/100 ms switch on/off typ.
10 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
20/40 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
50 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.5 V Voltage drop max. @ 30 mA
50/100 ms switch on/off typ.
10 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
40 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
5 V Voltage drop typ.
(500 Ohms internal res.)
50 ms switch on/off typ.
1 A leakage typ.
0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 A leakage typ

19

DELCON Series Relays

EXO-series
DIN-rail solid state output relay for
hazardous locations
Non-sparking device, type of
protection nA
cULus Listed HazLoc, ATEX, IECEx,
CE (EMC and LVD)
Integrated status LED
For high currents with resistive and
slightly inductive loads
Derating when switching
inductive loads
This relay is meant for resistive and
slightly inductive loads. A back-emf
clamping diode with the load must
be used when switching DC inductive
loads. When controlling inductive
AC loads, there is no need to use
extra protection elements such as a
RC circuit or snubbers with the load.
The surge current is not allowed to
exceed the specification. For reasons
of heat dissipation, when the load will
be switched frequently, the average
current over a reasonable time should
not exceed the specification for
continuous operation.

Functional block diagram

Mechanical Dimensions

Fusing
To protect relay against short circuit
and overload a fast fuse with the
correct rating for the load and the
capacity of the relay should be chosen.
Note that when overload current is not
large, it is possible that the fuse will
not protect the relay because of the
tolerance on the fuse rating.
Hazardous area installation
The relay shall be installed in
accordance with this specification. The
relay shall be installed within a suitable
certified enclosure providing protection
from impact, light, solid foreign objects
and water ingress to a level of at least
IP54. The relays shall be derated in
accordance with the relay specification.
The relay can be assembled to standard
35 mm DIN-rail. Use proper tool size
to tighten the screws. Over-torqueing
may cause screw terminal breakage.
Use 60/75 C copper wire only. Do not
make connections or disconnections
while circuit is live unless area is known
to be non-hazardous. The relay shall
only be installed to mounting sockets
MOS1GNEX, MOS1CCNEX and
MOS1TNEX. Fixing with the captive
screw. The recommended installation is
to the horizontal rail for better cooling of
the relays.
20

Other General Specification


Plug-in Relay Color (Input or Output)

Grey

DIN-rail base Color

Black

Input to output isolation

4300VAC RMS minimum

Clearance and Creepage distances I/O

8mm

Operating Temperature Range

-25 to +70C for most models


-10 to +70C for EXO5TH, EXO12TH and EXO24TR

Storage Temperature Range

-40 to +70C

Approvals
cULus Listed file E332493
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc Certificate DEMKO 13 ATEX 1041005U
IECEx nA IIC Gc Certificate IECEx ULD 13.00006U
CE according to LVD 2006/95/EC and EMC 2004/108/EC for the relays

DELCON Series Relays

EXO-series Output modules


Technical Data
Plug-in relay Output
EXO 5CH

Description
Output Plug-in Relay
5 VDC/0...60 VDC
3A

Control voltage
(Typ. Turn-on
- Nom.)
2.7 - 5 VDC

Other Input Specification


15.0 mA max. input current
2 VDC min. switch off voltage

Load current
range
(Min. - Max.)
0 - 3 ADC
(15A for 10ms)

EXO 5CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


5 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

2.7 - 5 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


2 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

EXO 5CHX

Output Plug-in Relay


5 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A (6.3A in base)

2.7 - 5 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


2 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(6.3 with socket)
(80A for 10ms)

EXO 5IHA

Output Plug-in Relay


5 VDC/0...240/250
VAC/VDC 1.2 A

2.7 - 5 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


2 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.2A AC - DC
(8A for 10ms)

EXO 5TH

Output Plug-in Relay


5 VDC/0...240 VAC
3 A, Snubber

2.7 - 5 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


2 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 3 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

EXO 12CH

Output Plug-in Relay


12 VDC/0...60 VDC
3A

8 - 14 VDC

12.0 mA max. input current


6 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 3 ADC
(15A for 10ms)

EXO 12CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


12 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

8 - 14 VDC

12.0 mA max. input current


6 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

EXO 12CHX

Output Plug-in Relay


12 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A (6.3A in base)

8 - 14 VDC

12.0 mA max. input current


6 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(6.3 with socket)
(80A for 10ms)

EXO 12TH

Output Plug-in Relay


12 VDC/0...240 VAC
3 A, Snubber

8 - 14 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


6 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 3 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

EXO 24CH

Output Plug-in Relay


24 VDC/0...60 VDC
3A

16 - 28 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 3 ADC
(15A for 10ms)

EXO 24CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


24 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

16 - 28 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

EXO 24CHA4

Output Plug-in Relay


24 VDC/0...250 VDC
4A

16 - 28 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 4 ADC
(20A for 10ms)

EXO 24CHX

Output Plug-in Relay


24 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A (6.3A in base)

16 - 28 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(6.3 with socket)
(80A for 10ms)

EXO 24IHA

Output Plug-in Relay


24 VDC/0...240/250
VAC/VDC 1.2 A

16 - 28 VDC

15.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.2A AC - DC
(8A for 10ms)

EXO 24TH

Output Plug-in Relay


16 - 28 VDC
24 VDC/0...240 VAC 3 A,
Snubber

17.0 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 3 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

Load voltage
(Min. - Nom.)
0 - 60 VDC

Other Output Specification


(Max.)
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
5 ms (24 V @ 2A)
0.5 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 250 VDC
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 28 VDC
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 240 VAC or Load power factor: 0.3 to 1
0 - 250 VDC
(240 Vac @ 1.2A)
1.5 Vac Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 240 VAC
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.
0 - 60 VDC
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
5 ms (24 V @ 2A)
0.5 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 250 VDC
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 28 VDC
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 240 VAC
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.
0 - 60 VDC
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
5 ms (24 V @ 2A)
0.5 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 250 VDC
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 250 VDC
L/R factor: 5 ms (250 V @ 4.0A) /
50 ms (24 V @ 4.0A)
0.6 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 28 VDC
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 240 VAC or Load power factor: 0.3 to 1
0 - 250 VDC
(240 Vac @ 1.2A)
1.5 Vac Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
0 - 240 VAC
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.

21

DELCON Series Relays

EXO-series Output modules


Technical Data, continued
Plug-in relay Output
EXO 24TR

Description
Output Plug-in Relay
24 VDC/0...240 VAC
3 A, Low Leakage

Control voltage
(Typ. Turn-on Nom.)
16 - 28 VDC

Other Input Specification


17.0 mA max. input current
12 VDC min. switch off voltage

Load current
range
(Min. - Max.)
0 - 3 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

Load voltage
(Min. - Nom.)
0 - 240 VAC

EXO 48CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


48 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

30 - 48 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


20 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO 48CHA4

Output Plug-in Relay


48 VDC/0...250 VDC
4A

30 - 48 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


20 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 4 ADC
(20A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO 48CHX

Output Plug-in Relay


48 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A (6.3A in base)

30 - 48 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


20 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(6.3 with socket)
(80A for 10ms)

0 - 28 VDC

EXO 120CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


120 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

80 - 120 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


50 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO 120CHA4

Output Plug-in Relay


120 VDC/0...250 VDC
4A

80 - 120 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


50 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 4 ADC
(20A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO 220CHA

Output Plug-in Relay


220 VDC/0...250 VDC
1.8 A

170 - 220 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


80 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 1.8 ADC
(12A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO 220CHA4

Output Plug-in Relay


220 VDC/0...250 VDC
4A

170 - 220 VDC

4.0 mA max. input current


80 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 4 ADC
(20A for 10ms)

0 - 250 VDC

EXO P120TH

Output Plug-in Relay


120 VAC/0...240 VAC
3 A, Snubber

80 - 120 VAC

6.0 mA max. input current


45 VAC min. switch off voltage
3.0 mA min. switch off current

0 - 3 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

0 - 240 VAC

EXO P230TH

Output Plug-in Relay


230 VAC/0...240 VAC
1.5 A, Snubber

170 - 230 VAC

6.0 mA max. input current


90 VAC min. switch off voltage
3.0 mA min. switch off current

0 - 1.5 AAC
(90A for 20ms)

0 - 240 VAC

Other Output Specification


(Max.)
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1/11 ms switch on/off
50A leakage typ.
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 5 ms (250 V @ 4.0A) /
50 ms (24 V @ 4.0A)
0.6 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 5 ms (250 V @ 4.0A) /
50 ms (24 V @ 4.0A)
0.6 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 5 ms (250 V @ 4.0A) /
50 ms (24 V @ 4.0A)
0.6 V Voltage drop typ.
1.0 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
10/20 ms switch on/off typ.
1.5 mA leakage typ.
Load power factor: 0 to 1
1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
10/20 ms switch on/off typ.
1.5 mA leakage typ.

EXO Series DIN-rail modules


DIN-rail relay
Soldered
to base
(no socket)
EXO 5CHXSN

22

Description
Output DIN-rail Relay
5 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A

Control voltage
(Typ. Turn-on Nom.)
2.7 - 5 VDC

Other Input Specification


15 mA max. input current
2 VDC min. switch off voltage

Load current
range
(Min. - Max.)
0 - 10 ADC
(80A for 10ms)

Load voltage
(Min. - Nom.)
0 - 28 VDC

EXO 12CHXSN

Output DIN-rail Relay


12 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A

8 - 14 VDC

12 mA max. input current


6 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(80A for 10ms)

0 - 28 VDC

EXO 24CHXSN

Output DIN-rail Relay


24 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A

16 - 28 VDC

15 mA max. input current


12 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(80A for 10ms)

0 - 28 VDC

EXO 48CHXSN

Output DIN-rail Relay


48 VDC/0...24 VDC
10 A

30 - 48 VDC

4 mA max. input current


20 VDC min. switch off voltage

0 - 10 ADC
(80A for 10ms)

0 - 28 VDC

Other Output Specification


(Max.)
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage

DELCON Series Relays

MIS-series
Mounting sockets for hazardous
locations with tension spring or
screw clamp terminals
MIS1xxxx for EXI-relays (input)
MOS1xxxx for EXO-relays (output)
cULus Listed HazLoc, ATEX, IECEx,
CE (LVD)

Use only Delcon EXI/EXO -series


relays. The relays can be fixed using
the captive screw. Do not make
connections or disconnections while
circuit is live unless area is known to be
non-hazardous.

Connection Diagrams
Connections for MIS 1CCNEX

Connections for MOS 1CCNEX

Logic side

Field side

Mechanical Dimensions
See table below
for dimensions

Hazardous area installation


The mounting sockets shall be installed
in accordance with this specification.
The sockets shall be installed within a
suitable certified enclosure providing
protection from impact, light, solid
foreign objects and water ingress
to a level of at least IP54. The relay/
socket combinations shall be derated in
accordance with the specifications. The
sockets can be assembled to standard
35 mm DIN-rail. Use proper tool size to
tighten the screws. Over-torqueing may
cause screw terminal breakage. Use
60/75 C copper wire only.

Assembly limitations and loading of the


relays depend on the relay types and
ambient conditions. The recommended
installation is to the horizontal rail for
better cooling of the relays.
Technical Data
Rail Mountable
Bases
With socket
MIS 1CCNEX

Description
DIN-rail Socket for
EXI Input Relay

Connection type
Tension spring clamp

MIS 1GNEX

DIN-rail Socket for


EXI Input Relay

Screw clamp terminals

MIS 1TNEX

DIN-rail Socket
for EXI Input Relay,
Test Holes 2.3 mm
DIN-rail Socket for
EXO Output Relay

Screw clamp and


Test points

MOS 1CCNEX

Tension spring clamp

MOS 1GNEX

DIN-rail Socket for


EXO Output Relay

Screw clamp terminals

MOS 1TNEX

DIN-rail Socket for


EXO Output Relay,
Test Holes 2.3 mm

Screw clamp and


Test points

Connection wire range / Torque /


Flammability
(Min. / Max. - solid (stranded))
22/14 AWG (0.5/2.5mm)

UL94V-0
22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm)
0.5 to 0.6Nm
UL94V-0
22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm)
0.5 to 0.6Nm
UL94V-0
22/14 AWG (0.5/2.5mm)

UL94V-0
22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm)
0.5 to 0.6Nm
UL94V-0
22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm)
0.5 to 0.6Nm
UL94V-0

Load current
range
(Min. - Max.)
0 - 6.3 A

Load voltage
range
(Min. / Nom.)
0 - 250
VAC/VDC

Dimensions (mm)
12.8 W x 80.6 L x 32.5 H
(74.0 H with Relay)

0 - 6.3 A

0 - 250
VAC/VDC

12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H


(74.0 H with Relay)

0 - 6.3 A

0 - 250
VAC/VDC

12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H


(74.0 H with Relay)

0 - 6.3 A

0 - 250
VAC/VDC

12.8 W x 80.6 L x 32.5 H


(74.0 H with Relay)

0 - 6.3 A

0 - 250
VAC/VDC

12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H


(74.0 H with Relay)

0 - 6.3 A

0 - 250
VAC/VDC

12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H


(74.0 H with Relay)

23

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays


The MICROSERIES C1D2 Relay module can be used as a
universal interface between the controller and the actuator
to switch small and medium-sized loads.
C1D2 approved for use in hazardous locations
Relay module interchangeable
Space-saving 6.1 mm width
Pluggable cross-connection at input and output minimizes
the wiring workload
VUC versions accept AC and DC input, reducing variations
in inventory
Integrated RC circuit at input available, protecting from
leakage current on control side
Integrated polarity protection for quick and safe
installation of the relays
Integrated LED status indicators for easy and instant
troubleshooting and minimized machine downtime

24

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

1 change-over contact
AC/DC/UC coil

Technical Data

11
14

A2

(12 V DC)
12

A1
11

14

(24 V DC)

A2

12

A1
11

14

(24 V UC)

12

A2
A1

Output
max. switching voltage AC1/Continuous current
min. switching power
Response time / Drop-out time
Contact base material
Mechanical endurance
max. switching frequency at rated load
Rated data
Status indicator/Free wheel diode
Reverse pol. prot
Ambient temperature (operational)
Storage temperature
Humidity
Insulation coordination (EN 50178)
Standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Clearance and creepage distances for control/load side
Surge category
Pollution severity
Protective separation to VDE 0106 part 101
Dimensions

Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) (mm2)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

250 V/6 A
12 V / 100 mA
6.2ms/3.9ms
AgSnO
20*106 switching cycles
0.1 Hz
green LED/Yes
available
-25C+50 C
-40C+60 C
40C/93% RH, no condensation
EN 50178
300 V
4 kV
5.5 mm
III
2
Yes
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 4
93 / 6.1 / 92
CE; cULus; C1D2

Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories

Ordering Data
Input
Rated voltage
Rated current AC
Rated current DC
Power rating
AC Response/dropout Volt
DC Response/dropout Volt
AC pickup/dropout current
DC pickup/dropout current

12 VDC 1CO
12 V DC 20%

24 V DC 1CO
24 V DC 20 %

17 mA
210 mW

6.6mA
160 mW

6.4V/ 2.5V

15.4V/6.5V

Relay with socket


Type
MRS 12Vdc 1CO C1D2

Spare relay (pluggable)*


8.4mA/2.4mA
Screw connection

24 V UC 1CO
24 V UC 10 %
11 mA
6.4 mA
154 mW
15.8V/7V
15.8V/7V
3.6mA/1.3mA
3.6mA/1.3mA

4mA/1.2mA
Part No.
8967340000**

Type
Part No.
RSS113012 12Vdc-Rel1U 4061610000

Type
MRS 24Vdc 1CO C1D2

Part No.
8967350000

Type
Part No.
RSS113024 24Vdc-Rel1U 4060120000

Type
MRS 24Vuc 1CO C1D2

Part No.
8967360000

Type
Part No.
RSS113024 24Vdc-Rel1U 4060120000

*Spare relays do not feature individual C1D2 approval.


**If purchasing in Canada please use Part No. 7940004779

If purchasing in Canada please use Part No. 7940004781

25

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

Relays - MICROSERIES
120 VAC RC version:
RC circuit at the input guarantees
safe switching thresholds,
e.g. for leakage currents on the control side

1 change-over contact
AC/DC/UC coil

Technical Data

11
(120 V AC RC)
14

A2

12

A1

11
(230 V UC)
14

12

A2

A1

Output
max. switching voltage AC1/Continuous current
min. switching power
Response time / Drop-out time
Contact base material
Mechanical endurance
max. switching frequency at rated load
Rated data
Status indicator/Free wheel diode
Reverse pol. prot
Ambient temperature (operational)
Storage temperature
Humidity
Insulation coordination (EN 50178)
Standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Clearance and creepage distances for control/load side
Surge category
Pollution severity
Protective separation to VDE 0106 part 101
Dimensions

Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) (mm2)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

250 V/6 A
12 V / 100 mA
6.2ms/3.9ms
AgSnO
20*106 switching cycles
0.1 Hz
green LED/Yes
available
-25 C+50 C
-40 C+60 C
40C/93% RH, no condensation
EN 50178
300 V
4 kV
5.5 mm
III
2
Yes
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 4
93 / 6.1 / 92
CE; cULus; C1D2

Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories

Ordering Data
Input
Rated voltage
Rated current AC
Rated current DC
Power rating
AC Response/dropout Volt
DC Response/dropout Volt
AC pickup/dropout current
DC pickup/dropout current
Relay with socket

Spare relay (pluggable)*

*Spare relays do not feature individual C1D2 approval.

26

120 V AC 1CO RC
120 V AC + 10% / -15%
7 mA

230 V UC 1CO
230 V UC +10% / -15%
3.5 mA
2.9 mA
0.8 VA / 660 mW
146 V / 124 V
155 V / 115 V
1.9 mA / 1.5 mA
1.9 mA / 1.0 mA

0.84VA
79 V / 65 V
4.5 mA / 3.7 mA

Screw connection

Type
MRS 120VUC 1C0 RC C1D2

Part No.
8967370000

Type
MRS 230VUC 1CO C1D2

Part No.
8967380000

Type

Part No.
4061630000

Type
RSS113060 60Vdc-Rel1U

Part No.
4061630000

RSS1130600 60Vdc-Rel1U

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

Accessories

Genera Data - MICROSERIES

Plug-in cross-connection

Technical Data

No. of poles

Qty

Part No.

2
3
4
10
20

60
60
60
20
20

1758250000
1762630000
1762620000
1758260000
1909020000

2
3
4
10
20

60
60
60
20
20

1793950000
1793980000
1794010000
1794040000
1909150000

2
3
4
10
20

60
60
60
20
20

1793960000
1793990000
1794020000
1794050000
1909100000

2
3
4
10
20

60
60
60
20
20

1793970000
1794000000
1794030000
1794060000
1909120000

Other accessories

Screw
Conductor connection
Solid H07V-U
mm2
0.5 4.0
Stranded H07V-K
mm2
0.5 2.5
f with wire end ferrules to DIN 46228-1
mm2
0.5 1.5
f with wire end ferrules with plastic collar
mm2
0.5 1.5
Max. clamping range
mm2
0.13 4.0
Plug gauge to IEC 60947-1
size
A3
General technical data
Nominal torque
0.6
Continuous current for 2-pole cross-connection
A
10
A
10
Continuous current for multi-pole cross-connection
mm
7
Stripping length
Ingress protection class
IP 20
Housing material
Wemid
UL 94 flammability rating
V-0
Nominal current
A
6
V
250
Nominal voltage

Dimensions
Qty

Part No.

600

1609900000

Labels, Lasermark
LM MT 300 15/6 ge

484 labels/sheet

10

1686360000

Screwdriver
SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100

10

9008330000

Screw Connection

92 mm

Type
Markers
WS 12/6
12 x 6 mm

93 mm

6.1 mm

Type
yellow
ZQV 4N / 2 GE
ZQV 4N / 3 GE
ZQV 4N / 4 GE
ZQV 4N / 10 GE
ZQV 4N / 20 GE
red
ZQV 4N / 2 RT
ZQV 4N / 3 RT
ZQV 4N / 4 RT
ZQV 4N / 10 RT
ZQV 4N / 20 RT
blue
ZQV 4N / 2 BL
ZQV 4N / 3 BL
ZQV 4N / 4 BL
ZQV 4N / 10 BL
ZQV 4N / 20 BL
black
ZQV 4N / 2 SW
ZQV 4N / 3 SW
ZQV 4N / 4 SW
ZQV 4N / 10 SW
ZQV 4N / 20 SW

27

picoPak I - I 4-20mA Isolator

picoPak I - I
4-20mA Isolator
The picoPak I-I is a very compact isolator for 4-20mA
loops. The output is loop powered. The module is perfect for
eliminating ground loops and providing increased protection
for PLC and DCS analog inputs.
Isolation is optical. This means the output load does not
effect the voltage drop across the input (the voltage drop is a
near constant at 3.5V).
Features:
Only 8mm wide
Mounts on 32mm and 35mm DIN-rails
2000V isolation
User adjustable span and zero adjustments
CSA, CE and Class 1 Div 2 approved

28

picoPak I - I 4-20mA Isolator

picoPak I - I 4-20mA Isolator

Technical Data
DC Current
4-20mA
variable, <3.5Vdc over input range
50mA
not applicable

Vs
AC or DC
N

IN+

+
4 Wire
Transmitter

+
+

DC current
4-20mA
0-500M or Rmax=[(Vs-14)/0.02]
3.6mA for input open, 24mA max. for overcurrent input
15% nominal around 4mA for calibration purposes
15% nominal around 20mA for calibration purposes

990880
24V+
+
3 Wire
Transmitter

2 Wire
Transmitter
+

IN+
IN-

IN+

18-30Vdc
Supply

OUT+
OUT-

IN-

picoPak I/I
IN+

External
Load
<500 Ohms

IN+

Input
Range
Impedance
Maximum ratings / type of protection
Field device excitation
Other input specification
Output
Range
Load
Burnout level
Zero adjustment
Span adjustment
Protection
Other output specification
Supply
Range
Consumption
General
Accuracy / Linearity
Temperature coefficient (drift)
Transmission Frequency
Response time, 90% span
Other general specification
Status LED
Isolation (# of ports)
Operating / Storage temperature
Housing (mounting)
Dimensions in mm (length x width x height)
Wire range (conductor size)
Tightening torque / insulation stripping length
Approvals

DC voltage in output loop (2 wire)


18-30Vdc, 24Vdc nominal
25mA maximum
0.1% typical@25C, 0.8% over temperature range

5mSec., typical
none
2000V (2 port)
0C to 50C / -20C to 70C
DK6 (TS32 and TS35)
88.4 x 9.5 (end plate included) x 78.5 max.
22-12AWG (0.5-4.0mm2)
0.4Nm / 7mm
CSA, Class 1 Divison 2, CE

Ordering Data
picoPak

Optional End plate (width)

Type
picoPakTM I-I
AP1 (1.5mm)

Note:

AP included with 990880000

Part No.
9908800000
C9040396

29

WavePak Loop Splitter

WavePak
Loop Splitter
The WavePak Loop Splitter module is a 4-20mA current loop
isolator with one loop powered input and two independent,
loop powered, isolated outputs. It is ideal for interfacing
one transmitter to two devices such as a PLC and a
localindicator.
Some loop splitters are actually two single channel devices
with their inputs connected in series.This increases the
loading on the current loop. Weidmullers Loop Splitter
has a single input circuit with a near constant voltage drop
of no more than 3.5V, regardless of the output loop load.
This is accomplished through the use of optical isolation
as opposed to transformer coupling. Optical isolation also
provides higher isolation levels - 1000V in the case of the
Loop Splitter.
Features:
Loop powered
Near constant input voltage drop
Only 12.5mm wide
Mounts on 35mm DIN-rail
CSA approved, Class 1 Division 2 approved

30

WavePak Loop Splitter

WavePak Loop Splitter


Specifications:
Input:
4-20mA
Input voltage drop:
<3.5V over 4-20mA range
Isolation: Optical

1000V between input and each output + output to output
Output: 4-20mA
Output loop supply:
19-30Vdc per loop
Output loop impedance:
up to 500 with a 24Vdc loop supply
Accuracy (each channel):
@25C 0.1% typical
-15C to +50 C temperature range:
0.8% typical
Response time (each channel):
10mS typical
Operating temperature range:
-15C to +50C

Ordering Data

WavePak-I/2I

Part No.
792040 0000

Notes: The Unit should be recalibrated under the normal operating conditions (factory calibated at 24C into 250W). Inadequate ventilation
and/or multiple loop splitters (or warm adjacent modules) can affect linearity. Optimal resilts can be achieved with 1cm (1/4) space
either side of the loop splitter.

31

This page left blank intentionally.

32

Intrinsically safe signal conditioners for hazardous area applications Overview

Intrinsically safe signal conditioners


for hazardous area applications
ACT20X signal converters
The ACT20X is a completely new line of signal converter
products for the Ex zone. These compact modules require
only 11 mm per channel and take up very little space in
the electrical cabinet. Weidmuller has specifically designed
the ACT20X line for process automation applications in Ex
and non-Ex zones. The 17 different variants can process all
standard input signals (such as 2-wire, HART-, NAMUR-,
RTD, thermocouple or DC signals) from Ex zone 0. They
can also handle digital or analog signals from Ex-zone
field devices to the controller. The integrated relay output
issues an alert in the event of a malfunction; this makes
troubleshooting easier and reduces facility down times.
The WI-Manager configuration software is based on FDT
(Field Device Tool) technology. The software allows you to
configure all ACT20X products with your PC so that they
can be custom-fit to a wide variety of process applications.
Weidmuller provides a device type manager (DTM) for
the ACT20X modules that can be used in any FDT-based
frame. The DTMs allow you to configure different devices
quickly and accurately. They also enable you to analyse
measurements and diagnostics data. The DTM can also be
used to clearly identify the connected device. The FDT frame
application WI Manager and the device-specific DTMs
are available from Weidmuller free of charge. The ACT20X
modules can be used in a temperature range from 20 C
to +60 C without limitations. The modules can be installed
in the safe zone or in the explosion risk area of Zone 2. The
ACT20Xs always deliver a pure, interference-free signal

thanks to their accuracy, temperature stability and high


insulation strength. They can easily be used around the
globe since they already have all the necessary international
approvals, including ATEX, ICEEX, GOST and FM.
The newest member of the ACT20X family is the ACT20XHUI-SAO-LP. This offers an intrinsically safe input for 0/4
to 20 mA, 0 to10 V, temperature and resistance signals,
and separates the Ex zone from the safe zone. The narrow
12.5mm module is supplied via the 4 to 20 mA output.
Features
International approvals for Zone 0, 1 and 2 (IECEx, ATEX)
and Class 1 Division 1 and 2 (FM)
Analog and binary signal interface to Zone 0/Div.1 for
explosion-risk inputs and outputs
All standard input signals (4 to 20 mA HART-, NAMUR-,
RTD- or thermocouple signals) out of Ex zone 0, 1 or 2
Two-channel type saves space in the electrical cabinet
and reduces installation costs
HART transparent signal isolator
Integrated alarm contact
Configuration over FDT/DTM standard with the frame
application WI Manager

33

ACT20X Overview

ACT20X intrinsic safety signal conditioners for hazardous areas


PC-configurable conditioners family for hazardous
areas in the new Weidmuller electronics housing for
installation in safe or hazardous areas.
ACT20X meets the arduous requirements of the process
industry where potentially explosive fluids are controlled. The
range connects to sensors and actuators in the hazardous
area, isolates their signals and limits the energy passed
to them. On the input side ACT20X models can process

34

d.c., temperature, Namur and volt-free contact signals. On


the output side field devices in the Ex area are controlled
via the ACT20X with analog or digital signals. All ACT20X
products are characterised by insulation, accuracy and high
temperature stability.
The digital 2-channel versions with width of 22.5 mm
are available with either transistor or relay output. Due to
this high component density, the space requirements and
installation costs are reduced accordingly.

ACT20X Overview

Configuration via FDT


All modules can be quickly and
conveniently configured with
manufacturer-independent FDT/DTM
software.

\
;
"

Worldwide application
Fulfils the strict standards and requirements of the process industry. Can be
used worldwide due to international
and local approvals ATEX, IECEX,
CULUS, FM, GOST and DNV.
Intelligent connection system
Pluggable, coded, with release lever.
The release lever simplifies
maintenance and allows disconnection
without damaging the cables.
Alarm function
No laborious troubleshooting. Alarm
function integrated for cable or sensor
errors. In case of failures, a diagnostic
signal is sent to the control system.

+60 C
to
20 C

Current supply isolator,


HART Transparent

Current output isolator,


HART Transparent

Temperature transducer

Robust
Wide ambient temperature range from
20 C + 60 C.

Universal measurement and signal


isolator/converter

NAMUR disconnect-switch
amplifier

Valve control component

35

ACT20X

Current supply isolator, HART Transparent


The ACT20X-HAI-SAO current supply isolator is a HART-protocol transparent
signal isolator for analog input signals from Ex zone 0. It provides an analog
signal for the safe zone on the output side. It is available in a single-channel or
double-channel version.

Connection diagram: ACT20X-HAI-SAO current supply isolator

Ex label

Input Signals

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

Output Signals
Analogue, 4...20 mA
44
14

42

43
13

41

42
12

44

41
11

43

Channel 1:

+
Tx

+
mA

mA

2-wire supply +

Current

2-wire supply
4...20 mA

+
mA

2-wire supply
4...20 mA
mA

2-wire supply +

Spannungsversorgung
und Modulstatus

Channel 2:

+
Tx

24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd.
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, Abt. 2,


div. A-D o safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Application example:
Measuring temperature with a head transmitter, signal transmission with HART

EX-Zone

Safe Zone

A.C. supply

+24 V DC
0V

2 wire HART
head transmitter
for temperature

To other isolators

Zone 0
Tank

36

ACT20X-HAI-SAO

Power
supply

PS

+24 V DC
4-20 mA / HART
input

Control system

4-20 mA / HART
output

Passive
input
channel

ACT20X

Current supply isolator

ACT20X-HAI-SAO-S / 2HAI-2SAO-S

Converts analog signals from the Ex Zone 0 into


analog output signals for the safe zone
Active and passive current inputs
HART Transparent
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Relay output for error alarm
2-channel module can also be used as
signalsplitter

I
I
PS

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Sensor supply
Residual ripple (current loop)
Output analog
Output current
Output signal limit
load impedance current
2-wire supply
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

4...20 mA
28 V DC
< 7.5 mVeff
3.5 23 mA
< 28 mA
600
26 V DC
< 0.1% span
< 0.01% of span/C (TU)
5 ms
0.52.5 kHz @ 3.523 mA bi-directional HART signal
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General Data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
3 W (2 channels)
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
Current loop 28 V / externally 10 V
Current loop 93 mA / externally 10 mA
Current loop 0.65 W / externally 0.1 W
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
DEKRAATEX; IECEXDEK

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version

Note:

Type
ACT20X-HAI-SAO-S
ACT20X-2HAI-2SAO-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8965430000
8965440000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

37

ACT20X

Current output isolator, HART Transparent


The ACT20X-SAI-HAO current output isolator is HART-transparent. The input is connected to the safe area controller or
PLC, and the output is connected to an analog actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone 0. It is available in a single-channel or
double-channel version.

Connection diagram:

Ex label

Ex Output signals

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC

Input signals
Analogue, 4...20 mA
42

43
13

41

42
12

44

41
11

43

Load
4...20 mA

Ch 2

Channel 1:

Ch1

44
14

Channel 2:

Power Supply and


Module Status

Load
4...20 mA

24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd.
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A-D or safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Application example: controlling an actuator in the Ex zone.

Control
system

Safe Zone

A.C. supply

Power
supply

+
-

+24 V DC
0V
HART valve
Actuator

PS

+24 V DC
4-20 mA / HART input

EX-Zone

Actuator

4-20 mA / HART output


Positioning
transmitter

Output
Control system
ACT20X-SAI-HAO
Control valve

38

ACT20X

Current output isolator

ACT20X-SAI-HAO-S / 2SAI-2HAO-S

For controlling field devices located in explosion


riskzones
HART Transparent
Relay output for error alarm
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download atwww.weidmuller.com
1 or 2 channels in one module

I
I
PS

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Voltage drop
Output analog
Output current
Output signal limit
load impedance current
2-wire supply
Residual ripple (current loop)
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

420mA
<2V
420 mA (max. 23 mA)
< 28 mA
600
> 14.5 V @ 20 mA
< 7.5 mVeff
< 0.1% span
< 0.01% of span/C (TU)
5 ms
0.52.5 kHz @ 3.523 mA bi-directional HART signal
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
3 W (2 channels)
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
28 V DC
93 mA
< 650 mW
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
DEKRAATEX; GOSTME25; IECEXDEK

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-SAI-HAO-S
ACT20X-2SAI-2HAO-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8965450000
8965460000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

39

ACT20X

Temperature transducer
The ACT20X-HTI-SAO temperature transducer processes temperature signals from PT100 sensors and
thermocouples originating in the Ex zone. A current signal (mA) can also be connected as the input signal. The
input is part of an intrinsically safe circuit (Zone 0). The isolated milliamp analog output is the input to the
receiver or controller in the safe area. It is available in a single-channel or double-channel version.

Connection diagram: ACT20X-HTI-SAO temperature transducer

Ex label

Input signals

Channel 1:

Current

Analogue, 0/4...20 mA
TC

Current

Channel 2:

RTD
Connection,
wires

Output signals

RTD
Connection,
wires

44
14

42

43
13

41

42
12

44

41
11

43

2-wire supply
4...20 mA

+
mA

mA

Channel 1

2-wire supply +
2-wire supply
4...20 mA

+
mA

mA

Channel 2

2-wire supply +

Supply and module status


TC
24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Supply
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A-D or safe areal

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Accuracy / temperature coefficients


ACT20X-HTI-SAO

Application example: temperature measurements in the Ex zone

EX-Zone

Safe Zone

A.C. supply

+24 V DC
0V

Resistance
temperature sensor

To other isolators

Zone 0
Tank

ACT20X-HTI-SAO

Control system

Power
supply

PS

40

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

4-20 mA Output

passive
input

Input

Accuracy

Input mA
Input RTD
Pt100
Ni100
Input TC
Type B
Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Type R , S, W3, W5, LR

4 A

Temperature
coefficient
4 A / C

0.2 C
0.3 C

0.02 C / C
0.03 C / C

4.5 C
1 C
2 C

0.45 C / C
0.1 C / C
0.2 C / C

ACT20X

Temperature transducer

ACT20X-HTI-SAO-S / 2HTI-2SAO-S

Converts intrinsically safe RTD, thermal and mA


signals into analog signals for the safe zone
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Relay output for error alarm
1 or 2 channels in one module

J, I
I

J, I

I
PS

Technical Data
Type

Input
Type
Sensor supply
Temperature input range
Line resistance in measuring circuit
Input current
Input resistance, current
Output
Output current
Output signal limit
load impedance current
Influence of load resistance
Current loop output
Output current (current loop)
Load resistance
Influence of load resistance
2-wire supply
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

RTD, TC, DC (mA)


3.826 V DC
Configurable
50
0(4)...20 mA
20 + PTC 50
0(4)20 mA / 204 mA (configurable)
3.820.5 mA / 020.5 mA (dependent on range)
600
0.01% of span / 100
420 mA
(UB - 3.5) / 0.023 A
0.01% of span / 100
3.526 V DC
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
3 W (2 channels)
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326

Temperaturerange

Accuracy

Metal PTC
Pt100
-200850 C
(0.15 + 0.02 x T) Class A
Pt500
-200850 C
(0.30 C + 0.005 x T) Class B
Pt1000
-200850 C
Ni50
Ni100
-600 C (0.4 + 0.007 x T)
Ni120
0180 C (0.4 + 0.028 x T)
Ni1000
TC-Type according to IEC60584-1
B
50250 C 25 K
250500 C 10 K
5001820 C 6 K
E
-200-150 C 4 K
-1501000 C 3 K
J
-200-150 C 4 K
-1501200 C 3 K
K
-200-150 C 5 K
-1501200 C 3 K
12001372 C 4 K
N
-200-150 C 6 K
-1501300 C 3 K
R
-50200 C 10 K
200..1780 C 6 K
S
-50200 C 10 K
2001780 C 6 K
T
-200-150 C 5 K
-150400 C 3 K
according to DIN43710
U
0600 C 3 C
L
0900 C 3 C

8.7 V DC
18.4 mA
40 mW
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-HTI-SAO-S
ACT20X-2HTI-2SAO-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8965470000
8965480000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

41

ACT20X

Universal signal converter


The ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S is a universal input signal isolator/converter. This model processes temperature
signals from PT100 sensors and thermocouples as well as DC voltage and current signals (mA) from the
hazardous area. On the output side, an isolated milliamp signal is passed to the receiver or controller in the
safe area. This model also has a relay output which can be used for a process alarm or trip.

Connection diagram: the ACT20X-HUI-SAO universal measurement and signal isolating converter
Input signals

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex ia Da]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC

Output signals
44
14

42

43
13

41

42
12

44

41
11

43

2-wire supply
4...20 mA

+
mA

mA

2-wire supply +

Relay
N.O.

Input signals

+
Tx

Relay

Power Supply
24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC

+
+

Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


div. A-D or safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Accuracy / temperature coefficients


ACT20X-HUI-SAO

Application example: position measurement of an actuator

EX-Zone

Safe zone

A.C. supply

+24 V DC
0V

Other devices

Positional
potentiometer
ACT20X-HUI-SAO
Valve

Control system

Power
supply

PS

42

Ex label

4-20 mA output

Passive
input
channel

Input

Accuracy

Input mA
Input Volt
Input RTD
Pt100
Ni100
Input TC
Type B
Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Type R , S, W3, W5, LR

4 A
20 V

Temperature
coefficient
4 A / C
2 V / C

0.2 C
0.3 C

0.02 C / C
0.03 C / C

4.5 C
1 C
2 C

0.45 C / C
0.1 C / C
0.2 C / C

ACT20X

Universal signal converter

ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S

Universal isolator for intrinsically safe RTD


signals, thermal sensor signals, resistor signals,
potentiometer signals and DC signals (mA,V)
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Digital relay output adjustable as threshold switch
Relay output for error alarm

J, I, U
I
PS

Technical Data
Type

Input
Type
Sensor supply
Temperature input range
Line resistance in measuring circuit
Input current
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage/current
Output analog
Output current
Output signal limit
load impedance current
Influence of load resistance
Current loop output
Output current (current loop)
Load resistance
Influence of load resistance
2-wire supply
Output digital
Type
Function
Nominal switching voltage

RTD, TC, DC (mA, V)


28...16.5 V DC/020 mA
Configurable
50
0(4)...20 mA
012 V DC, configurable: 0..1 / 0.21 / 05 / 010 and 210 V DC
> 10 M / 20 + PTC 50
023 mA, configurable: 020 / 420 / 200 / 204 mA
3.820.5 mA / 020.5 mA (dependent on range)
600
0.01% of span / 100
420 mA
(Vs - 10 V) / 20 mA (current loop)
0.01% of span / 100
26 V DC
Relay, 1 NO
Configurable switching thresholds
250 V AC / 30 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
2 A AC/DC (safe area, Zone 2 area)

Continuous current
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)

Continuous current
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
3.5 W

Temperaturerange

Accuracy

Metal PTC
Pt100
-200850 C
(0.15 + 0.02 x T) Class A
Pt500
-200850 C
(0.30 C + 0.005 x T) Class B
Pt1000
-200850 C
Ni50
Ni100
-600 C (0.4 + 0.007 x T)
Ni120
0180 C (0.4 + 0.028 x T)
Ni1000
TC-Type according to IEC60584-1
B
50250 C 25 K
250500 C 10 K
5001820 C 6 K
E
-200-150 C 4 K
-1501000 C 3 K
J
-200-150 C 4 K
-1501200 C 3 K
K
-200-150 C 5 K
-1501200 C 3 K
12001372 C 4 K
N
-200-150 C 6 K
-1501300 C 3 K
R
-50200 C 10 K
200..1780 C 6 K
S
-50200 C 10 K
2001780 C 6 K
T
-200-150 C 5 K
-150400 C 3 K
according to DIN43710
U
0600 C 3 C
L
0900 C 3 C

0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
8.7 V DC
18.4 mA
40 mW
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
1-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
8965490000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

43

ACT20X

Output loop powered universal measurement and signal isolating converter


The ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP is a universal input, isolating signal converter. This model processes temperature
signals from PT100 sensors and thermocouples as well as DC voltage and current signals (mA) from the
hazardous area. The 12.5 mm wide module is powered through its 4-20 mA output.
Connection diagram: the ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP universal measurement and signal isolating converter
Input signals

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC

Output signals
42
41

+
mA

2-wire supply
4...20 mA
mA

2-wire supply +

42
12
41
11

Input signals

Power Supply
51

+
Tx

Ex label

52

Gnd
Supply +19.2...31.2 V DC

+
+

22
21

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A-D or safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Accuracy / temperature coefficients


ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP

Application example: Temperature measurement in the Ex-zone

Safe Zone

EX-Zone

Control
system

Resistance
temperature sensor

Zone 0
Tank

44

ACT20X-HUI-SAO

4-20 mA Output

Input
channel
active

Input

Accuracy

Input mA
Input Volt
Input RTD
Pt100
Ni100
Input TC
Type B
Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Type R , S, W3, W5, LR

4 A
20 V

Temperature
coefficient
4 A / C
2 V / C

0.2 C
0.3 C

0.02 C / C
0.03 C / C

4.5 C
1 C
2 C

0.45 C / C
0.1 C / C
0.2 C / C

ACT20X

Universal signal isolating transformer

ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP-S

Universal isolator for intrinsically safe RTD


signals, thermal sensor signals, resistor signals,
potentiometer signals and DC signals (mA,V)
Supply via output loop
12.5 mm thin housing
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com

J, I, U
I

Technical Data
Input
Type
Temperature input range
Input current
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage / Input resistance, current
Potentiometer
Resistance
Output analog
Output current
load impedance current
Residual ripple (current loop)
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Inputs
Type

Thermocouples (TC), RTD, mA,


Volt, mV, resistor, potentiometer
Type Standard
Lower
Upper
Min.
limit
limit
area
B
100 C
1820 C
400 C
E
-270 C
1000 C
IEC584
J
-270 C
1200 C
80 C
K
-270 C
1372 C
L
DIN43710 -100 C
900 C
N
-180 C
1300 C
100 C
R, S
IEC584
-50 C
1768 C
300 C
T
-270 C
400 C
80 C
U
DIN43710 -200 C
600 C
100 C
User-defined Input
Up to 101 values
Error detection
Upper error signalling value:
23 mA,
Lower error signalling value:
3,5 mA
mA
25 mA @ 70
4 mA
28 V @ 2 M
2,0 V
Volt
12 V @ 2 M
1,0 V
600 mV @ >10 M
50 mV
mV
150 mV @ >10 M
15 mV
Type Standard
Lower
Upper
Min.
limit
limit
area
Pt100,
Pt200
-200 C
850 C
-20 C
Pt1000 DIN43710
Ni120
-80 C
320 C
15 C
Cu10
-100 C
260 C
100 C
User-defined Input
Up to 101 values
Resistance
0 to12 k
500
0 to15 k
100
0 to 750
50
Potentiometer
1.2 k to 500 k

Thermocouple inputs

RTD, TC, DC (mA, V), 2 - 3 wire resistor


configurable
25 mA
28 V DC
> 10 M @ 600 mV, 2 M @ 28 V / 70
10 10 k
012 k
420 mA (max. 23 mA)
700
10 mVss
< 0.1 % of end value
Max. 200 ppm/K of output range
< 400 ms (1090 %)
100 Hz
1128 V DC (loop powered)
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
0 C...+60 C / -20 C...+70 C

2-, 3-, 4-wire RTD

4 kV (input / output)
300 Veff
DIN EN 61326
5.88 V DC
82.3 mA
121 mW
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 12.5 / 113.6
cULus

Ordering Data
1-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
1318220000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

45

ACT20X

NAMUR isolating switching amplifier: with relay output


The ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO (NC) isolating switching amplifier is a specialised signal isolating converter
for Namur sensor signals or for volt-free contacts from a Zone 0 hazardous area. A single relay, available
optionally as NC or NO, provides the output signal in the safe zone. Single-channel or double-channel versions
are also available.

Connection diagram: ACT20X HDI-SDO-RNC

Ex label

Input signals
NAMUR

Mechanical
switch

Channel 1:

Rs
Rp

Channel 2:

Rp

14

44

13

43

12

42

11

41

Relay
Channel 1:
N.O. or N.C.
Relay
Relay
Channel 1:
N.O. or N.C.
Relay

Power supply

Mechanical
switch

NAMUR

24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd.

Rs
Rp

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

Output signals

Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC

Rp

Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A-D or safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Application: monitoring of fill level with the ACT20X HDI-SDO-RNO (relay output)

EX-Zone

Safe Zone

A.C. supply
Control

+24 V DC
Fill level is high,
intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical switch

0V

PS

Other converter
Channel 1 digital output

Channel 2 digital input

Channel 2 digital output

ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO

46

Power
supply

Channel 1 digital input

Zone 0

Tank

Fill level is low,


intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical switch

ACT20X

NAMUR isolating switching amplifier


Converts intrinsically safe signals (NAMUR /
switching contact) from EX Zone 0 into digital
output signals (relay output) for the safe zone
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Relay output for error alarm
1 or 2 channels in one module

ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO-S / RNC-S
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO-S / RNC-S

PS

Ordering Data

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Sensor supply
Resistance
Input frequency
Pulse duration
Input resistance
Trigger level low / Trigger level high
Output signal in case of wire break
Output
Type
Rated switching voltage
Continuous current
Power rating
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage
Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Supply voltage
NAMUR supply
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals
Note:

NAMUR sensor, according to EN60947, switch with or without RS, RP


8 V DC / 8 mA
RP = 750 / RS = 15k
0...5 kHz
> 0.1 ms
1 k
< 1.2 mA / > 2.1 mA
< 0.1 mA, > 6.5 mA (in case of wire break)

Type
1-channel version, NO
ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO-S
1-channel version, NC
ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNC-S
2-channel version, NO
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO-S
2-channel version, NC
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNC-S

Qty.

Part No.

8965340000

8965350000

8965370000

8965380000

Relay, 2 NC (voltage-free)
250 V AC / 30 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
2 A AC/DC (safe area, Zone 2 area)
500 VA / 60 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
19.2 31.2 V DC
8 V DC / 8 mA
3 W (2 channels)
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
10.6 V DC
12 mA DC
32 W
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

47

ACT20X

Pulse Isolator, with NPN transistor output.


The ACT20X-HDI-SDO isolating switching amplifier is a digital pulse signal isolator for Namur sensors or
volt-free contacts from a Zone 0 hazardous area. A transistor (NPN) output is provided for the receiver or
controller in the safe area. Single-channel or double-channel versions are also available.

Connection diagram: ACT20X HDI-SDO

Ex label

Input signals
Mechanical
switch

NAMUR

Channel 1:

Rs
Rp

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

Output signals

Rp

14

44

13

43

12

42

11

41

Opto +
Channel 2:
Opto
Opto +
Channel 1:

2:

Channel

NAMUR

Opto

Power Supply

Mechanical
switch

24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd

Rs
Rp

Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC

Rp

Module status
N.C.
Module status

Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A-D or safe area

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Application: monitoring the fill level with isolating switching amplifier

EX-Zone

Safe Zone

A.C. supply
Control

+24 V DC
Fill level is high,
intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical
switch

0V

PS

Other converter
Channel 1 digital output

Channel 2 digital input

Channel 2 digital output

ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO

48

Power
supply

Channel 1 digital input

Zone 0

Tank

Fill level is low,


intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical
switch

ACT20X

NAMUR isolating switching amplifier

ACT20X-HDI-SDO-S / 2HDI-2SDO-S

Converts intrinsically safe signals (NAMUR /


switching contact) from EX Zone 0 into digital
output signals (relay output) for the safe zone
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Relay output for error alarm
1 or 2 channels in one module

PS

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Sensor supply
Resistance
Input frequency
Pulse duration
Input resistance
Trigger level low / Trigger level high
Output signal in case of wire break
Output
Type
Switching frequency
Pulse duration
Rated switching voltage
Power rating
Voltage drop at max. load
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

NAMUR sensor, according to EN60947, switch with or without RS, RP


8 V DC / 8 mA
Parallel resistor 15k, Series resistor 750
0...5 kHz
> 0.1 ms
1 k
< 1.2 mA / > 2.1 mA
< 0.1 mA, > 6.5 mA (in case of wire break)
NPN transistor output
5 kHz
> 0.1 ms
30 V DC
80 mA / 2.4 W
< 2.5 V DC
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Power consumption
Supply voltage
NAMUR supply
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

3 W (2 channels)
19.2 31.2 V DC
8 V DC / 8 mA
3 W (2 channels)
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C

2.6 kV (input / output)


300 V
DIN EN 61326
10.6 V DC
12 mA DC
32 W
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-HDI-SDO-S
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8965360000
8965390000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

49

ACT20X

Digital actuator driver for gas group IIC, 35 mA


The ACT20X-SDI-HAO-S solenoid/actuator driver takes a switched input from e.g. a safe area controller and
delivers an corresponding output to operate an actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone 0. It is available in a
single-channel or double-channel version.

Connection diagram: ACT20X SDI-HDO

Ex label
Input signals

Ex-Output Signals

+V

Solenoid

Channel 1:

Alarm

14

44

13

43

12

42

11

41

+V

+V

Power Supply

Solenoid

Channel 2:

Alarm

+V

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Gnd.
+19.2...31.2 V DC
Module status
N.C.

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Module status

Zone 2 / Cl. 1, div. 2,


gr. A/D or safe area

Output data
For gas group IIC ( 35 mA)

Application: Inflow control in Ex zone with gas group IIC

Control
system

Safe Zone

A.C. supply

DC
Power
supply

EX-Zone
Ignition protection group IIC

Connection terminal
Channel 2
U without load
21-22
Min. 24 V
21-23
Min. 24 V
21-24
Min. 24 V

19.2-31.2 V DC
Alarm signal
PS
Channel 1 digital output

Channel 1 digital input

Channel 2 digital output

Channel 2 digital input

Zone 0

ACT20X-2SDI-2HDO
Valve open/closed
signal

50

U with load
Min. 12.5 V
Min. 13.5 V
Min. 14.5 V

I max
35 mA
35 mA
35 mA

For gas group IIC ( 35 mA)

Ex alarm siren

+
-

Connection terminal
Channel 1
U without load
11-12
Min. 24 V
11-13
Min. 24 V
11-14
Min. 24 V

Solenoid valve
Tank

U with load
Min. 12.5 V
Min. 13.5 V
Min. 14.5 V

I max
35 mA
35 mA
35 mA

ACT20X

Solenoid driver

ACT20X-SDI-HDO / 2SDI-2HDO

Valve control component for control of intrinsically


safe valves, LEDs, acoustic alarms, etc.
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Output current is limited to 35 mA for ignition
group IIC
1 or 2 channels in one module
Relay output for error alarm

PS

Technical Data
Input
Type
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage
Trigger level low
Trigger level high
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

NPN, PNP switching signal


28 V DC
3.5 k
2.0 V DC (NPN), 8.0 V DC (PNP)
4.0 V DC (NPN), 10V DC (PNP)
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
3.5 W (with 2 channels)
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
28 V DC
110 mA
0.95 W
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-SDI-HDO-L-S
ACT20X-2SDI-2HDO-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8965400000
8965420000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

51

ACT20X

Valve control component for gas group IIB, 60 mA


The ACT20X-SDI-HAO-S solenoid/actuator driver takes a switched input from e.g. a safe area controller and
delivers an corresponding output to operate an actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone.
This driver is suitable for switching solenoid valves or alarm devices.

Connection diagram: ACT20X-SDI-HDO

Ex label

Ex Output Signals
Alarm

Solenoid

Input Signals
14

44

13

43

12

42

11

41

Channel 1:

Not connected
+V

+V

ATEX
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.

Channel 2:

Power supply
24

51

23

52

22

53

21

54

Not connected

Gnd
+19,2...31,2 V DC
Module status
N.C.

Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 /


Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G

Module status

Zone 2 / Cl. 1, div. 2, gr. A/D


or safe area

Output data
For gas group IIB ( 60 mA)

Application: Inflow control in Ex zone with gas group IIB

Control
system

Safe Zone

A.C. supply

DC
Power
supply

EX-Zone
Zone 1
Ignition protection group IIB
Ex alarm siren

Connection terminal
Channel 1
U without load U with load
Min. 9 V
11-12
Min. 24 V
Min. 11.5 V
Min. 12.5 V
11-13
Min. 24 V
Min. 10 V
Min. 11 V
11-14
Min. 24 V
Min. 13 V

19.2-31.2 V DC
Alarm signal
PS

Channel 1 digital input


2x ACT20X-SDI-HDO

PS

Zone 0

Channel 2 digital input


Valve open/closed Solenoid valve
signal

52

Tank

I max
60 mA
50 mA
60 mA
50 mA
60 mA
50 mA

ACT20X

Solenoid driver

ACT20X-SDI-HDO-H-S

Valve control component for control of intrinsically


safe valves, LEDs, acoustic alarms, etc.
PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Output current is limited to 35 mA for ignition
group IIC
1 or 2 channels in one module
Relay output for error alarm

PS

Technical Data
Input
Type
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage
Trigger level low
Trigger level high
Alarm output
Type
Nominal switching voltage

NPN, PNP switching signal


28 V DC
3.5 k
2.0 V DC (NPN), 8.0 V DC (PNP)
4.0 V DC (NPN), 10V DC (PNP)
Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)

Continuous current
Power rating
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
EMC standards
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0
Current I0
Power P0
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

19.2 31.2 V DC
<2W
0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
-20 C...+60 C / -20 C...+85 C
2.6 kV (input / output)
300 V
DIN EN 61326
28 V DC
135 mA
0.77 W
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
1-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20X-SDI-HDO-H-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
8965410000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

53

ACT20M Overview

ACT20M a narrow 6 mm signal converter


The new dimension for converting and isolating
housed in a 6 mm width
The new ACT20M range combines innovative technologies
with the highest levels of functionality in an electronics
housing measuring just 6 mm in width. Up to two
channels per module result in space savings in the
electrical cabinet. The high electrical isolation of 2.5 kV
and an accuracy of up to 0.05 % both help to ensure a
high degree of process reliability.

54

The product line consists of Input Loop Powered, Output


Loop Powered and Auxiliary Powered analog isolators and
converters, including a universal input converter.
The eight-connection housing allows additional functionality
such as 2 channel ILP, 2 channel OLP isolation and signal
splitting with input powering option. The configuration is
carried out via DIP switches or the FDT/ DTM software. The
ACT20M modules are supplied via direct wiring or a rail bus.

ACT20M Overview

Saves space
6.1 mm

Up to two channels of 6 mm width


result in space savings in the
electricalcabinet.

High level of galvanic isolation

U, I,
R, T

U,I
PS

2.5 kV of electrical isolation


(300 V rated voltage) ensures excellent
process reliability.

Signal splitter
Installation is simple and quick
The power supply is simply snapped
onto the rail bus for fast and easy
installation. The supply can be through
any ACT20M module or a separate
power-feed unit.

+70 C
to
25 C

Signal converter

Many different uses


The high measuring accuracy, the
wide temperature range and the
international approvals (cULus, ATEX
Zone 2, FM Div. 2, GL, DNV) enable
them to be used worldwide for
manyapplications.

Ex n

u;

Universal measuring transducer

Passive isolator

CH20M rail bus

Power-feed modules

55

ACT20M

Signal splitter

ACT20M-AI-2AO-S

Isolating, converting and duplicating DC signals


Configured using DIP switch
Power supply via the rail bus
4-way isolation

I, U
IN

I, U
OUT 2

2
1

7
82

83

I, U
OUT 1
Supply

Supply

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Input voltage
Sensor supply
Input resistance, voltage
Voltage drop, current input
Output
Output current
Output voltage
load impedance current
load impedance voltage
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Power consumption, typ.
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

0 20 mA
4 20 m
0 10 V
2 10 V
05V
1 5 V
0 ... 20 mA loop
4 ... 20 mA loop

0(4)...20 mA
0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V
< 300 , per channel
10 k

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

0 20 mA
4 20 m
0 10 V
2 10 V
05V
1 5 V

2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Switch

Output 2
8

0 20 mA
4 20 m
0 10 V
2 10 V
05V
1 5 V

10

= on
= off
ACT20M-AI-2AO-S

Screw connection

56

Switch

Ordering Data

Note:

Output 1

DIP switch
24 V DC 30 %
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
100 Hz
400 mW
1.2 W

Note:

Switch

Input

0(4)...20 mA
0(2)10 V, 0(1)5 V
> 17 V DC at 20 mA
500 k
< 1.5 V

Type
ACT20M-AI-2AO-S
DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

Qty.
1

Part No.
1176020000

2-wire
mA
passive

In

PLC
V, mA
passive

Out 2

4-wire
V, mA
active

In

PLC
V, mA
passive

Out 2

4
3
2

5
6

U, I
U, I

U, I
Power

4
3
2
1

5
U, I

6
U, I

U, I
Power

7
8

Out 1

Power
24 V

PLC
V, mA
passive

Out 1

PLC
V, mA
passive
Power
24 V

ACT20M

Signal splitter

ACT20M-CI-2CO-S

Isolating, converting and duplicating DC signals


Power supply via the rail bus
4-way isolation

I IN

I OUT 2

2
1

7
82

83

I OUT 1

Supply

Supply

Technical Data
ACT20M-CI-2CO-S

Input
Input current
Voltage drop, current input
Output
Output current
load impedance current
load impedance voltage
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Power consumption, typ.
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (MM)
Approvals

0(4)...20 mA
< 1.5 V
0(4)...20 mA
< 300 , per channel
10 k

4-wire
mA
active

In

PLC
mA
passive

Out 2

3
2
1

I
I

I
Power

7
8

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive
Power
24 V

none
24 V DC 30 %
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
100 Hz
400 mW
0.8 W
2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Note:

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
ACT20M-CI-2CO-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
1175990000

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

57

ACT20M

Signal converter

ACT20M-AI-AO-S

Isolating and converting DC signals


Configured using DIP switch
Power supply via the rail bus
3-way isolation

I, U
IN

1
82

83

I, U
OUT
Supply

Supply

Technical Data

Switch

Input

Input
Input current
Input voltage
Sensor supply
Input resistance, voltage
Voltage drop, current input
Output
Output current
Output voltage
load impedance current
load impedance voltage
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Power consumption, typ.
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

0(4)...20 mA
0(2)10 V, 0(1)5 V
> 17 V DC at 20 mA
>500 k
<1,5 V

0 20 mA
4 20 m
0 10 V
2 10 V
05V
1 5 V
0 ... 20 mA loop
4 ... 20 mA loop

0(4)...20 mA
0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V
600
10 k
DIP switch
24 V DC 30 %
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
100 Hz
400 mW
1.2 W

Ordering Data
Screw connection

Switch
5

Qty.
1

Part No.
1176000000

58

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

= on
= off
ACT20M-AI-AO-S
2-wire
mA
passive

In

4
3

5
6

U, I
U, I

2
Power

4-wire
V, mA
active

In

7
8

5
6

U, I
U, I

Note:

0 20 mA
4 20 m
0 10 V
2 10 V
05V
1 5 V

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

Type
ACT20M-AI-AO-S

Output 1

2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Note:

Power

7
8

Out 1

Power
24 V

PLC
V, mA
passive

Out 1

PLC
V, mA
passive
Power
24 V

ACT20M

Signal isolator

ACT20M-CI-CO-S

Isolating DC signals
Power supply via the rail bus
3-way isolation

I IN

I OUT

1
82

83

Supply

Supply

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Voltage drop, current input
Output
Output current
load impedance current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Power consumption, typ.
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

ACT20M-CI-CO-S

0(4)...20 mA
< 1.5 V

4-wire
mA
active

0(4)...20 mA
600

In

4
3

5
6

I
I

2
1

Power

7
8

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive
Power
24 V

none
24 V DC 30 %
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
100 Hz
400 mW
0.8
2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX;
ROHS

Note:

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
ACT20M-CI-CO-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
1175980000

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

59

ACT20M

Universal measuring transducer

ACT20M-UI-AO-S

Isolating and converting of temperature signals


and DC signals
Configuration using FDT/DTM software
Power supply via the rail bus
3-way isolation

4
3
I, U, R
IN

I, U

OUT

1
82

83

Supply

Supply

Technical Data
Input
Sensor

ACT20M-UI-AO-S

Thermocouples: B, E, J, K, L, LR, N, R, N, R, S, T, U, W3, W5, RTD:


PT100, PT1000, Ni100, Ni1000, 2-/3-/4-wire
10 10 k
10 10 k
0(4)...20 mA
0(2)10 V, 0(1)5 V
> 10 M
<3V
> 15 V DC at 20 mA

Potentiometer
Resistance
Input current
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage
Voltage drop, current input
Sensor supply
Output
Output current
Output voltage
load impedance current
load impedance voltage
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Power consumption, typ.
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

4-wire
mA
active

4
3

U, I
Power

2-wire
mA
passive

In

7
8

5
U, I,

6
U, I
Power

7
8

Out 1

Power
24 V

PLC
mA
passive

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive
Power
24 V

ACT20M-UI-AO-S
+
4-wire
V
active

4
3

In

5
U, I,
U, I
Power

3
TC
In

Part No.
1176030000

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000DIN mounting rail,


see Accessories

7
8

5
U, I,

6
U, I

2
Power

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

Qty.
1

2
1

2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Type
ACT20M-UI-AO-S

With FDT/DTM software


24 V DC 30 %
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.1 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
400 mW
1.2 W

Screw connection

5
U, I,

7
8

Out 1

Power
24 V

PLC
mA
passive

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive
Power
24 V

ACT20M-UI-AO-S

Ordering Data

60

0(4)...20 mA
0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V
600
10 k

Note:

Note:

In

RTD

Sense +

R+

Sense

5
U, I,

6
U, I
Power

7
8

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive
Power
24 V

ACT20M

Passive isolator

ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S

Isolation of DC signals without a separate


powersupply
Supplied with power from the input
measuringcircuit
Available as either single-channel or doublechannel version
2-way isolation

I IN 1

I IN 2

I OUT 1

I OUT 2

Technical Data
Input
Voltage drop, current input
Input current
Output
Output current
load impedance current
General data
Configuration
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
1-channel version
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Note:

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S

1.25 V + 0.015 Vout @25C


0(4)...20 mA

4-wire
mA
active

In

0(4)...20 mA

600

none
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.1 % of measuring range
0.01 % / C
100 Hz
30 mW per channel

Out

PLC
mA
passive

Out 1

PLC
mA
passive

Out 2

PLC
mA
passive

7
I

ACT20M-2CI-2CO-ILP-S
4-wire
mA
active

In 1

4-wire
mA
active

In 2

4
3
2
1

5
I
I

6
7

I
I

Ordering Data
1-channel version
2-channel version
Note:

Type
ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S
ACT20M-2CI-2CO-ILP-S

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
1176070000
1176080000

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

61

ACT20M

Passive isolator

ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S

Isolation of DC signals without a separate


powersupply
Supplied with power from the output
measuringcircuit
Available as either single-channel or doublechannelversion
2-way isolation

I IN 1

I IN 2

I OUT 1

I OUT 2

Technical Data
Input
Voltage drop, current input
Input current
Output
Output current
Supply voltage
General data
Configuration
Ambient temperature
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient

ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S

Typical 2.5 V
4...20 mA

2-wire
mA
passive

Ordering Data

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

Qty.
1
1

Out

PLC
mA
active

Out 1

PLC
mA
active

Out 2

PLC
mA
active

7
I

ACT20M-2CI-2CO-OLP-S

Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M

Type
ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S
ACT20M-2CI-2CO-OLP-S

2.5 kVeff
300 Veff
2
II
1-channel version
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

1-channel version
2-channel version

none
-25 C...+70 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
0.07 A x ( C x V supply) @ Tamb < 25 C
, 0.02 A x ( C x V supply) @ Tamb > 25 C
100 Hz
30 mW per channel

Note:

62

4...20 mA
635V

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)


Power consumption, max.
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Note:

In

Part No.
1176040000
1176050000

2-wire
mA
passive

In 1

2-wire
mA
passive

In 2

4
3
2
1

5
I
I

6
7

I
I

ACT20 power-feed unit

ACT20M-BAI-AO-S

ACT20M-BAI-2AO-S

Signal converter and splitter


Bipolar DC signal isolation, conversion and
splitting (doubling)
Configured using DIP switch
Power supply via the rail bus
4-way isolation

I, V
IN

OUT 2
I, V

3
2
1

82 83

I, V

I, V

OUT 1

IN

I, V

OUT 2

Supply

I, V

Supply

7
82 83

OUT 1

Supply

Supply

Technical Data
Input
Input current
-10+10 mA / -20+20 mA
Input voltage
-10+10 V / -5+5 V
Output
Output current
0/420 mA 2x 0/420 mA or 1x 20 mA, 10 mA
Output voltage
05 V / 15 V / 010 V / 210 V
Load impedance current
< 600
Load impedance voltage
> 10 k
General data
Supply voltage
24 V DC 30 %
Ambient temperature (Operation
-25 C+70 C
-40 C+85 C
Storage temperature
Accuracy
< 0.05 % of measuring range
Temperature coefficient
< 0.01 % /K
Cut-off frequency
100 Hz 10 Hz
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage
2.5 kV
Rated voltage
300 V
2
Pollution degree
Overvoltage protection
II
Dimensions

114.3 x 6.1 x 112.5
Length x width x height (mm)
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm2)
Approvals
cULus 61010-1; FMEX; GL; DNV; IECEX; KEMAATEX; ROHS

-10+10 mA / -20+20 mA
-10+10 V / -5+5 V

2x 05 V / 15 V / 010 V / 210 V
2x 300
> 10 k
24 V DC 30 %
-25 C+70 C
-40 C+85 C
< 0.05 % of measuring range
< 0.01 % /K
100 Hz 10 Hz
2.5 kV
300 V
2
II
114.3 x 6.1 x 112.5
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
cULus 61010-1; FMEX; GL; DNV; IECEX; KEMAATEX; ROHS

Ordering Data

Type
Qty.
Part No.
ACT20M-BAI-AO-S 1
1375450000

Type
ACT20M-BAI-2AO-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
1375470000



Markers

Type
Qty.
MF 5/7.5 MC NEUTRAL

Type
Qty.
MF 5/7.5 MC NEUTRAL

Part No.
1877680000

Note:

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

Accessories
Part No.
1877680000

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

63

CH20M rail bus

Power-feed module for the CH20M DIN-rail bus


4 A supply with backup supply and
error analysis
The power-feed unit ACT20-FEED-IN-PRO-S supplies
the devices on the CH20M DIN-rail bus with 24 V DC.
At the same time, the FEED-IN device reads the group error
contact optionally provided by the installed devices from
the CH20M rail bus and sends a message through the
status relay to the external controller. Optionally, two power
supplies can be connected as a primary and back-up, to
create a redundant 24 V DC source. An installation in
Zone 2 / Division 2 is also possible. Three LEDs show the
status of the power supply and the error status.

The FEED-IN-PRO can supply a maximum of 4 A to feed


up to 120 devices mounted on a CH20M rail bus. Quick
identification of errors on the DIN-rail bus is through the
internal status relay. The FEED-IN-PRO device immediately
recognises and displays when a power supply has failed.
The supply is then switched automatically to the redundant
power supply.

64

Weidmuller offers a compact and narrow 6 mm


feed-in module as an alternative. This feeds the 24 V DC
from its field terminals directly to the to the DIN rail-bus. Up
to 80 modules can be fed with a maximum available current
of 2.5 A.

ACT20 power-feed unit

ACT20 power-feed module







ACT20-Feed-In-BASIC-S

ACT20-Feed-In-PRO-S

Distributes the supply onto the busbar


Compatible with Weidmuller CH20 DIN-railbus
Optional connection f or backup supply
Approved for use in Ex-Zone 2 /Div. 2
Monitoring of the supply voltage
Alarm alerts via the status relay

Alarm
Power supply, 0 V 51

44 NC

Power supply, +24 V 52

Power supply, +24 V

43 Status relay, N.C.

Backup, +24 V 53

42 Status relay, shared

Backup, 0 V 54

41 Status relay, N.O.

NC

0V

+24 V

81

NC

82

NC

83

Status

0V

84

+24 V

NC

NC

85

Power supply, 0 V

Technical Data
Input
Supply voltage
Input current
Trigger level for the power supply
Output, power supply
Output voltage
Output power
Output current
Output, status relay in safe zone
Max. switching voltage, AC / Max. switching voltage, DC
Continuous current
AC power, max.
General data
Degree of efficiency
Ambient temperature
Power consumption
Protection degree
Weight
Humidity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

21.6...26.4 V DC
Max. 4 A
21.6...26.4 V DC
Fault < 21 V DC

21.6...26.4 V DC
0.5...2.5 A DC

Input voltage -0.5 V DC / 4 A


96 W
Max. 4 A

Corresponds to the input voltage

250 V / 30 V
2 A AC / DC
500 VA / 60 W

250 V / 30 V

0,976
-20 C...+60 C
<2W
IP 20
140
95 %, no condensation
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
DEKRAATEX; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXDEK

100 %
-25 C...+70 C

Equivalent to input current

IP 20
70
95 %, no condensation
Screw connection
114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
ACT20-FEED-IN-PRO-S
DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

Qty.
1

Part No.
8965500000

Type
ACT20-FEED-IN-BASIC-S

Qty.
1

Part No.
1282490000

DIN mounting rail, see Accessories

65

CH20M rail bus

CH20M rail bus


Quick and safe power supply through the DIN-rail.
This customer-friendly infrastructure solution brings power,
signals and data to the rail in a quick and reliable manner.
The rail bus can replace the tedious individual wiring process
with a flexible and uninterrupted system solution. As a result,
the customer saves time and cost-especially if any module
changes are needed later, as other adjacent modules are
not disturbed. The uninterrupted system bus is securely
integrated within the 35 mm standard mounting rail.
Whether 7.5 mm or 15 mm high, the custom-fit rail profiles
are easy to install on all TS-35 standard rails in accordance
with DIN EN 60715.

The supply of 24 V DC to the power rail can be from any


one of the auxiliary powered ACT20M modules, when that
module is itself externally supplied. This allows the rail to
power up to 8 other modules (approximately 400 mA). For
powering additional ACT20Ms, a separate Feed-In module
can be used.
The ACT20-Feed-In-Basic provides a simple and compact
(6 mm width) power supply interface to the rail, for
supplying up to 2.5 A (up to 50 x ACT20M modules).

The resistant gold-plated contacts ensure a permanent and


reliable contact. The ACT20M modules are simply snapped
onto the mounting rail and are automatically in contact with
the DIN-rail bus.
The ACT20-Feed-In-Pro is a more powerful 22.5 mm wide
solution. This takes 2 external 24 V DC inputs, and via
internal diodes provides a redundant supply to the rail, and
an alarm output in the case of input failure.

66

CH20M rail bus

Rail bus accessories


CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/1000

CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/1000

CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/1000

Support section for bus circuit board

Support section for bus circuit board

Bus PCB

Support section for TS35 x 7.5


Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm

Support section for TS35 x 15


Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm

Bus circuit board for use on TS35 x 7.5


and TS 35 x 15
Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm
Five conductor paths, gold-plated
Electrical rating: 63 V AC, 5 A/conductor path

Ordering Data
Type

CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/250


CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/500
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/750

Qty.
10
10
5

Part No.
1248150000
1248160000
1248170000

Ordering Data
Type

CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/250


CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/500
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/750

Qty.
5
5
5

Part No.
1248180000
1248190000
1248210000

Ordering Data

Type
CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250
CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/500
CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/750

Qty.
10
10
5

CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/1000

CH20M BUS-AP LI TS35x7.5 & 15

CH20M BUS-AP RE TS35x7.5 & 15

Cover plate

End plate

End plate

Cover plate for DIN-rail bus


Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm

End plate for DIN-rail bus


Fits on TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15
left

End plate for DIN-rail bus


Fits on TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15
right

Ordering Data

Type
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/250
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/500
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/750

Qty.
10
10
5

Part No.
1248250000
1248260000
1248270000

Ordering Data

Type
CH20M BUS-AP LI TS35x7.5 & 15

Qty.

Part No.
50 1193160000

SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X15

SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X7.5

Set

Set

SET consists of one each of


CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250
CH20M BUS-ADP TS 35/250
CH20M BUS-AP LI TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-AP RE TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS 35X15/250

SET consists of one each of


CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250
CH20M BUS-ADP TS 35/250
CH20M BUS-AP LI TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-AP RE TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS 35X7.5/250

Ordering Data

Type
SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X15

Qty.
1

Part No.
1335150000

Ordering Data

Type
SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X7.5

Qty.
1

Ordering Data

Type
CH20M BUS-AP RE TS35x7.5 & 15

Qty.
50

Part No.
1248220000
1248230000
1248240000

Part No.
1193170000

Part No.
1335140000

67

MICROSERIES Overview

MICROSERIES
Slim size great functionality
The MICROSERIES leads the field in analog signal
conditioning. It packs a great deal of functionality into its
thin 6.1 mm width. The enclosed version of the signal
converter is available with a screw connection (as MAS
variants) and with a tension clamp connection (as MAZ
variants). The MICROSERIES modules measure PT100
signals, thermocouple signals and DC-current/voltage
signals. They then electrically isolate and convert them into
standardized analog signals.
The DC/DC Select modules are one of the highlights in this
series. These 3-way isolators function to isolate and convert
DC standard signals. A DIP switch can be used to adapt
them to the particular application. The DC/DC Select HI

68

(HIGH) has a high rated voltage of 300 V.


The RPS/RPSH modules are compact-sized 4...20 mA supply
isolators with 300 V / 3-way isolation and supply for sensors.
The HART Transparent RPSH enables HART-compatible
sensors to be connected, powered and isolated. The
MICROINTERFACE Analog adapter module makes it much
easier to wire up a facility. There is no longer any need for a
time-consuming and error-prone individual wiring process.
A block is constructed of eight MIRCOSERIES modules and
two power supply modules.
This block can then be bridged electrically using pluggable
ZQV cross-connectors. The MICROINTERFACE Analog
adapter is mounted and connected to the signal connection
terminals (input or output). Signals are transmitted via the
15-pole SUB-D connector and connected with pre-fabricated
cables.

MICROSERIES Overview

Security
Electrical isolation increases the safety
of operations and reduces the risk of
facility malfunctions.

Simple signal conditioning


The DIP switches on the side can be
used to adapt the sensor signals to the
standard DC signals of 0/4 to 20 mA or
0 to 10 V.
Saves space in the electrical cabinet
The high component density allows
you to save more than 50 % of the
space on a DIN-rail when compared to
standard widths over 12.5.
Simple wiring
A time-saving cabling system with
MICROINTERFACE; the power supply
can be bridged from one module to the
next using cross-connections.

Supply isolator

PT100 / RTD signal isolator /


converter

Thermocouple signal isolator /


converter

Pluggable adapter for connecting


to system cable

69

MICROSERIES supply isolator

With HART




MAS RPSH

2-conductor system
3-way isolation
With HART transmission
Output signal can be configured
With sensor feed

0V

24 V DC
cc

cc

U/I

PS

VC

1 I

PS

Current
Loop

Out
I 6

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Sensor
Sensor supply
Output
Output current
Output voltage
Output signal limit
Load impedance, voltage/current
Offset current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Step response time
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Setting options/switch position

4...20 mA
2-wire
16.5 V / constant for 3 22 mA

Output
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V

0(4)...20 mA
0...10 V
22...25 mA or 11...12.5 V
10 k / 500
< 30 A

70

DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1


DIN EN 61326 class B
600 V
2.5 kVeff
II
2
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
CE; cURus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Qty.
1

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers


refer to Accessories

IN
+

Ordering Data

Note:

PS
-

mA

Type
MAS RPSH

= on
= off

DIP switch
24 V DC 15 %
ca. 1 W
IOUT: < 0.1 % / UOUT: < 0.2%
2 ms
50 ppm/K
0 C...+55 C

Screw connection

Schalter
Switch
2
3

Part No.
8721170000

PS

U/I

OU T

mA

MICROSERIES supply isolator

Without HART



MAS RPS

2-conductor system
3-way isolation
Power supply can be cross-connected
With sensor feed

0V

24 V DC
cc

cc

PS

VC

1 I

PS
Current
Loop

Out
I 6

Connection

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Sensor
Sensor supply
Output
Output current
Output signal limit
Load impedance, voltage/current
Offset current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Step response time
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

PS

4...20 mA
2-wire
16.5 V / constant for 3 22 mA

4...20 mA
22...25 mA
/ 500
< 30 A

mA

IN
+

none
24 V DC 15 %
ca. 1 W
< 0,1 %
2 ms
50 ppm/K
0 C...+55 C

PS

OU T

mA

DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1


DIN EN 61326 class B
300 V
1.5 kVeff
II
2
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
CE; cURus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
MAS RPS

Qty.
1

Part No.
8721150000

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers


refer to Accessories

71

MICROSERIES - PT100 / RTD - signal isolator / converter

RTD 2-/3-wire converter

PT100 output select

2-way isolation between input and output /


powersupply
PT100 2-/3-wire
Output can be calibrated via DIP switch
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
UL Class I, Div. 2

PT100

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Sensor supply
Temperature input range
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Step response time
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Setting options/switch position

PT100/2-/3-wire (in compliance with IEC 751)


0.8 mA
0...100 C

Output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 5 V

0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA


10 k / 400 @ 24 V
DIP switch
24 V DC 10 %
ca. 0.6 W
< 0.5 % of measuring range
< 0.7 s
250 ppm/K of final value
0 C...+55 C

Note:

72

Connection

PS

3
2

Pt 10 0

V/I

5
6

OUT

Ordering Data
Type
MAS PT100 0100C EX

= on
= off

DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1


EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326
100 V
1.5 kV
500 Veff / 1 s
III
2
1.5 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25

Screw connection

Schalter
Switch
2
3

Qty.
1

Part No.
8975690000

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers


refer to Accessories

mA

MICROSERIES - thermocouple signal isolator / converter

Thermal isolator/converter type K

Thermo-K output select

2-way isolation between input and output /


powersupply
Cold-junction compensation
Linearisation
Output can be calibrated via DIP switch

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Temperature input range
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Wire break detection
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Step response time
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Setting options/switch position

Thermocouple acc. to IEC 584, type: K


0...1000 C

Output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 5 V

0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA


10 k / 400 @ 24 V
Output value: > 20 mA, >10 V
DIP switch
24 V DC 10 %
ca. 0.6 W
< 0.6 % of measuring range
< 0.7 s
250 ppm/K of final value
0 C...+55 C

Switch
2
3

mA

= on
= off

Connection

DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326
100 V
1.5 kV
500 Veff / 1 s
III
2
1.5 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25

PS

IN
+

V/I

OUT

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
MAS Thermo-K 01000C EX

Qty.
1

Part No.
8975710000

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers


refer to Accessories

73

MICROSERIES - thermocouple signal isolator / converter

Thermal isolator/converter type J

Thermo J output select

2-way isolation between input and output /


powersupply
Cold-junction compensation
Linearisation
Output can be calibrated via DIP switch
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nL IIC T4
UL Class I, Div. 2

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Temperature input range
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Wire break detection
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Setting options/switch position

Thermocouple acc. to IEC 584, type: J


0...700 C

Output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 5 V

0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA


10 k / 400 @ 24 V
Output value: > 20 mA, >10 V
DIP switch
24 V DC 10 %
ca. 0.6 W
< 0.7 % of measuring range
250 ppm/K of final value
< 0.7 s
0 C...+55 C

Note:

74

mA

Connection

PS

IN
+

Ordering Data
Type
MAS THERMO-J 0700C EX

= on
= off

DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1


EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326
100 V
1.5 kV
500 Veff / 1 s
III
2
1.5 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25

Screw connection

Switch
2
3

Qty.
1

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers


refer to Accessories

Part No.
8975730000

V/I

OUT

MICROSERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator

Configurable



DC/DC select

3-way isolation
Can be configured via DIP switch
Power supply can be cross-connected
Minimal power loss

Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current
Input resistance, voltage/current
Voltage drop
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
General data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Insulation voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Setting options/switch position

0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA
100 k / 5
< 0.1 V @ IIN =20 mA (current input)

Switch
S1

0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA
10 k / 500
> 100 Hz
24 V DC 15 %
ca. 0.6 W
< 0.5 % of end value
150 ppm/K of of final value
0 C...+55 C
-20 C...+85 C

Output
0 20 mA

0 20 mA
0 20 mA

4 20 mA
0 10 V

4 20 mA

0 20 mA

4 20 mA
4 20 mA

4 20 mA
0 10 V

0 10V
0 10V

0 20 mA
4 20 mA

0 10V

0 10 V

EN 50178
DIN EN 61326
50 V
500 Veff / 1 s
II
2
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
88 / 6.1 / 97.8
cURus; CE; cULusEX

PS

Tension clamp connection


1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92 / 6.1 / 97.8

Qty.
1
1

mA

IN
+

Type
MAS DC/DC select
MAZ DC/DC select

S2
2

Connection

Screw connection
Tension clamp connection

= on
= off

Ordering Data

Note:

Input
0 20 mA

PS

V/I

V/I

OUT

mA

Part No.
8594810000
8594840000

Cross-connectors for power supplies andmarkers


refer to Accessories

75

WAVESERIES Universal signal converters and trip amplifiers, configurable

WAVE TTA one module fits all ...


In the case of signal processing this is a big benefit. The
maintenance engineer who hasnt got the right spare
isolator or transmitter, and has to run part of the plant on
manual control for a day or two before the replacement
arrives understands this. It wastes his time and money.
SoWeidmuller has designed a signal processor with
uniqueflexibility.
In one module the Wave TTA is an intelligent signal
Isolator
Convertor
Transmitter
Lineariser
Trip-amplifier
The new WAVE TTA is a universal Transmitter
TripAmplifier. It is part of Weidmullers well-established
WAVESERIES family of analog signal conditioners, which are
widely used in process and factory automationapplications.
The TTA is unique. It has a combination of high performance
and exceptional configurability. Designed for process
industry applications, the TTA will work accurately and
stably over a wide ambient temperature range, and over a
wide supply voltage range, and with most types of sensor
inputs. For 2-wire current transmitters 24 V DC power is
provided. Alternatively the TTA can be a passive input for the
current source.
Most commonly used temperature sensors and DC inputs
are accepted, and the TTA also allows the user to define his
own characteristics, so special sensor types and linearisation
can easily be acommodated.
To help simplify installation and loop commissioning, test
terminals are provided to permit input and output signal
checks without removing cabling.

76

For linearised and/or isolated analog outputs, the user has


a choice of standard or variable DC milliamps and voltage
ranges. These can be set as either direct or reverse acting.
The user can also select upscale or downscale output in the
event of a sensor break or an open circuit in the input.
The TTA provides 2 changeover-relay outputs which can be
independently set, for use as high and low level alarms or
control points.
Configuring the versatile TTA to change input and output
parameters is simple, and performed from a computer via an
interface (CBX200 USB).
Powering the TTA is flexible too. When the auxiliary supply
is anything between 18 and 264 V (AC or DC), one module
can take it.
Physically, the TTA comes in a black WAVESERIES housing
with a flammability class V0 acc. UL 94, for mounting on
TS35 DIN rail. Pluggable connectors, allow screw or tension
clamp wiring. A screwdriver-releasable front flap gives
access to the configuration interface socket.

WAVESERIES Universal signal converters and trip amplifiers, configurable

Universal input signals


Temperature signals (such as RTDs), One module
integrates thermocouples and potentiometers,
frequency transmitter, DC voltage signals and DC
current signals.

Current source or loop


powered input
For DC current inputs the TTA can be used
with either a passive input, or provide power
for a two-wire transmitter.

Inputs & outputs configurable via


computer
The range of configurability of the
TTA is remarkable and made
easy using TTA SET software, in
conjunction with the CBX200
USBinterface.

Both analog and relay outputs


In one module the TTA integrates
adjustable alarm or control outputs
from mechanical relays, as well as its
proportional analog output.

Wide AC/DC power input


(18-264 V AC/DC)

User-definable
characterisation
If none of the standard input
linearisation options suit
the sensor, a special curve
can easily be created.

Wide ambient temperature range


(40 to 70 C)
Mounting the TTA outside in the
field is no problem. Its ambient
temperature range means it can
also be field enclosure mounted.
High accuracy and temperature
stability
 he Wave TTA offers superior
T
performance and minimises losses
for data acquisition systems, with
its output accuracy typically
< 0.1 %, and temperature
stability < 0.01 %/K

UL Class I Div.2 and ATEX Zone 2 approvals

Milliamp signal testing without


removing cables
The current and voltage
inputs can be tested using a
supplemental test contact without
loosening the existing wiring.

77

WAVESERIES - universal signal converter and trip amplifier, configurable

WAVE TTA EX

WAS6 TTA EX / WAZ6 TTA EX

Input and outputs can be configured on PC with


the TTA-SET software, download at
www.weidmuller.com
Universal input signals
Loop-powered or passive input
Pluggable connection terminals
ATEX 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
UL Class I, Div.2

Analogue Inputs

3 Port Isolation
Relay
Channel 1
Relay
Channel 2
Output
0 ... 11 V /
0 ... 22 mA

J V, I
V, I

+24 V DC

PS

18-264 V AC/DC supply

Technical Data

Typical functions

Input
Sensor

Thermocouples: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T (IEC 60584), PT100, PT1000,


(EN 60571) Ni100, Ni1000, (JIS1604), Cu10, Cu25, Cu50, Cu100
(DIN 43760) 2-/3-/4-wire
100 ...100 k
10 5 k
2 Hz100 kHz
-200...500 mV (min. 4 mV span), -20...50 V DC (min. 0.5 V span)
-20...50 mA (min. span 0.4 mA)
24 V DC / 22 mA

Potentiometer
Resistance
Input frequency
Input voltage
Input current
Sensor supply
Output analog
Output voltage
Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Signal output
Transmit function
Output digital
Type
Switching voltage AC, max. / DC, max.
Continuous current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient

Adjustable between -10...+10 V (min. span of 2.5 V)


Adjustable between 0...20 mA (min. span of 5 mA)
> 10 k @ 0...10 V / > 20 k @ -10...+10 V / < 700
direct or inverted
Linear, x1/2, x3/2, x5/2 or user-defined curve (101 points)

Note:

78

Converter
f, I, V
I, V
PS

I, V

TTA Set Software


24...240 V AC/DC; 24...36 V AC / 24...50 V DC (ATEX Zone 2)
< 3.5 W
< 0.1 % span (DC. RTD); 0.2 % span (or 1 C) + CJ failure
< 0.1 % / K (DC, RTD); < 0.1 % FSR / K + CJ error 0.07 C/K
(thermocouples )
-40 C...+70 C / -40 C...+85 C
50 ms...1 sec (RTD, mV inputs), 110 ms...1 sec (V, mA inputs)
5...95 %, no condensation
DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
6 kV
2
III
5.5 mm (1 mm Input/output)
2.5 kV
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
100 / 45 / 112.4
100 / 45 / 112.4
CE; cULus; cULusEX; KEMAATEX

Type
WAS6 TTA EX
WAZ6 TTA EX

PS

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection

I, V

Transmitter

2 x 1 CO contact (hard gold-plated)


250 V / 30 V
2 A AC/DC

Ambient temperature / Storage temperature


Step response time
Humidity
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Clearance & creepage distances
Insulation voltage
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Isolator
I

Qty.
1
1

CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000

Part No.
8964310000
8964320000

PS
Lineariser
I, V
I, V
PS
Trip amplifier
J
PS

This page left blank intentionally.

79

WAVESERIES Universal signal converters, output loop powered

ITXPlus
Universal, loop powered signal isolating converter
The ITXPlus is a compact signal isolating converter that is
loop-powered, programmable and electrically isolated. On
the input side, the user can connect DC-current/voltage
signals, 2-, 3-, or 4-wire PT100s, and thermocouples. The
ITXPlus measures, filters and isolates the input signals. It
converts them into a proportional signal from 4 to 20 mA.
The ITXPlus provides a 4 to 20 mA current loop output.
For linear temperature measurements, you can connect
all standard types of thermocouples and resistance
temperature detectors (RTDs). The ITXPlus can also process
signals from any non-linear device, such as a NTC or PTC
sensor, or log. potentiometer. User-definable curves can be
programmed into a table containing up to 101 co-ordinates
for thermocouple and RTD ranges and 25 for other variables.

Furthermore, the ITXPlus can be connected to resistors,


potentiometers and sensors which operate in the mV/mA
range. Functionality also includes square root extraction,
and x to the power 3/2 and 5/2 transfer functions. Other
characteristic curves which have not been pre-programmed
can be entered directly using a PC. In this way you can
reproduce any sensors characteristic curve.
The T-Set software can be used for configuration or for showing
measurement trends. The CBX100 interface connects the
ITXPlus with the PC. It implements complete electrical isolation
between the serial port and the signal converter.

Technical Data

Thermocouple inputs

Inputs
Type

Type
B
C
E
J
K
L
N
R
S
T
W3, W5
User-defined Input
Cold-junction compensation
Wire-break recognition

Standard

IEC584

DIN 43710
IEC584
ASTM E98890

2, 3, 4-wire RTD

mA
Volt
mV

Resistance
Accuracy

Type
Standard
PT 100
DIN 43710
PT 100
JIS
PT 200
DIN 43710
PT 200
JIS
NI 120
DIN 43710
CU 100
DIN 43710
Cable resistance
Sensor current
Influence of cable resistance sensor (3/4 wire)

Lower limit
200 C
200 C
200 C
200 C
80 C
100 C
5 max.
0,1 mA
< 0.002 per wire resistance
0 to 10 k (min. range 10 )

Type
E,J,K,L,N,T,U

Temperature coefficient
0.02 C per C ambient temperature
0.01 % of end value per C ambient temperature
0.02 C per C ambient temperature

B, C, R, S, W3, W5
mV, V, mA
PT100/RTD
Resistance

80

Thermocouple, PT100/RTD, mA, volt, mV, resistance


Lower limit
Upper limit
400 C
1828 C
0 C
2000 C
100 C
1000 C
100 C
1200 C
180 C
1372 C
100 C
900 C
180 C
1300 C
50 C
1760 C
50 C
1760 C
200 C
400 C
0 C
2300 C
2101 values
1.0 C
yes
10 mA to + 20 mA to 40 input resistance (min. range 1 mA)
5 V to + 10 V to 2 M input resistance (min. range 0.5 V)
100 mV to + 200 mV to 2 M input resistance (min range 4 mV)

Range
< 500 C
> 500 C
All

Upper limit
850 C
630 C
850 C
630 C
320 C
260 C

Min. range
200 C

50 C
100 C
200 C
50 C
200 C

Min. range

50 C

100 C

Accuracy
1.0 C
2.0 C
0.1 % of end value
0.5 C
0.1 % of end value

WAVESERIES - universal signal converter, output-current loop-powered

ITXPlus

ITXPlus

Universal signal isolator/converter with


2-wire technology
Current, voltage and temperature inputs (RTD, TC)
Supply via output loop (Output loop-powered)
PC-programmable with T-SET, download at
www.weidmuller.com
Pluggable connection terminals

Programmable with T-SET

+24 V
+

J/V/I

2
3

Iout

Technical Data

Connections

Input
Type

RTD, TC, DC (mA, V), Voltages ( 100 mV), Current input [mA],
Thermocouple
B / C / E / J / K / L / N / R / S / T / W3 / W5
- 200...+ 2300 C depending on thermocouple
PT100, PT1000, (EN 60571) Ni100, Ni1000, (JIS1604), Cu10, Cu25,
Cu50, Cu100 (DIN 43760) 2-/3-/4-Leiter
-10...+20 mA (min. span 1 mA)
-5...+10 V / -100...+200 mV (min. span 0.5 V / 4 mV)
2 M / 40

Type, thermocouple
Type, RTD
Input current
Input voltage
Input resistance, voltage/current
Output
Type
Output current
load impedance current
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Humidity
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Long-term drift
Step response time
Insulation coordination
Impulse withstand voltage
Rated voltage
Insulation voltage
EMC standards
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Current output
4...20 mA
typ. 700 @ 24 V DC
T Set Software
10...40 V DC, loop powered
10...90 % (no condensation)
typ. 0.02 % / C
-10 C...+70 C / -20 C...+70 C
0.1 % / 10.000 h
Typ. 200 ms (10...90%)
4 kV (1.2/50 s)
300 Veff
2 kV input / output
DIN EN 61326
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; cULus; cULusEX

Terminal
5

Signal
Loop ve

Loop +ve

Signal + Power supply


Sensor
Signal + Power supply
Storage
(only for programming)
A-Sense
A
B
B-Sense
A-Sense
A
B
A
B
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal
A
Wiper
B

1
3
2
4
1
3
2
3
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2

Supply voltage

Thermocouple

4-wire PT100/RTD
(or resistance)
3-wire PT100/RTD
(or resistance)
2-wire PT100/RTD
(or resistance)
Voltage (mV or V)
Current (mA)
Potentiometer

Ordering Data
Universal input
Note:

Type
ITXPlus

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940016563

CBX100 USB configuration adapter - 7940025031


Refer to Accessories for markers.

81

WAVESERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator

Configurable

PRO DC/DC

Universally adjustable via DIP switch


WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
download at www.weidmuller.com
Power supply 20...230 V AC/DC
Minimal power loss
Adjustable transmission frequency

Switch position/setting options

U/I

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current
Input resistance, voltage/current
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
Offset current / Offset voltage
Adjustment range, zero point
Adjustment range, amplification
Displacement
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage input or output/supply
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

20 mV... 200 V / 0.1mA... 100 mA


Approx. 1 M / < 5 mA: approx. 100 ; >5 mA: approx. 5
0...10 V / 0...20 mA
1 k / 600
> 10 kHz/ < 10 Hz
20 A / 10 mV
25 % of the measuring span of selected output range
0.33...3.30 x end value of selected output range
-100%, -50%, 0%, 50%, 100% of measuring span

DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2


DIN EN 61326, EN 61000-2-6
600 V
5 kV, 1.2/50 s (IEC 255-4)
4 kVeff
III
2
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; cULus; cULusEX; GL

Note:

Type
WAS4 PRO DC/DC
WAZ4 PRO DC/DC

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8560740000
8560750000

Output
Output range
0 10 V
2 10 V
0 5 V
15V
0 20 mA
4 20 mA

Offset
(in % of output voltage)
0%
-100 %
-50 %
+50 %
+100 %
Zero pot. activated: additional 25 %

S2
2

S1
5 6

S1
9 10

Switch

S3

S2
5

Markers refer to Accessories.


Switch S3
Bandwidth 10 kHz
Bandwidth 10 kHz
Set range can be documented on side of housing.
= on
= off

82

Switch

Switch S2
calibrated ranges
Span-pot. activated: input x 0.33 ... x 3.30
non calibrated range

DIP switch, Potentiometer


22230 V AC/DC +10 %
ca. 1 W
< 0.1 % of end value, + Offset 0.1 %
60 ppm/K of final value
-10 C...+70 C

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection

Input
S1
Input range
1 2 3

0 60 mV
0 100 mV


0 150 mV

0 300 mV
0 500 mV

0 1 V


0 5 V

0 10 V

0 100 V

0 + 0.3 mA

0 1 mA

0 5 mA

0 10 mA

0 20 mA

0 50 mA

4 20 mA*
*Offset conversion not calibrated

WAVESERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator

Configurable

WAVEPak

Configurable signal isolating converter


Provides external sensor supply via DIP switch
Supply of 12-60 V DC
Current or voltage input can be configured
Input or output scaling
Direct or negated output signal

3-way isolator

Wiring possibility A (input passive)

2
3
4

Wiring possibility A (input passive)

3
4
H

Iin
0V
Vin

+24 V
1

Technical Data

PS

Iout

8
0V

V/I

Vout

V/I

5
6

PS

0V

8
0V

V/I

Vin

Iout

Vout

V/I

5
6

2
3
4

0V
TP+
+24 V

+24 V
1

0V
7

PS

8
0V

V/I
V/I

TP

Iout

Vout

5
6

Connections

Wiring possibility B (input active)

Input
Type
Input signal
Sensor supply
Input resistance, voltage/current
Resolution
Output
Type
Output current / Output voltage
load impedance current
load impedance voltage
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Linearity
Humidity
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Temperature coefficient
Long-term drift
Step response time
Insulation coordination
Impulse withstand voltage
EMC standards
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

Iin

0V
7

Wiring possibility B (input active)


0V
7

+24 V
1

+24 V
0V
Current or voltage output1 configurable with
7 jumper
Iout
V or 0...10 V
0...220mA
2
PS
20TP+
mA @ 24 V DC output
100V
>31 M /+24
3.5 A / 1.76 mV per bitV/I
Vout

8
0V

4
V/I
TP of voltage output, configured with jumper
Current
0...22 mA / 0...10 V
1k
Connections
500
Terminal
Signal
1 switch Signal +
DIP
Supply voltage
7
12...60
V DC Signal
4 W @ 24 VSignal
2.5
DC +
Voltage input
Signal0.05 %)
<3 0.1 % (typically
210...90 % (no condensation)
Signal +
Current input

03 C...+60 C /Signal
-25 C...+70
C
3
Signal +
0.05 % / C
Loop Powered Input
2
Signal
0.1 % / 10.000 h
6
Signal +
< 220 ms (10...90 %)
Voltage output
5
Signal
CE; cULus; cULusEX
8
Signal +
Current output
45 kV (1.2/50 s)
Signal
DIN EN 61326
2 kV input / output / power supply
300 Veff
III
2
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; cULus; cULusEX

5
6

Terminal
1
7
4
3
2
3
3
2
6
5
8
5

Signal
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal
Signal +
Signal

Supply voltage
Voltage input
Current input
Loop Powered Input
Voltage output
Current output

Ordering Data
Universal converter
Note:

Type
WAVEPak DC/DC

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940024139

Markers refer to Accessories.

83

USB configuration adapter

CBX200

CBX200 USB

Interface converter for configuration, with


galvanic isolation
USB port for connecting to PC
TX and RX status displays
WI-Manager and TTA Set configuration software
programs, download at www.weidmuller.com

Technical Data
Input
Type
Input current
Input resistance
Input voltage
Output
Type
Output voltage
Output current
Level on interfaces
Baud rate
Activation signal
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage

The CBX200 USB is a USB2.0/RS232-interface converter with


galvanic isolation. It has additional functionality for controlling
and supplying the connected RS232 device. The CBX200 USB makes
it possible to configure the intrinsically safe ACT20X product line and
the WAVE TTA signal converter.
The CBX200 USB is not compatible with the CBX100 USB.

USB 2.0 (USB type A plug)


100 mA
22 k
1.6 5.6 V
RS232 (4-pole 2.5-mm jack plug)
3.3 V regulated
3A
1.85.6 V (automatically adapted)
115 kBd
915 V typ. 12 V / 4 mA

Table for selecting a configuration adapter


Product
ACT20X
WAVE TTA
ITX+

2.5 kV (input / output)

CBX100

CBX200
X
X

X
X

Ordering Data
Type
CBX200 USB

Qty.
1

Part No.
8978580000

Pin assignments for jack plug


GND

RxD

TxD

Vcc/control input

DTR*
0
1

Vcc
3,3 V
0V

Control input
12 V
12 V
0V
0V

RTS*
1
0
1
0

RS232 interface
active
active
active
not active

* RTS and DTR are internal control signals

Installation notes
The power supply to the device comes from the USB port
via a USB type-A plug. The output-side of the RS232 interface
uses a four-pole 2.5-mm jack plug to connect. This jack plug
is also capable of activating the RS232 interface when needed
with a 12-V control voltage. With the assistance of the DTM,
the USB interface is diverted to a COM interface. The RS232
interface can be activated with an RTS signal
(RTS = 1 output activated) via the diverted COM interface.
The jack plug is also capable of supplying the RS232 node
with a regulated voltage of 3.3 V at 4 mA current.
The DTR signal (DTR = 0 supply activated) is used for control.
It is also possible to query the status using the DSR signal
(DSR = 0 output activated).
The "WI-Manager" software, the "TTA Set" and the
www.weidmuller.com.
DTM
library can all be downloaded free of charge from
www.weidmueller.com.

84

USB configuration adapter

CBX100

CBX100 USB

USB interface adapter for configuring


USB port for connecting to PC
Tx and Rx status displays
Configuration software (T-Set) can be downloaded
at www.weidmuller.com

Technical Data
Display
Status indicator
General data
Insulation voltage
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Humidity
Approvals

Table for selecting a configuration adapter


Product
ACT20X
WAVE TTA
ITX+

LED (send / receive)


500 V for 60 s
-20 C...+70 C / -25 C...+70 C
10...90 % (no condensation)
cULus

CBX100

CBX200
X
X

X
X

Wiring diagram

Ordering Data
Type
CBX100USB

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940025031

Converter
1
2
3
4

Output
Input

PC
CBX100

85

WAVESERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator

20 kHz limiting frequency


Signal conversion
Galvanic isolation between input/output signals
andpower supply
Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-injumpers

U/I

4...20 mA / 0...10 V

0...10 V / 4...20 mA

UL Class I, Div. 2

UL Class I, Div. 2

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current
Input resistance, voltage/current
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

/ 4...20 mA
/ 50

0...10 V /
500 k /

0...10 V /
2 k / 600
15 kHz (typ. 20 kHz)

/ 4...20 mA
/ 500
15 kHz (typ. 20 kHz)

none
24 V DC 25 %
< 1.3 W @ IOUT = 5 mA
< 0.2 % of end value
250 ppm/K of final value
40 s (typ. 30 s)
0 C...+55 C

none
24 V DC 25 %
< 1.5 W @ IOUT = 20 mA
0.2 % of final value
250 ppm/K of final value
40 s (typ. 30 s)
0 C...+55 C

DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
1.2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
1.2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

86

Type
WAS5 CVC HF 4-20/0-10V

Qty.
1

Part No.
8447280000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

Type
WAS5 VCC HF 0-10/4-20MA

Qty.
1

Part No.
8447340000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

WAVESERIES - DC/DC 2-way isolator

Supply on outputside
Signal conversion
Galvanic isolation between input and
output signals
Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-in jumpers

4...20 mA / 4...20 mA

4...20 mA / 0...10 V

UL Class I, Div. 2

UL Class I, Div. 2

I
U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect.
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

/ 4...20 mA (current loop)

/ 4...20 mA (current loop)

/ 4...20 mA
/ 500
15 Hz (typ. 20 Hz)

0...10 V /
1 k /
15 Hz (typ. 20 Hz)

none
24 V DC 20 %
< 32 mA @ IOUT = 20 mA
2A
0.2 % of final value
250 ppm/K of final value
30 ms (typ. 20 ms)
0 C...+55 C

none
24 V DC 20 %
< 20 mA @ IOUT = 10 mA
2A
0.2 % of final value
250 ppm/K of final value
30 ms (typ. 20 ms)
0 C...+55 C

DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
1.2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX

DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
1.2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX

Type
WAS4 CCC DC 4-20/4-20MA
WAZ4 CCC DC 4-20/4-20MA

Type
WAS4 CVC DC 4-20/0-10V

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Note:

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8444980000
8444990000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

Qty.
1

Part No.
8445040000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

87

WAVESERIES - DC/DC passive isolator

Signal multiplier Loop powered







2OLP

Galvanic isolation
Input and output current loop feed
Very low power consumption
No calibration necessary
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
UL Class I, Div. 2

I
I

Technical Data
Example of application

Input
Input current
Voltage drop
Output
Output current
Output signal limit
Load impedance, voltage/current
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage input or output/supply
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

4...20 mA (current loop)


3.8 V

~
Sensor

2 x 4...20 mA (current loop)


Approx. 31 mA
/ RL = (UB-12 V) / 20 mA z.B. 600 at 24 V
30 Hz

230 V AC

4 ... 20 mA

none
min. 12 V DC/ max. 30 V DC
typ. 0.1 %; max. 0.2 %
150 ppm/K
< 20 ms
0 C...+55 C

4 ... 20 mA
1
2
3

DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
4 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
5.5 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25; cULus

Screw connection

88

24 V DC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Ordering Data

Notes:

230 V AC

Type
WAS5 CCC 2OLP EX
Markers refer to Accessories.

Qty.
1

Part No.
8975640000

24 V DC

WAVE ANALOGUE
2OLP

8581160000/8581170000

7
8
9

10
11
12

SPS

WAVESERIES - temperature measuring transducer

RTD signal isolator/converter

PRO RTD

Universally adjustable via DIP switch


3-way isolation
Linearisation
Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-in jumpers
WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
download at www.weidmuller.com

RTD
J,R

UL Class I, Div. 2

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor

PT100/2-/3-/4-wire, Ni100/2-/3-/4-wire, potentiometer: min. 0100


, max. 0100 k, resistance: 0450
configurable

Temperature input range


Output
Output current / Output voltage
Offset current / Offset voltage
Load impedance, voltage/current
Wire break detection
Fine adjustment
Status indicator

0(4)...20 mA / 0...10 V
max. 100 A / max. 0.05 V
1 k / 600
LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V)
5 %, Version 1 and later: 12.5 % / potentiometer: 12.5%...25%
Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/
Error: LED off

General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

DIP switch, Potentiometer


24 V DC 25 %
830...880...980mW at IOUT = 20 mA
fast/slow: 2-/3-/4-conductor: 1.2 s/2.2 s; potentiometer: 0.5 s/1.1 s
0 C...+55 C
DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; cULus; GL; cULusEX

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Note:

Type
WAS5 PRO RTD
WAZ5 PRO RTD

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8560700000
8560710000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

89

WAVESERIES - temperature measuring transducer

PRO RTD
Switch position / setting options

Choice of inputs
Switch 1
Input
1
2
3
PT100 2-wire

PT100 3-wire

PT100 4-wire

R
2-wire

NI100 2-wire

NI100 3-wire

NI100 4-wire

Potentiometer

min

0 C
-10 C
-20 C
-25 C
-30 C
-40 C
-50 C
-60 C
-70 C
-80 C
-90 C
-100 C
-150 C
-200 C

Choice of step
response time
Step response time
slow
fast

Choice of minimum input size


Switch 1
Rmin
Potimin
4
5
6
0
0%

10
10 %

20
20 %

20
25 %

30
30 %

40
40 %

50
50 %

60
60 %

70
70 %

80
80 %

90

100

150

200

Special area

Choice of measuring range


T
40 K
50 K
60 K
70 K
80 K
90 K
100 K
110 K
120 K
125 K
130 K
140 K
150 K
160 K
170 K
180 K
190 K
200 K
250 K
300 K
350 K
400 K
450 K
500 K
550 K
600 K
650 K
700 K
750 K
800 K
850 K
900 K

90

Choice of outputs
Switch 2
Output
6
7
0...10 V

0...5 V

0...20 mA

4...20 mA

= on
= off

R
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
62,5
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450

Poti

20 %
25 %
30 %
35 %
40 %
45 %
50 %
55 %
60 %
62,5 %
65 %
70 %
75 %
80 %
85 %
90 %
95 %
100 %
-----------------------------

Switch on the manual fine


adjustments
S. 1
Man. adjustment
8
off

on

S. 2
8

Accuracy, slow/fast step response time


7

PT 100,Ni 100: 0,3 % from measuring range 0,8 %


from measuring range < 100 K / 0,3 K / 0,8 K
Potentiometer: 0.2 % from end value / 0.3 %
Resistance: 0.2 % from end value / 0.3 %

Temperature coefficient
Measuring range 200 K
100 K Measuring range < 200 K
40 K Measuring range < 100 K

200 ppm / C
250 ppm / C
400 ppm / C

Adjustment example for zero and span

Switch 2
2
3
4































Temperature adjustment:
Output
DIP switch
Span

420 mA
-10 C+110 C
75110 C

Range
Adjustment range

120 C
12.5 %

Zero
25 C
10 C

95 C
110 C
125 C

5 C
Span
5 C

110 C
125 C
140 C

Wavetool adjustment tool


This service tool enables quick and straightforward
configuration of the WAVEANALOG PRO.
Internet download:
http://www.weidmuller.com

WAVESERIES - temperature measuring transducer

RTD signal isolator/converter

PRO RTD Cu

Universally adjustable via DIP switch


3-way isolation
Linearisation
Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-in jumpers
WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
download at www.weidmuller.com

Cu

Selection of connection
Switch 1
Connection
1

3-wire

4-wire

UL Class I, Div.2

min
0 C
10 C
20 C
25 C
30 C
40 C
50 C
60 C
70 C
80 C
90 C
100 C
150 C
200 C

U/I

VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Temperature input range
Output
Output current / Output voltage
Offset current / Offset voltage
Load impedance, voltage/current
Wire break detection
Fine adjustment
Status indicator

3-/4-wired, Cu 10. Cu 25, Cu 50. Cu 100


Adjustable from -200...+260C

General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

DIP switch, Potentiometer


24 V DC 25 %
880...980...1030mW at IOUT = 20 mA
Fast: 1.2 s/ slow: 2.2 s
0 C...+55 C
DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
4 kV
2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Note:

Type
WAS5 PRO RTD Cu

Qty.
1

Part No.
8638950000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

Span
40 K
50 K
60 K
70 K
80 K
90 K
100 K
110 K
120 K
125 K
130 K
140 K
150 K
160 K
170 K
180 K
190 K
200 K
210 K
220 K
230 K
240 K
250 K
260 K
270 K
280 K
290 K
300 K
350 K
400 K
450 K
460 K

Selection of minimum input values


Switch 1
4
5
6

special range

0(4)...20 mA / 0...10 V
max. 100 A / max. 0.05 V
1 k / 600
LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V)
12.5% of FSR
Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/
Error: LED off

Type
Cu 10
Cu 25
Cu 50
Cu 100

Selection of senor
Switch 1
2
3

Selection of the measurement range


Switch 2
1
2
3
4

Selection of Output
Switch 2
Connection 6
7

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

4 ... 20 mA

Switching on the
manual fine adjustment
Switch 1
man adj.
8

off

on

Selection of step set time


Time of step
response
slow
fast

Switch 2
8

= on
= off

91

WAVESERIES - temperature measuring transducer

Thermal converter type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B


3-way isolation
Internal cold-junction compensation
Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-in jumpers
Suitable for insulated and uninsulated thermocouples
WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
download at www.weidmuller.com

PRO Thermo
UL Class I, Div. 2
Typ
K
J
T
E
N
R
S
B

Select of
thermocoupler
SW1
1
2

U/I

J
VC

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Temperature input range
Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Offset current / Offset voltage
Line resistance in measuring circuit
Wire break detection
Fine adjustment
Status indicator

Thermo element (IEC 584) type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B


-200...+1820 C
0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA
1 k / 600
max. 100 A / max. 0.05 V
50
LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V)
5% (switchable)
Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/
Error: LED off

General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Step response time
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect.
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Default setting
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

DIP switch
24 V DC 25 %
800...850...950 mW at IOUT = 20 mA
without filter: max. 1.4 s; with filter: max. 7.5 s
2A
0 C...+55 C
-20 C...+85 C
Type K; 0...1000C; 4...20mA; filter: off; man. calibration: off
DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300
4 kV
2 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
3 mm
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4
CE; cULusEX; GL; cULus

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Note:

92

Type
WAS5 PRO Thermo
WAZ5 PRO Thermo

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8560720000
8560730000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

Selection of
temperature span
SW2
Span
1 2 3 4 5
100 C
150 C
200 C
250 C
300 C
350 C
400 C
450 C
500 C
550 C
600 C
650 C
700 C
750 C
800 C
850 C
900 C
950 C
1000 C
1050 C
1100 C
1150 C
1200 C
1250 C
1300 C
1350 C
1400 C
1450 C
1500 C
1600 C
1700 C
1800 C
Accuracy
K -200 C -150 C
-150 C 1200 C
1200 C 1372 C
J -200 C -150 C
-150 C 1200 C
T -200 C -150 C
-150 C 400 C
E -200 C -150 C
-150 C 1000 C
N -200 C -150 C
-150 C 1300 C
R -50 C 200 C
200 C 1760 C
S -50 C 200 C
200 C 1760 C
B 50 C 250 C
250 C 500 C
500 C 1820 C

Selection of minimum
temperature
SW1
min
1 2 3

0 C

10 C

20 C

30 C

40 C

50 C

100 C

150 C

200 C

+ 50 C

+ 100 C

+ 150 C

+ 200 C

+ 250 C

+ 500 C
Special range

Selection of output
Switch 2
Output
6
7

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 V

4 ... 20 V
Switching on the
manual fine adjustment
SW 2
man. adjust.
off
on

Switching on the
filter function
SW 2
Filter
off
on

= on
= off

(5K + 0.1 % of set range)


(3K + 0.1 % of set range)
(4K + 0.1 % of set range)
(4K + 0.1 % of set range)
(3K + 0.1 % of set range)
(5K + 0.1 % of set range)
(3K + 0.1 % of set range)
(4K + 0.1 % of set range)
(3K + 0.1 % of set range)
(6K + 0.1 % of set range)
(3K + 0.1 % of set range)
(10K + 0.1 % of set range)
(6K + 0.1 % of set range)
(10K + 0.1 % of set range)
(6K + 0.1 % of set range)
(25K + 0.1 % of set range)
(10K + 0.1 % of set range)
(6K + 0.1 % of set range)

WAVESERIES frequency signal isolator/converter configurable

WAVEPRO Frequency
WAVEANALOG PRO Frequency
delivers settings help, for any
input and output values.
The input range is set using
the DIP switches (a frequency
generator is not required)
There are 2 different methods:
1. Lower measuring frequency = 0 Hz
Choose operating mode = fmax
S2.3 = 0 and S2.4 = 0
Set the upper measuring frequency
using DIP switches S1 and S2.1,
S2.2 (see table)
Thats all!
2. Lower measuring frequency 0 Hz
First the lower measuring frequency
must be saved. Select mode save
fmin. S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 0. Set
the frequency using DIP switches S1
and S2.1, S2.2 (see table) To save
the frequency, briefly connect the
module to the power supply.
Select mode fmin fmax
S2.3 = 0 and S2.4 = 1
Set the upper measuring frequency
using DIP switches S1 and S2.1,
S2.2 (see table).
Thats all!

Adjusting input range using


frequency device to be measured:

Connection configuration for the sensors

Select the switch setting for saving


the frequency: S2.1 = 0, S2.2 = 1,
S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1
Apply min. frequency to the module
Connect the module to the
powersupply
The LED lights up when the input
frequency is being measured. If the
LED goes off, the frequency has
been saved and the module can
be disconnected from the power
supplyagain.
Repeat with max. frequency: S2.1 =
1, S2.2 = 0, S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1
Select special range:
S2.1 = 1, S2.2 = 1, S2.3 = 1 and
S2.4 = 1

93

WAVESERIES - frequency signal isolator / converter configurable

f/DC isolator/converter

PRO Frequency

3-way isolation
Max. input frequency: 100 kHz
Input and output ranges adjustable via DIP
switch
No calibration necessary
Programmable custom range
WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
download at www.weidmuller.com

UL Class I, Div. 2

Selecting the
operating mode
Operating mode

U/I

0 fmax
fmin fmax
saving
of fmin

VC

Switch 2
3 4

f = (A+B) x C

Technical Data
Input
Sensor
Rated input level

2-, 3-wire PNP/NPN, Namur initiator, push-pull step


Threshold/hysteresis: Namur: approx. 1.7 mA/approx. 0.2 mA; NPN:
approx. 6.5 V/approx. 0.2 V; PNP: approx. 6,7 V/approx. 0.5 V

Output
Output voltage / Output current
Load impedance, voltage/current
Offset current / Offset voltage
Status indicator
General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response time
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution severity
Clearance & creepage distances
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA
1 k / 600
max. 100 A / max. 0.05 V
Green LED
DIP switch
24 V DC 25 %
Max. 1.6 W at IOUT = 20 mA
< 0.2% of output range
Max. 200 ppm/K of output range
360 ms + 2 times the period time of input frequency
0 C...+55 C

A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2


EN 55011, EN 61000-6, EN 61326
300 V
6 kV
4 kVeff / 5 s
III
2
5.5 mm
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
CE; cULusEX; cULus

Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Note:

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8581180000
8581190000

Cross-connector for power supplies and markers refer to Accessories

Output
010 V
020 mA
420 mA
05 V

Selecting
the frequency
Switch 1
5 6 7

B
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9

C
x1
x10
x100
x1000

Selecting
the frequency
Switch 2
1
2

Selecting the output


Switch 2
5
6
7

Application
230 V AC
24 V DC
7 8

Registering motor
revolutions using
Namur sensor

1 2
3 4
N
N+
Namur
activated: <= 1,2 mA
not activated: >= 2,1 mA

SPS
020 mA

WAVEANALOG
PRO FREQUENCY

8581180000/8581190000

5 6

94

= on
= off

Special range (frequency generator is required)


Switch 2
Function
1
2
3

save min. frequency

save max. frequency

select special range

Ordering Data
Type
WAS4 PRO Freq
WAZ4 PRO Freq

Selecting
the frequency
Switch1
1 2 3

WAVESERIES - current measuring transducer

Analog output

1/5/10 A AC 4...20 mA

Monitors AC currents
Input and output are electrically isolated
Input and output ranges adjustable via
DIPswitch
No calibration required
ATEX II 3 G nL IIC T4
UL Class I, Div.2

Loop-powered

I AC

U/I

VC

+ 24 V 7

NC
IN

NC 8

4...20 mA 9

Technical Data
Input
Input current
Input frequency
Max. current
Voltage of measuring circuit
Sensor
Output
Output current / Output voltage
Offset current
Output signal limit
Load impedance, voltage/current
Step response time
Accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Status indicator

0...1 A AC/ 0...5 A AC/ 0...10 A AC


50...60 Hz
100 A for 1s
250 V AC
Transforming (internally)
Current loop /
max. 100 A
Approx. 24 mA
/ 600
typ. 700 ms
0.5 % FSR
200 ppm/K
LED ON: OK; FLASHING: signal out of range;
LED OFF: Error

General data
Configuration
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
Default setting
Insulation coordination
Standards
EMC standards
Rated voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Pollution severity
Surge voltage category
Clearance & creepage distances
Insulation voltage
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

DIP switch
13...30 V DC

0 C...+50 C / -20 C...+70 C


0...5 A AC, 4...20 mA
DIN EN 50178 (secure separation)
EN 55011, EN 61000-6
300 V
6 kV
2
III
5.5 mm
4 kVeff / 5 s
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
72 / 22.5 / 92.4
72 / 22.5 / 92.4
CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; cULus

Ordering Data
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Note:

Type
WAS1 CMA LP 1/5/10A EX
WAZ1 CMA LP 1/5/10A EX

Qty.
1
1

Part No.
8975590000
8975610000

Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers refer to


Accessories

95

Process value displays with LED display

Indicators with scalable displays


DI350
3-digit LED display, auxiliary powered

Typical application of DI350

The DI350 is a pair of inexpensive 3-digit displays - one for


analog current (4-20 mA) and the other for voltage
(0-10 V) signals, for use in industrial applications.

+ 24 V
0V
4 ... 20 mA = 0-150.0 kl
or %

An integrated regulated power supply can be used to supply


two-wire transmitters.

The bright seven-segment LEDs are easily visible even in


weak lighting. The special filtering properties of the front
face give it a wide viewing angle.

+ Input

Tank container

The decimal point can be moved to any of the positions


(1.XXX, 1X.XX, 1XX.X or 1XXX) so that it can display values
in any range.

DI350

Input

Power supply
Transmitter [dB]

Wiring diagramm DI350


0V

+24 V
7

The DIN-standard 1/8 front panel with IP65 protection


ensures reliable operation in wet areas. The connection uses
pluggable screw-connection elements.
The DI350 models are hazardous area approved cuLus Ex
(Class 1 Div. 2, Groups A, B ,C & D)

1
2
3
4

Connections
Terminal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

PS

+ 24 V
0V
Vin/Iin

V/I

0V

Signal
24 V DC
power supply sensor
0 V DC
power supply sensor
Input signal +
Input signal

Inputs

Not used
L
L+

Supply voltage

137.0 mm
96.6 mm

Wall thickness Max 18.0 mm

92.0 mm (+0.8/-0.0 mm)

60.0 mm
15.5mm

96.6 mm

15.5mm

18.0 mm

96

Cut-out

45.0 mm (+0.6/-0.0 mm)

48.8 mm

44.7 mm

143.5 mm

Process value displays with LED display

DI350




Display instrument for control panel installation


1/8 DIN standard front
3 digits
IP65 fully insulated
Pluggable connection terminals

DI350

DI350

Display with voltage input

Display with current input

Integrated power supply for external sensors


Linearity with an accuracy of 0.1 % of the
measuringrange
Complete galvanic isolation

Integrated power supply for external sensors


Linearity with an accuracy of 0.1 % of the
measuringrange
Complete galvanic isolation

L
W

Technical Data
Input
Input signal
Input resistance
Supply voltage
Display
Type
Display range
Display value
Format
Settings
Offset
Range of adjustment
General Data
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Linearity
Humidity
Temperature coefficient
Long-term drift
Step response time
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulation voltage
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
EMC standards
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

0...10 V
1 M
24 V DC (up to 25 mA)

4...20 mA
22
24 V DC (up to 25 mA)

3.5 digits, red LED, 14.2 mm


-19991999
Percentage or real value display
1-line / decimal point: 1.000, 100.0, 10.00

3.5 digits, red LED, 14.2 mm


-19991999
Percentage or real value display
1-line / decimal point: 1.000, 100.0, 10.00

1200 digital steps


20 - 2100 digital steps

1200 digital steps


20 - 2100 digital steps

24 V DC (12...35 V DC)
6 W @ 24 V DC
< 0.1 % typ.
0...90 % (no condensation)
0.02 % / C
0.1 % / 10.000 h
200 ms (10...90 %)
4 kV (1.2/50 s)
1 kV input / power supply
0 C...+60 C / -25 C...+70 C
DIN EN 61326
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
137 / 96.6 / 48.8
CE; cULus; cULusEX

24 V DC (12...35 V DC)
6 W @ 24 V DC
< 0.1 % typ.
0...90 % (no condensation)
0.02 % / C
0.1 % / 10.000 h
200 ms (10...90 %)
4 kV (1.2/50 s)
1 kV input / power supply
0 C...+60 C / -25 C...+70 C
DIN EN 61326
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
137 / 96.6 / 48.8
CE; cULus; cULusEX

Ordering Data
Voltage input/Current input

Type
DI350 0-10V/0-100.0

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940011570

Type
DI350 4-20mA/0-100.0

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940010185

97

Process value displays with LCD display

Indicators and configurable displays


LPD350
Typical application of LPD350

LPD350
Input
24 V DC
4 ... 20 mA

The LPD350 uses a liquid crystal display which can be read


even under poor lighting conditions.
No additional wiring is needed for a power supply. The user
can simply break the loop and connect to the LPD350.

98

PLC

75 mm
96.6 mm

44.7 mm

48.8 mm

65 mm

18.0 mm

Wall thickness Max 18.0 mm

92.0 mm (+0.8/-0.0 mm)

96.6 mm

Large 3-digit digital LCD display


4...20 mA input
Loop-powered two-wire design (125 loop load)
Direct or reverse-action display
Linearity is 0.1 % of the corresponding signal range
DIN-standard front-panel with IP65 protection
Pluggable screw-connection mechanism
Hazardous area approved cuLus Ex (Class 1 Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C & D)

Output
4 ... 20 mA

Power supply

The housing has a DIN-standard 1/8 front panel with


IP65 protection. The connection uses pluggable screwconnection elements.
Technical features:

WAVEPak
Isolator

Temperature
probe

Cut-out

45.0 mm (+0.6/-0.0 mm)

The LPD350 is a compact, cost effective, 3 digit digital


indicator designed specifically for current loop signals. The
decimal point can be moved to any position (1.XXX, 1X.XX,
1XX.X or 1XXX) so that it can display values in a range
of1999.

91 mm

3-digit digital display, loop powered

Process value displays with LCD display

LPD350




LPD350

Display instrument for control panel installation


1/8 DIN standard front
3 digits
IP65 fully insulated
Pluggable connection terminals

Current input

Iin

0V

L
W

Technical Data

Connections

Input
Input current
Voltage drop
Input resistance
Input current, max.
Input current, max. when wired incorrectly
Display
Type
Display range
Format
Settings
Offset
Range of adjustment
General data
Accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Temperature coefficient

Terminal
Signal
14...20 mA
Input
22.5 V @ 20 mAInput +
125
100 mA constant / 500 mA for 10 sec.
500 mA constant

3.5 digits, black LCD with clear background, 12.7 mm


-1999...1999
Single-line
1999 digital steps in two switching ranges
0...3998 in three switching ranges
0.05 % from signal range 1 digital step
0.05 % of signal range
Offset 0.1 digital steps per C
adjustment range 0.1 digital steps per C
200 ms (10...90 %)
2,5 x pro s
-20 C...+70 C / -25 C...+85 C
DIN EN 61326
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
75 / 96.6 / 48.8
CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Step response time


Sampling rate
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
EMC standards
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals2 Iin
I
0V

Ordering1 Data
Current input

Type
LPD350 4-20mA/0-100.0

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940010163

Connections
Terminal
1
2

Signal
Input
Input +

99

Process value displays with LCD display

Configurable IP67 field-mounted LCD indicator


LPD405F
4-digit display, loop powered
The display is loop powered by the 4...20 mA current loop
with no external supply required. The twenty-mm LCD
displays can be read even under poor light conditions.
A sheet of perforated self-adhesive labels is included. They
include standard engineering units and can be used for all
label needs.
The electronic subassembly is housed in a rugged, glass
reinforced polycarbonate, IP67 case. This housing is suitable
for any industrial environment.

Typical application of LPD450F


4...20 mA current loop/
2-wire

PLC control
level /enterprise
management
level

24 V DC

LPD450F display and


flow measurer

Measurement
probe
(hall sensor)

Open liquid flow,


container, tube lines

Optionally available is a pipe mounting bracket which can be


used for horizontal and vertical mounting.

140 mm

65 mm

80 mm

Big 20 mm LCD dispaly


4...20 mA inputs (two-wire loop-powered)
Integrated signal linearisation (, x3/2, x5/2 or user-defined)
Min./max. value display feature
IP67 protection
Pipe mount bracket option
Hazardous area approved cuLus Ex (Class 1 Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C & D)

70 mm
18 mm

Mounting holes 120 mm

100

Mounting holes 60 mm

Technical features:

Process value displays with LCD display

LPD450F



LPD450F

Display instrument for outdoor use


4 Digits
IP67 fully insulated
Optionally available with fixing clips for
pipemounting

Current input

Iin

Iin

0V

0V

L
W

Technical Data

0RXQWLQJVNHWFK

Input
Input current
Transmit function
Display
Type
Display value
Display range
Decimal point
General data
Supply voltage
Voltage drop
Accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Temperature coefficient

0RXQWLQJVNHWFK

4...20 mA
, x3/2, x5/2 or programmable (2-21 steps)
4.5-character, black LCD with clear background, 20 mm
Percentage or real value display
19.999 (0.00100.00 factory setting)
18888, 1.8888, 18.888, 188.88, 1888.8
Loop powered, via 4...20 mA input
< 4.3 V
0.05 % from signal range 1 digital step
0.01 % of signal range
3LSHPRXQWEUDFNHW FDQ
Offset 0.01 % / C
adjustment range 0.1 digital steps orEHWWHGWRVXLWDYHUWLFDO
0.01 % / C
RUKRUL]RQWDOSLSH
10...90 % (no condensation)
PP
Programmable in 99 steps from 1...30 sec.
16 x pro s
2 x per sec.
0 C...+60 C / -25 C...+70 C
DIN EN 61326
Screw connection
1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
65 / 140 / 80
CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25

Humidity
Step response time
Sampling rate
Change of display
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature
EMC standards
Dimensions
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm)
Length x width x height (mm)
Approvals

3LSHPRXQWEUDFNHW FDQ
EHWWHGWRVXLWDYHUWLFDO
RUKRUL]RQWDOSLSH
PP

Ordering Data
Current input
Note: 

Type
LPD450F 4-20mA

Qty.
1

Part No.
7940010236

Fixing clip
Pipe Mount Kit - 7940010667

101

Power Delivery Products

Power Delivery Products


Weidmuller offers a full range of power supplies for process control
and manufacturing automation applications.
INSTAPOWER
The INSTAPOWER family of power supplies is designed in compact and robust
housings for quick and easy TS35 DIN-rail mounting.
Output voltage adjustable via potentiometer
Wide-range input: 85264 VAC /120300 VDC
(24 W) / 110370 VDC (25/48W)
LED status indicator
Option for connecting in parallel
International approvals for use world-wide
PRO-H SERIES
The PRO-H SERIES is a new generation of high performance DIN-rail mounted
s ingle-phase power supplies designed to work reliably even under demanding
factory floor conditions.
Autoselect input eliminates the possibility of selecting the wrong input type
Hazardous approvals - designed for use in process
automation and other harsh industrial environments.
Operating temperature range of -25C to +70C
Capable of cold start-up at full load at -25C.
Indefinite short circuit, overvoltage and overtemperature protection
Remote On/Off
Shock and vibration proof
Variable output voltage automatically adjusts and overcomes voltage drops/dips
Easy installation with detachable screw terminal block and snap-on DIN-rail
mounting
DC-OK signal and external shut down function
connectPower
The connectPower Series power supplies are available in both single phase
and three phase, and offer a number of features designed for demanding
a
pplications.
Fulfill the demand for high quality power delivery solutions
Designed with packaging advantages that include a rugged housing,
ability to panel mount, pluggable connectors and load sharing capability
Feature up to 200% of maximum rated output for a specified
amount of time (power boost)
Available with low residual ripple (< 10mV in some cases)
Most models have universal AC/DC input
Longer hold-up time for most models
Feature greater galvanic isolation between
input and output
Operate over a broader range of ambient temperatures
Many available in 5, 12, 24, 28, and 48V versions

102

INSTAPOWERSingle Phase Input Supplies

CP SNT 24W

LISTED

Diagram/Schematic Circuit Diagram

Technical Data
Input voltage

Minimum
Typical
Maximum
at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
at 125 VDC
at 250 VDC
Fuse
Inrush current
Overvoltage protection

Input current
(Average values for reference only)

Input Protection

Switching frequency
Efficiency at maximum load
Maximum ripple
Regulation

Load (10-100% load)


at input voltage

Overload protection
Maximum capacitance at output
Hold time output current following input loss)
(Maximum
Temperature
Humidity

Galvanic isolation

Dimensions
Wire size
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting position
Clearance

Approvals

Ordering Data
Output voltage/maximum current

at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
Storage
Operating
Operating temperature

Storage temperature
Input-output
Input/output to mounting rail
Input to ground
Output to ground

85 VAC, 120 VDC


115-230 VAC 10%, 50/60 Hz
265 VAC, 300 VDC
480 mA RMS 20%
270 mA RMS 20%
280 mA 20%
140 mA 20%
2 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable)
Thermistor
Varistor
100 kHz PWM
78%
0.3% RMS Vp-p
2% (12, 15 and 5 V) 0.5% (24 and 28 V)
0.2%
Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal shutdown/
short circuit
8000 F
35 ms
160 ms
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-20C+50C (-4F+122F) full rated load, Derating: 33% at 60C
(140F)
2085% RH non-condensing
2090% RH
3 kV RMS
4 kV RMS
1.5 kV RMS
500 V RMS
0.14.0 mm2 (2612 AWG)
90.5 x 52 x 62.5 mm (3.56 x 2.05 x 2.46 in.)
160 g (0.35 lbs.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply)
CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE
CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9928890012 and 9928890024
UL 1310 (Class 2) for 9928890024
Type
CP SNT 24W
24 VDC / 1 A
28 VDC / 1 A
15 VDC / 1.5 A
12 VDC / 1.5 A
5 VDC / 2 A

Part No.
9928890024
9928890028
9928890015
9928890012
9928890005

103

PRO-H SeriesSingle Phase Input Supplies

L (+)
N(-

CP T SNT 140W 12V 12A

CP T SNT 90W 24V 3.8A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect
(output current derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<12A @ 115VAC; <20A @ 230VAC
6A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect
(output current derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<13A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC
6A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect
(output current derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<12A @ 115VAC; <20A @ 230VAC
6A

87% typ.

87% typ.

87% typ.

12 VDC
12-14 VDC
6.5A
70W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
20V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
911 V
11.0 V 1.0 V (20 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

12 VDC
12-14 VDC
13.0A
140W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
20V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
911 V
11.0 V 1.0 V (20 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

24 VDC
24-28 VDC
3.75A
90W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
35V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
18-22 V
22.0 V 2.0 V (10 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>1.8 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
35 x 110 x 110 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
0.5kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>1.2 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
54 x 110 x 110 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
0.7kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>1.8 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
35 x 110 x 110 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
0.5kg

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

AC

PE

CP T SNT 70W 12V 6A

DC

Technical Data

Input Specifications
Input voltage
Input voltage range

Input voltage frequency


Harmonic limits
Hold up time
Inrush current
Recommended Circuit breaker,
Curve 1 or fuse, slow blow type
Efficiency
Output Specifications
Output voltage
Output voltage adj. range
Output current
Output power max.
Regulation  Input variation
Load variation (10100 %)
Ripple and Noise (20MHz Bandwidth)
Electronic short circuit protection
Output overvoltage protection
Overload protection
Overtemperature protection
Status indicator
Power OK signal trigger threshold:
active output signal: (reference to Vout)
relay output
General Specifications
Operating temperature range
Cooling
Mounting
Storage temperature
Humidity (non condensing)
Pollution degree
Temperature coefficient
Reliability, calculated MTBF @ 25C acc. to IEC 61709
Remote On/Off
(See LIT0917 - Installation Instructions)
Isolation
Environment  Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6
Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27
Dimension (W x D x H)
Clearances  Above /Below
Sides
Weight
Approvals

Ordering Data

104

Type
CP T SNT 70W 12V 6A

Part No.
1105430000

Type
CP T SNT 140W 12V 12A

Part No.
1105440000

Type
CP T SNT 90W 24V 3.8A

Part No.
1105790000

PRO-H SeriesSingle Phase Input Supplies

L (+)
N(-

CP T SNT 360W 24V 15A

CP T SNT 600W 24V 25A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect
(output current derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<13A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC
6A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<16A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC
10A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<25A @ 115VAC; <30A @ 230VAC
15A

87% typ.

87% typ.

87% typ.

24 VDC
24-28 VDC
7.5A
180W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
35V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
18-22 V
22.0 V 2.0 V (20 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

24 VDC
24-28 VDC
15A
360W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
35V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
18-22 V
22.0 V 2.0 V (20 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

24 VDC
24-28 VDC
25A
600W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
35V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
18-22 V
22.0 V 2.0 V (20 mA max.)
rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
54 x 110 x 110 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
0.7kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
80 x 125 x 125 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
1.1kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
165 x 125 x 125 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
2.8kg

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

AC

PE

CP T SNT 180W 24V 7.5A

DC

Technical Data

Input Specifications
Input voltage
Input voltage range

Input voltage frequency


Harmonic limits
Hold up time
Inrush current
Recommended Circuit breaker,
Curve 1 or fuse, slow blow type
Efficiency
Output Specifications
Output voltage
Output voltage adj. range
Output current
Output power max.
Regulation  Input variation
Load variation (10100 %)
Ripple and Noise (20MHz Bandwidth)
Electronic short circuit protection
Output overvoltage protection
Overload protection
Overtemperature protection
Status indicator
Power OK signal trigger threshold:
active output signal: (reference to Vout)
relay output
General Specifications
Operating temperature range
Cooling
Mounting
Storage temperature
Humidity (non condensing)
Pollution degree
Temperature coefficient
Reliability, calculated MTBF @ 25C acc. to IEC 61709
Remote On/Off
(See LIT0917 - Installation Instructions)
Isolation
Environment  Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6
Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27
Dimension (W x D x H)
Clearances  Above /Below
Sides
Weight
Approvals

Ordering Data
Type
CP T SNT 180W 24V 7.5A

Part No.
1105810000

Type
CP T SNT 360W 24V 15A

Part No.
1105820000

Type
CP T SNT 600W 24V 25A

Part No.
1105840000

105

PRO-H SeriesSingle Phase Input Supplies

CP T SNT 180W 48V 4A


L (+)
N(-

CP T SNT 600W 48V 12.5A

AC

PE

CP T SNT 360W 48V 7.5A

DC

Technical Data

Input Specifications
Input voltage
Input voltage range

Input voltage frequency


Harmonic limits
Hold up time
Inrush current
Recommended Circuit breaker,
Curve 1 or fuse, slow blow type
Efficiency
Output Specifications
Output voltage
Output voltage adj. range
Output current
Output power max.
Regulation  Input variation
Load variation (10100 %)
Ripple and Noise (20MHz Bandwidth)
Electronic short circuit protection
Output overvoltage protection
Overload protection
Overtemperature protection
Status indicator
Power OK signal trigger threshold:
active output signal: (reference to Vout)
relay output
General Specifications
Operating temperature range
Cooling
Mounting
Storage temperature
Humidity (non condensing)
Pollution degree
Temperature coefficient
Reliability, calculated MTBF @ 25C acc. to IEC 61709
Remote On/Off
(See LIT0917 - Installation Instructions)
Isolation
Environment  Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6
Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27
Dimension (W x D x H)
Clearances  Above /Below
Sides
Weight
Approvals

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<13A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC
6A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<16A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC
10A

115VAC/230VAC autoselect
85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC)
47Hz - 63Hz
EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
20ms min. 115/230 VAC
<25A @ 115VAC; <30A @ 230VAC
15A

87% typ.

87% typ.

87% typ.

48 VDC
48-56 VDC
4.0A
180W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
60V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
36-46 V
44.0 V 4.0 V (15 mA max.)
rated: 48 VDC/0.5 A

48 VDC
48-56 VDC
7.5A
360W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
60V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
36-46 V
44.0 V 4.0 V (15 mA max.)
rated: 48 VDC/0.5 A

8 VDC
48-56 VDC
12.5A
600W
0.5 % max.
0.5 % max.
100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery
60V
electronic overload protection
Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
36-46 V
44.0 V 4.0 V (15 mA max.)
rated: 48 VDC/0.5 A

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
54 x 110 x 110 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
0.7kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
80 x 125 x 125 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
1.1kg

25 C to +70 C max. (13 F to +158F)


convection cooling, no internal fan
TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
25 C to +85 C ( 13F to +185F)
95 % rel. H max.
2
0.02 %/K
>0.9 Million hours, max. load
by ext. contact.
DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
165 x 125 x 125 mm
80 mm (3.15 in)
10 mm (0.39 in)
2.8kg

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2


No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

Ordering Data
Type
CP T SNT 180W 48V 4A

106

Part No.
1105850000

Type
CP T SNT 360W 48V 7.5A

Part No.
1105860000

Type
CP T SNT 600W 48V 12.5A

Part No.
1105870000

PRO-H SeriesDiode Modules for Redundancy

Redundancy Modules
With a redundancy module
and two PRO-H Series
power supplies (of same
type) you can configure a
highly reliable, truly redundant power system without
any additional components.
This module enforces the
equivalent sharing of the
output current by each power
supply. The system
is fully redundant and
provides output power even
if one power supply has
completely failed e.g. by short
circuit on the output.
In the event that either
power supply fails or is
disconnected, the second
unit will automatically supply
the full current to the load.
The redundancy of the
system is monitored and if
lost, indicated by an alarm
output. The inputs are hot
swappable and can be
loaded up to 15A each.

CP T RM 10
Redundancy Module

CP T RM 20
Redundancy Module

Technical Data
Input Specifications
Input
Input current
Output Specifications
Output voltage
Output voltage adj. range
Output power max.
Output current
General Data
Status indicator
Operating temperature

2 x 24 VDC
15A

2 x Control Input
25A

Diagram
24Function
VDC
24-27 VDC
360 W
+ J1.2
15A @ 24VDC,
DC @
IN 140C
_

24 VDC
24-27 VDC
600 W
J2.3
J2.4 +
25A @ 24VDC, @Output
40C
J2.1
J2.2

J1.1

Load

J3.1
LED
LED
J3.2
TSP
25 C
to 70 Remote
C max. (13 F...+158 F)
25 C to 70 C max. (13 F...+158 F)
Link 1
derating above 40 C (104 F): 1.5 %/K
derating above 40 C (104 F): 1.5 %/K
Volt adjust
J1.4
trigger threshold at +18...22VDC,
trigger threshold at 18...22VDC, contact open if
IN 2_ inputs failed
contact open ifDCboth
both inputs failed
J1.3
>350,000 hours, max. load
>350,000 hours, max. load
J4.1
30VDC/1A
REM Controller
J4.2
Remote1055Hz,
3 axis,TSP
3 axis, sine sweep, 1055Hz, 1g, 1oct/min.
sine sweep,
1g, 1oct/min.
Link 2
3 Power
axis, 15g half sine, 11ms
3 axis, 15g half sine, 11ms
Supplies
35 x 110 x 110 mm
54 x 110 x 110 mm
Redundancy
ok
0.5kg
0.7kg
J5.1
J5.2
J5.3
J5.4
Alarm
Remote On/Off
2 cables included
2 cables included
by ext. contact: contact open = On,
by ext. contact: contact open = On,
contact closed = Off
contact closed = Off

Redundancy OK signal (Alarm)


MTBF in acc. To IEC 61709
Alarm relay contact
Environment - Vibration
- Shock
Dimension (W x D x H)
Weight
Remote link cable (0.5m)
Remote On/Of
Approvals

II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

Ordering Data

Type
CP T RM 10

Function Diagram
+

TSP

Front view

J1.2

J1.1

Power
Supplies

Part No.
1105890000

J2.1
J2.2

Bottom view

Top view

1 2 3 4

Output
Load

1
2
1
2

Volt adjust
J1.4

J4
J3

J1.3

J4.1

Remote
Link 2

Type
CP T RM 20

Output

Remote
Link 1

DC IN 2_

TSP

J2

J2.3
J2.4

J3.1
J3.2

Part No.
1105880000

Connector Positions
Connector Positions

Function Diagram

DC IN 1_

II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc

J5

REM Controller

J4.2

DC IN 1 DC IN 2

J5.1

Redundancy
ok

J5.2

Alarm

J5.3

J5.4

J1

Remote On/Off

1 2 3 4

J3
J4

J1
J2
Voltage Control 1
Voltage Control 2
J5

For Input 1
For Input 2
Pin 1
Input 1-Vin
GND (-)
S+
S+
DC-OK Signal
Pin 2
Input 1+Vin
GND (-)
S-
S-
DC-OK Relay Contact
Pin 3
Input 2-Vin
Vout (+)
-
-
Remote ON/OFF
Pin 4
Input 2+Vin
Vout (+)
-
-
Remote ON/OFF

Connector Positions
Front view
1 2 3 4

Bottom view

Top view

107

connectPowerSingle Phase Input Supplies

CP SNT 55W

CP SNT 160W

Approvals:

LISTED

Diagram/Schematic Circuit Diagram

Technical Data
Input Voltage

Minimum
Typical
Maximum
at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
at 125 VDC
at 250 VDC
Fuse
Inrush Current
Overvoltage

Input current
(Average values for reference only)

Input protection

Switching frequency
Efficiency at maximum load
Maximum ripple
Regulation

load (10-100% load)


at Input voltage

Overload protection
Output surge capability
Maximum capacitance at output
Parallel connection for load sharing
Hold time
(Maximum output current following input loss)
Temperature
Humidity
Galvanic isolation

Wire size
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting position
Clearance

85 VAC, 120 VDC


115-230 VAC 10%, 50/60 Hz
265 VAC, 300 VDC
1.10 A RMS 20%
0.55 A RMS 20%
590 mA 20%
315 mA 20%
2 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable)
Thermistor
Varistor
100 kHz PWM
80%
0.1% RMS Vp-p
1.0%
0.8%
Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal
shutdown/short circuit
10,000 F

at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
Storage
Operating

Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Input-output
Input/output to mounting rail
Input to ground
Output to ground

30 ms
180 ms
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-20C+50C (-4F+122F) full rated load
Derating: 24 V-1.5 A at 60C (140F)
2085% RH non-condensing
2090% RH
3 kV RMS
3 kV RMS
1.5 kV RMS
500 V RMS
0.14.0 mm2 (2612 AWG)
98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.)
478 g (1.05 lbs.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing
(low-power) module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module,
(i.e. another power supply)

Fault relay
Approvals/Certifications

Ordering Data

Accessories
Chassis Mounting Kit
Side mount BracketDIN rail

108

85 VAC / 195 VAC


115 VAC / 230 VAC 10%, (selectable) 50/60Hz
138 VAC / 250 VAC
2.9 A RMS 20%
1.45 A RMS 20%

6.3 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable)


Thermistor
Varistor
65 kHz PWM
85%
0.2% RMS Vp-p
2.0%
0.5%
Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal
shutdown/short circuit
13 A / 1 sec
6000 F
up to 3 devices (passive current division)
30 ms
30 ms
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-10C+50C (40F+122F) max. full rated load
Derating: 24 V-5.2 A at 60C (140F)
2085% RH non-condensing
2090% RH
3 kV RMS
3 kV RMS
1.5 kV RMS
500 V RMS
0.14.0 mm2 (2612 AWG)
127 x 57 x 175 mm (5.00 x 2.24 x 6.9 in.)
880 g (1.94 lbs.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply)
Changeover contact, 30 VDC / 125 VAC @ 1 A max.
Passive Power Factor Correction

CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE


CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9927480012 and 9927480024
UL 1310 (Class 2) for 9927480024

CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE


CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9925340024 and 9925340012

Type
CP SNT 55W
24 VDC-28 VDC / 2.3 A
48 VDC / 1.04 A
12 VDC - 15 VDC / 3 A
5 VDC / 3 A

Type
CP SNT 160W
24 VDC-28 VDC / 6.5 A
5 VDC / 10 A
12 VDC / 10 A
48 VDC / 3.25 A

Part No.
9927480024
9927480048
9927480012
9927480005
Part No.
7920560000

Part No.
9925340024
9925340005
9925340012
9925340048
Part No.
7920560000
7940000542

connectPowerSingle Phase Input Supplies

CP SNT 300W

Approvals:

LISTED

Technical Data
Input voltage

Input current at 300 W

Input power factor


Input current
Topology
Input protection

Switching frequency
Efficiency
Output ripple
Regulation
Protection

Minimal
Typical
Maximum
at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
at 100 VDC
at 200 VDC

Fuse
Inrush current
Overvoltage
at max.load
Load (10-100%) Line (86-265
VAC RMS)
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overload
Output surge capability
Thermal

Adjustable output voltage


Rated output current

LED indicator
Shut down
The 300 W power supply offers the following additional functions

Monitoring output impedance


Load share
Maximum capacitance at output
Hold time
Temperature

Galvanic isolation

Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting position
Clearance
Approvals/Certifications

at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
Storage
Operating
Derating
Input-output
Input/output to mounting rail
Input to ground
Output to ground

86 VAC, 100 VDC


115-230 VAC 10% 50/60 Hz
265 VAC, 200 VDC
3.3 A 10%
1.65 A 10%
3.7 A 10%
1.85 A 10%
0.99 (under all load conditions)
Sinusoidal (active power factor corrected)
Boost PFC / forward PWM
5 A slow blow 5x20 mm
Thermistor
Varistor
100 kHz 5%
80% typical
at 100 kHz: 2 mVp-p
1%
0.2%
Vout > 30 VDC
Vout < 14 VDC
at Vout = 22 VDC, lout > 13.8 A
at Vout = 24 VDC, lout > 13.5 A
at Vout = 28 VDC, lout > 11.6 A
18.5 A / 300 mSec
Heat sink temperature > 100C (212F)
22 VDC28 VDC (pot. adj.)
at Vout = 22 VDC13.6 A
at Vout = 24 VDC12.5 A
at Vout = 28 VDC10.7 A
Current limiting: LED yellow
Fault: LED red
On: LED green
Power supply goes to fault mode overvoltage, undervoltage or over temperature for more than 2 sec. fault relay drops out/short circuit
universal input voltage with PFC (active power factor corrections)
analog monitoring function
of the output voltage 030 V corresponds to 010 V 3%
of the output current 015 A corresponds to 010 V 3%
of the internal temperature 0C+100C (+32F+212F) corresponds to 010 V 3%
Fault relay, 1 changeover, closed-circuit current principle
10 k min. or 5 mA max.
Current increase up to 60 A by wiring up to 5 300 W power supplies in parallel (active current division)
10,000 F
30 ms
30 ms
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-20C+50C (-4F+122F)
Output current derating of approx. 20% at 60C (140F)
3 kV RMS
3 kV RMS
1.5 kV RMS
500 V RMS
104 x 240 x 155 mm (4.10 x 9.45 x 6.10 in.)
1180 g (2.60 lbs.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, chassis
20 mm left and right; 30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power) module; 60 mm above and below if next to high heat
producing module, (i.e. another power supply)
UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1, Div 2 and Zone 2

Ordering Data
Type
CP SNT 300W
Accessories
Chassis Mounting Kit

Order 2 mounting kits for power supply shown above.

Part No.
9916250024
Part No.
7920560000

109

connectPowerDC-DC Converters

connectPowerDC-DC Converters
DC to DC converters enable customers
to derive low voltage DC signals from
either 12 VDC or 24 VDC sources.
They are typically connected at the
output of a DC power source and can
deliver DC voltages of 5, 12, 15 or 24
volts. DC voltage converters (DC to DC
converters) are intended in particular
for the decentralized power supply of
circuits, assemblies and modules. DC
voltage converters are often required
for emergency generators to supply
electrical devices from batteries or
other DC systems.

DC-DC Converters

12V and 24V input versions


5V, 12V, 15V and 24V output
variations
User adjustable output voltage
Input and output plug-socket
connectors
Output status LED
DIN-rail (TS35) mountable
Chassis mountable with
optionalhardware

Just 57mm (2.24) wide


Robust metal housing
CSA Class 1 Div 2 and Zone 2
UL508 listed

The CP-DCDC 50W family is available


in 2 input versions and 4 output
versions, making them very versatile.
Typical applications include feeding
TTL level circuits (5 VDC) and providing
emergency power to low voltage
circuits.

Remote Monitoring

SUN

Antenna

Antenna

Solar Cell

24VDC
I/O Devices
and Sensors
I/O 24VDC

Radio
Transmitter
12V (powered)

12VDC
+
+ OUTPUT
-

SCADA System
or Other Type
of Control System

15VDC
3A

V out Adjust

DC ON

+
-

INPUT
12VDC 15%
2.37A 15%

24VDC

REMOTE MONITORING

110

DC-DC converter used to convert


solar array output (24 VDC in this
case) that is used for powering
24 VDC input/output devices, to
12 VDC used for power to lower cost
radio transmitter. The transmitter
panel (remote monitoring system)
transmits information to SCADA
system that can monitor the
conditions/physical properties at
the remote site, taking corrective
actions, alarming, or simply providing
information on conditions at
remotesite.

connectPowerDC-DC Converters

CP-DCDC 50W
12 VDC Input

CP-DCDC 50W
24 VDC Input

12 VDC
10.2 VDC
12 VDC
16 VDC
4.53 A
3.88 A
4.7 A
4.96 A
internal (not user serviceable) 2 A
180 kHz PWM
80% (75% 5 VDC @8 A)
0.2% RMS
Overvoltage switch-off with automatic reset/short circuit
10,000 F (8000 F 5 VDC @8 A)
2.5 mS
3.8 mS
3.5 mS
3.5 mS
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-10C+50C (+14F+122F) full rated load
2085% RH
2090% RH non-condensing
500 VAC RMS
4 KV RMS
500 VAC RMS
500 VAC RMS
0.14.0 mm2 (2612 AWG)
98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.)
454 g (1 lb.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis w/ optional kit
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing
(low-power) module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module,
(i.e. another power supply)

24 VDC
18 VDC
24 VDC
30 VDC
2.3 A
1.93 A
2.37 A
2.49 A
internal (not user servicable) 2 A
330 kHz PWM
80% (75% 5 VDC @8 A)
0.2% RMS
Overvoltage switch-off with automatic reset/short circuit
8000 F
7.8 mS
10 mS
7 mS
7 mS
-40C+85C (-40F+185F)
-10C+50C (+14F+122F) full rated load
2085% RH
2090% RH non-condensing
500 VAC RMS
4 KV RMS
500 VAC RMS
500 VAC RMS
0.14.0 mm2 (2612 AWG)
98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.)
454 g (1 lb.)
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis w/ optional kit
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing
(low-power) module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module,
(i.e. another power supply)

CSA, UL Listed, CE
CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2

CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE


CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2

r v %
Technical Data
Input Voltage

Input Current for output of:

Input protection
Switching frequency
Efficiency at maximum load
Maximum ripple
Overload protection
Maximum capacitance at output
Hold time

Temperature
Humidity
Galvanic isolation

Wire size
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting position
Clearance

Approvals/Certifications

Ordering Data
Output voltage/maximum current

Accessories
Chassis Mounting Kit
L Bracket Mounting KitPanelmount

Minimum
Typical
Maximum
5 VDC @8A
12 VDC @3A
15 VDC @3A
24 VDC @2A
Fuse

5 VDC @8A
12 VDC @3A
15 VDC @3A
24 VDC @2A
Storage
Operating
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Input to output
Input/output to rail
Input to ground
Output to ground

Type
CP-DCDC 50W
22 - 24 VDC @ 2 A
15 VDC @ 3 A
12 VDC @ 3 A
5 VDC @ 8 A

Part No.
9919371224
9919371215
9919371212
9919371205
Part No.
7920560000
7940000543

Type
CP-DCDC 50W
22-24 VDC @ 2 A
15 VDC @ 3 A
12 VDC @ 3 A
5 VDC @ 8 A

Part No.
9919372424
9919372415
9919372412
9919372405
Part No.
7920560000
7940000543

111

connectPowerBattery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management

connectPowerBattery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management


Battery Back Up Units:

Weidmullers Battery Back Up Unit


(BBU) is designed to be the heart of an
uninterruptible DC power management
system. The connectPower BBU
combines with Weidmuller power
supplies and a customer-supplied
battery pack to form a scalable DC
power system. This enables users to
put together a system uniquely tailored
to their needs.

DC backup system that actively


manages DC battery banks
Increases system uptime by
providing DC power to load in the
event of an AC power failure

These full-featured units have all the


diagnostics needed to monitor the
status of the power system. These DC
power management units interface
with the DC power supplies in the
control cabinet. In addition, they
monitor the status of the DC loads
and the DC batteries. If the AC is
removed or experiences a voltage sag,
the load is switched seamlessly to the
batteries. When the AC line is restored,
the batteries are recharged and
maintained.
With the BBU Power Supply, 2A of
battery charging current is available at
24 VDC, and 3A with the 12 VDC
units. Extensive monitoring is provided
via LEDs. Relay contacts provide battery
status indication and fault indication.

Battery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management

LOADS

Battery Back Up
Power Supply

BATTERY +

Battery

BATTERY EXT. PS +
LOAD +
LOAD +
LOAD -

991628 0024
24VDC BATTERY
BACK-UP UNIT
r
CLASS 1, DIVISION 2
GROUPS A, B, C &D T4A
SEE SIDE PANEL

EXT. PS -

LOAD -

CHARGING
FULL CHARGE

BATTERY
OPEN
BATTERY
LOW
BATTERY
REVERSE
FAULT

115-230VAC. 1.0A-0.6A B.B.U. ONLY


I MAX. = 10A (RMS) = B.B.U. + EXT. PS
50/60Hz

+ ENABLE
+ DRAIN
+ DRAIN
RESET
- COM
BAT
STATUS
MAX. 1A
@30VDC
FAULT
RELAY
MAX. 1A
@30VDC

L
AC IN
g B.B.U.
N
L

AC OUT

g EXT. PS
N

LGN
BBU AC IN

112

DC OUTPUT

15A MAX.

LISTED
9ZX0

PS AC INPUT

AC INPUT

If the input fails, the load is switched


seamlessly to batteries
Continuously monitors DC output
voltage of power supply
Extensive monitoring is provided via
LEDs and outputs

connectPowerBattery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management

BBU
12 VDC Input

BBU
24 VDC Input

85 VAC
115-230 VAC 10%
265 VAC
0.8 A
0.5 A
2 A slow blow (internal, not user serviceable)
Thermistor 40 A maximum
Varistor
12 VDC syst.
15 A maximum
20 A max for 300 mS
30 A max for 100 mS
12-14 VDC
10 A maximum
< 0.5 mS
Limited by internal 4.0 A fuse
16 V
9.3 V
120C (248F) 10%
Continuous
Continuous
-20C+85C (-4F+185F)
-20C+50C (-4F+122F)
2090%
2085% non-condensing
3 KV
3 KV
1.5 KV
500 V
0.14 mm2 (2612 AWG)
0.51.5 mm2 (2814 AWG)
127.5 x 72.5 x 161 mm (5.02 x 2.85 x 6.34 in.)
950 g (2.09 lbs.)
dry contact/open collector
dry contact/open collector
dry contact/open collector
Form C Relay and LED
Form C Relay and LED
3.0 A
Regulates to 13.65 V
LED
LED
Yellow LED on below 11 V
4 AH
scalable
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35 (optional direct panel mount)
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply)
plug and socket

85 VAC
115-230 VAC 10%
265 VAC
1.0 A
0.6 A
2 A slow blow (internal, not user serviceable)
Thermistor 40 A maximum
Varistor
24 VDC syst.
15 A maximum
20 A max for 300mS
30 A max for 100mS
24-28 VDC
10 A maximum
< 0.5 mS
Limited by internal 4.0 A fuse
32 V
18.3 V
120C (248F) +10%
Continuous
Continuous
-20+85C (-4F+185F)
-20+50C (-4F+122F)
2090%
2085% non-condensing
3 KV
3 KV
1.5 KV
500 V
0.14 mm2 (2612 AWG)
0.51.5 mm2 (2814 AWG)
127.5 x 72.5 x 161 mm (5.02 x 2.85 x 6.34 in.)
950 g (2.09 lbs.)
dry contact/open collector
dry contact/open collector
dry contact/open collector
Form C Relay and LED
Form C Relay and LED
2.0 A
Regulates to 27.3V
LED
LED
Yellow LED on below 22 V
4 AH
scalable
Horizontal on mounting rail TS35 (optional direct panel mount)
20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply)
plug and socket

CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2

CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2

Type
BBU 12 VDC

Type
BBU 24 VDC

r v %
Technical Data
Input Voltage

Input current
Input protection

Output to Load

Minimum
Typical
Maximum
at 115 VAC
at 230 VAC
Fuse
Input current
Overvoltage
Voltage Nominal
Load Current
Surge Current from no load

Load voltage
AC input current
Switching time from external PS to battery
Protection
Battery Polarity Protection
Battery Overvoltage
Battery Undervoltage
BBU Over Temperature Shutdown
Charger Short Circuit
Load Short Circuit
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Operating
Galvanic Isolation
Input to output
Input/output to rail
Input to ground
Output to ground
Wire Size
Power Connections
Control inputs/relay outputs
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Control inputs
Enable
Status outputs
Drain
Drain Reset
Battery Status
Fault
Battery Charger
Charge Current
Full Charge
Battery Reverse
Battery Open
Battery Low
Battery Capacity
Minimum
Maximum
Mounting position
Clearance

Connections
Approvals/Certifications

Ordering Data
Accessories
Chassis Mounting Kit

Part No.
9916280012
Part No.
7920560000

Part No.
9916280024
Part No.
7920560000

113

connectPowerBattery Back Up Unit for DC Power ManagementOperation

Functional Outline
The BBU is at its basic level a scalable
UPS for 12 VDC or 24 VDC power. It
is the heart or center of the system
with everything wired through it. In
this way it can monitor the status of
the AC mains, the AC to the power
supply, the DC out of the power
supply and the battery condition. The
BBU does NOT have built-in batteries.
The batteries are sized based on the
current and time demand for the
back-up power.
The typical system is comprised of
the following: the BBU, the battery
pack and the power supply. The
power supply is sized as per normal
requirements (how much current is
needed). The batteries are sized based

Under normal conditions the BBU


operates as a battery charger. It trickles
the batteries to a minimum voltage (if
necessary) then bulk charges at a rate
of 3A for the 12V version and 2A for
the 24V version until the batteries reach
14.75V / 29.5V. At this point the BBU
floats the batteries to 13.65V / 27.3V.

Digital Inputs

Diagnostic LEDs

Enable:
A connection between the Enable
and COM terminals enables the
BBU. If terminals are open circuit
(Disabled), the BBU functions as a
battery charger only. In the event
of AC failure the batteries are not
connected to the load via the BBU.
The BBU is factory preset as Enabled.

Full Charged LED (green):


On when battery voltage is
14.75/29.5V or greater.
Bat Status relay is energized.
Once fully charged the BBU drops
the charge voltage to 13.65/27.3V
(float voltage).

Drain:
A temporary short between the
Drain and COM terminals switches
the load to the batteries until the
battery voltage reaches 11/22V. At
this point the AC power is returned to
the power supply and the BBU starts
recharging the batteries. The Drain
cycle can also be reset / terminated
by activating the Drain Reset input.
Drain Reset:
A temporary short between the Drain
Reset and COM terminals disables
the Drain cycle to the batteries.

114

on the amount of back-up current and


the length of time that the current
is required. There is no upper limit
to the size of the batteries; we do
not recommend that a battery pack
smaller then 4Ahr be used due to the
bulk charge rates of the BBU (3A for
the 12V version and 2A for the 24V
version), as they may be damaged with
a bulk charge at this level.

Battery Low LED (yellow):


On when battery voltage is <11/22
VDC.
Bat Status relay is off.
If the battery voltage drops below
9.7/18.7V the load is switched off.
Charging LED (yellow):
On when BBU is charging the
batteries.
Off when the Full Charged LED is
on.
Fault LED (red):
On when AC fails.
On when the external power supply
voltage is <11V/21.5V.
On when the batteries are not
connected.
On when the battery voltage is
<9.7/18.7V.
Fault relay de-energizes for the above
conditions.

The BBU switches the output current


from Power supply to Battery through
an internal Mosfet. This allows the unit
to switch over in milliseconds.
The BBU has two form C relays, one for
Battery status and the other for Fault
monitoring. There are three inputs as
follows: Enable, Drain and Drain Reset.
These I/O are explained in detail below.

Battery Reverse LED (red):


Batteries connected in reverse.
Fault relay de-energizes and fault LED
turns on.
There is an internal fuse that will open
to prevent damage to BBU or to the
batteries.
Battery Open LED (red):
No batteries connected takes
approx. 60 seconds to detect after
turning on BBU.
Fault LED is on and Fault relay is
de-energized.

Relay Outputs

Bat Status:
Battery status, this changes state
based on whether the batteries
are charging or fully charged.
See Diagnostic LEDs (Full Charge,
Battery Low and Full Charge) for
more detailed information.
Fault Relay:
De-energizes under a fault condition.
See Diagnostic LEDs (Fault LED,
Battery Reverse, and Battery Open)
for more detailed information.

connectPowerBattery Back Up Unit for DC Power ManagementOperation

Typical Schematic
The 15A Critical Load limit is a limit of
the BBU itself and not the power supply.
This schematic is representative of a
24 VDC system. For a 12 VDC system
use a 12 VDC battery pack, a 12 VDC
power supply and a 12 V BBU, part
number 991628 0012.
The fuses may be replaced by another
means of circuit protection, i.e. circuit
breakers.
It is recommended to monitor the
power supply Fault/Status relay/output
if available.
The power supply shown is for illustration purposes only. The power supply
needs to be chosen based on load
requirements.

Recommendations for Operation


A drain cycle should be run as often as the application permits,
six to twelve times per year is recommended. This allows the
batteries to maintain their capacity, and it also allows you to
validate their condition by monitoring the length of time that it
takes to recharge. By knowing the capacity of the battery, you
can calculate the approximate length of time that it will take to
recharge by monitoring the Bat Status relay.
Example
30Ahr battery at 24 VDC
The 24 VDC BBU has a bulk charge current of 2A
The formula to calculate the time to recharge a
dead battery is:
(30Ahr / 2A) x 2 = 30 hrs
The formula to calculate the time to recharge after
a drain cycle is:
((30Ahr / 2A) x 0.56) x 2 = 16.8 hrs
The x 2 in both formulas is because we overcharge
the batteries so that they are fully chargedotherwise
they only charge to just above 90%.
When running a drain cycle, the system only discharges
the batteries to 22V / 11V. The batteries still have a fair
bit of capacity left.
Please note that these formulas are NOT exact and are
only approximations. This is due to variables such as actual
battery capacity tolerance, temperature, voltage drop in cables,
rate of discharge, etc.

In systems that run 24/7, there is never a good time to run


the drain cycle. In these cases it is recommended to upsize
the batteries as much as possible. It is still recommended to
run drain cycles in these conditions. This is one of the key
features of this product allowing you to validate the condition
of the batteries. Please keep in mind that the batteries are NOT
completely drained by running a drain cycle. The drain cycle
runs the batteries to a voltage of 22V / 11V. In the worst case
scenario, if you happen to lose power during a drain cycle, the
drain cycle will reset at a battery voltage of 22V /11V. The BBU
will continue to power the load until the batteries reach 18V
/ 9V. Then and only then it will shut down power to the load.
Because of this, and assuming that the batteries are bigger
than needed, you shouldnt have a situation that leaves you
without power.
We cannot stress how important it is to choose the batteries
carefully for your application. The BBU is designed to work
with many types of batteries, and works well with sealed
lead acid, Gel cell and automotive / marine batteries. When
selecting batteries keep in mind variables such as temperature
extremes, cycle frequency (frequency of power outages) and
many other environmental conditions. Many battery types can
vent, creating a dangerous condition in a sealed panel. Please
consult the battery manufacturer for recommendations
specific to your application.
The temperature to which batteries are subjected is very
important. Many manufacturers do not recommend recharging
batteries if they are colder then 0C (32F) or hotter then 40C
(104F). Again, please consult the battery manufacturer for
recommendations.

It is recommended to use at least a 25% hysterisis on the


calculated number of hours. Keep in mind that the battery
capacity will decrease over time, and this is normal. The
best thing to do is to run a test on a known good set of
batteries at room temperature and base the midpoint on
the actual number of hours it takes to recharge after a
drain cycle.

115

Electronic Circuit Protection

Electronic Circuit Protection


ESX10-T
Electronic circuit protection type
ESX10-T is designed to ensure
selective disconnection of 24VDC
load systems.
24VDC power supplies, which are
widely used in industry today, will shut
down the output in the event of an
overload with the result that one faulty
load in the system can lead to complete
disconnection of all loads.

US

Through selective disconnection the


ESX10-T responds much faster to
overload or short circuit conditions
than the switch-mode power supply.
This is achieved by active current
limitation. The ESX10-T limits the
highest possible current to 1.3 to 1.8
times the selected rated current of the
circuit protector. Thus it is possible
to switch on capacitive loads of up to
20,000 F, but they are disconnected
only in the event of an overload
or short circuit.
For optimal alignment with the
characteristics of the application the
current rating of the ESX10-T can be
selected in fixed values from 0.5 A...
12 A. Failure and status indication
are provided by a multicolor LED and
an integral short-circuit-proof status
output or a relay signal contact.
Remote operation is possible by
means of a remote reset signal or a
remote ON/OFF control signal. The
manual ON/OFF button allows separate
actuation and reset of individual
load circuits.

116

Upon detection of overload or


short circuit in the load circuit,
the MOSFET of the load output
will be blocked to interrupt the
current flow. The load circuit can
be re-activated via the remote
electronic reset input, control
input or manually by means of the
ON/OFF button.
Features
Selective load protection, electronic
trip characteristics
Active current limitation for safe
connection of capacitive loads up
to 20,000 F and on overload/
short circuit
Current ratings 0.5 A...12 A
Reliable overload disconnection with
1.1 x In plus, even with long load lines
or small cable cross sections (see
table 4)
Manual ON/OFF button (S1)
Control input IN+ for remote
ON/OFF signal (option)
Electronic reset input RE (option)
Clear status and failure indication
through LED, status output SF or Si
contact F
Integral fail-safe element adjusted to
current rating
Width per unit only 12.5 mm
Rail mounting
Ease of wiring through busbar LINE+
and 0 V as well as signal bars
and bridges
Hazardous area approved Class 1
Div 2, Zone 2, ATEX Zone Z

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

Approvals

Technical Data

Authority
Voltage rating
UL2367 (E306740)
24VDC
UL1604 (E322549) (class 1, div. 2, group
24VDC
A, B, C, D)
UL508/ cUL 508
24VDC
24VDC
CSA file 165971:
CSA C22.2 No: 213 (class I, div. 2)
Groups A, B, C, D, T5
CSA C22.2 No: 142
24VDC
Class 2
Meets requirements for Class 2 current limitation
(ESX10-T... 0.5 A / 1 A / 2 A / 3 A

Technical Data

Current ratings
0.5...12 A
0.5...12 A
0.5...12 A
0.5...12 A
0.5...12 A

(Tambient = 40C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)

Operating data
Operating voltage Ub
Current rating In
Closed current I0
Status indication by means of

24VDC (18...32 V)
fixed current ratings: 0.5, 1 A, 2 A, 3 A, 4 A,
6 A, 8 A, 10 A, 12 A
ON condition: typically 20...30 mA
depending on signal output
multicolor LED:
GREEN: - unit is ON, power-MOSFET
- is switched on
- status output SF ON,
- supplies + 24VDC
ORANGE: in the event of overload or
short circuit until electronic
disconnection
RED:
- unit electronically disconnected
- load circuit/Power-MOSFET
OFF
OFF:

- manually switched off


- (S1 = OFF)
- or device is dead
- undervoltage (Ub < 8 V)
- after switch-on till the end
- of the delay period
status output SF (option)
potential-free signal contact F (option)
ON/OFF/ condition of switch S1
Load circuit
Load output
Overload disconnection
Short-circuit current IK
Trip time for electronic disconnection

Temperature disconnection
Low voltage monitoring
load output
Starting delay tstart
Disconnection of load circuit
Free-wheeling circuit
Several load outputs must not be connected in parallel

Power-MOSFET switching output (high side switch)


typically 1.1 x In (1.05...1.35 x In)
active current limitation (see table 1)
see time/current characteristics
typically 3 s at ILoad > 1.1 x In
typically 3 s...100 ms at ILoad > 1.8 x In
(or 1.5 x In/1.3 x In)
internal temperature monitoring with electronic
disconnection
with hysteresis, no reset required
load OFF at Ub < 8 V
typically 0.5 sec after every switch-on
and after applying Ub
electronic disconnection
external free-wheeling diode
recommended with inductive load

(Tambient = 40C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)


ESX10-TB-114/-124/
plus-switching signal output,
nominal data: 24VDC / max. 0.2 A (short circuit proof)
status output is internally connected to
GND with a 10 kOhm resistor
Status OUT
ESX10-TB-114/-124 (signal status OUT),
at Ub = +24 V
+24 V = S1 is ON, load output connected through
0V = S1 is ON, load output blocked and/or
switch S1 is OFF
ESX10-TB127 reverse
red LED lit
OFF condition
0 V level at status output when:
switch S1 is in ON position, but device is still
in switch-on delay
switch S1 is OFF, or control signal OFF,
device is switched off
no operating voltage Ub
Signal output F
ESX10-TB-101/-102
Electrical data
potential-free signal contact
max. 30VDC/0.5 A, min. 10 V/10 mA
ON condition LED green
voltage Ub applied, switch S1 is in ON position
no overload, no short circuit
OFF condition LED off
device switched off (switch S1 is in OFF position)
no voltage Ub applied
Fault condition LED orange
overload condition > 1.1 x In up to electronic disconnection
Fault condition LED red
electronic disconnection upon overload or short circuit
device switched off with control signal
(switch S1 is in ON position)
ESX10-TB-101
single signal, make contact
contact SC/SO-SI open
ESX10-TB-102
single signal, break contact
contact SC/SO-SI closed
Fault
signal output fault conditions:
no operating voltage Ub
ON/OFF switch S1 is in OFF position
red LED lighted
(electronic disconnection)
Reset input RE
ESX10-TB-124
Electrical data
voltage: max. +32VDC
high > 8VDC 32VDC
low 3VDC > 0 V
power consumption typically 2.6 mA
(+24VDC)
min. pulse duration typically 10 ms
Reset signal RE
The electronically blocked ESX10-TB-124
(terminal 22)
may remotely be reset via an external momentary switch due
to the falling edge of a +24 V pulse.
A common reset signal can be applied to several devices
simultaneously.
Switched on devices remain unaffected.
Control input IN+
ESX10-TB-114
Control signal IN+
see reset input RE
(terminal 21)
+24V level (HIGH): device will be switched
on by a remote ON/OFF signal
0 V level (LOW): device will be switched
off by a remote ON/OFF signal
Switch S1 ON/OFF
unit can only be switched on with S1 if a HIGH level is applied
to IN+
Status output SF
Electrical data

117

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

Technical Data

(Tambient = 40C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)

General data
Fail-safe element:


Terminals
screw terminals
max. cable cross section
flexible with wire end ferrule w/wo plastic sleeve
multi-lead connection
(2 identical cables)
rigid/flexible
flexible with wire end ferrule without plastic sleeve
flexible with TWIN wire end ferrule with plastic sleeve
wire stripping length
tightening torque (EN 60934)
Terminals
screw terminals
max. cable cross section
flexible with wire end ferrule w/wo plastic sleeve
wire stripping length
tightening torque (EN 60934)
Housing material

backup fuse for ESX10-T not required


because of the integral
redundant fail-safe element
LINE+ / LOAD+ / 0V
M4
20-6 AWG (0.5 - 10 mm2)

20-11 AWG (0.5 - 4 mm2)


20-13 AWG (0.5 - 2.5 mm2)
20-9 AWG (0.5 - 6 mm2)
10 mm
1.2 Nm
aux. contacts
M3
23-13 AWG (0.25 2.5 mm2)
8 mm
0.5 Nm
moulded

Table 1: Voltage drop, current limitation, max. load current


current rating
In
0.5 A
1 A
2 A
3 A
4 A
6 A
8 A
10 A
12 A

typically voltage drop


Uon at
70 mV
80 mV
130 mV
80 mV
100 mV
130 mV
120 mV
150 mV
180 mV

active current
max. load current at 100% ON duty
limitation (typically) Tu = 40 C
Tu = 50 C
1.8 x In 0.5 A
0.5 A
1.8 x In 1 A
1A
1.8 x In 2 A
2A
1.8 x In 3 A
3A
1.8 x In 4 A
4A
1.8 x In 6 A
5A
1.5 x In 8 A
7A
1.5 x In 10 A
9A
1.3 x In 12 A
10.8 A

Attention:when mounted side-by-side without convection the ESX10-T should not carry more than 80% of
its rated load with 100% ON duty due to thermal effects.

Table 3: ESX10-T - Ordering Information

Mounting
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity

Vibration
Degree of protection

EMC
(EMC directive, CE logo)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 60934)
dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
(OFF condition)
Approvals





Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mass

symmetrical rail to EN 50022-35x7.5


0...+50 C (without condensation, see EN 60204-1)
-20...+70 C
96 hrs/95 % RH/40 C to IEC 60068-2-78-Cab
climate class 3K3 to EN 60721
3 g, test to IEC 68-2-6 test Fc
housing: IP20 DIN 40050
terminals: IP20 DIN 40050
emission: EN 61000-6-3
susceptibility: EN 61000-6-2
0.5 kV/2 pollution degree 2
re-inforced insulation in operating area
max. 32VDC (load circuit)
n/a, only electronic disconnection
UL2367, File E306740,
Solid State Overcurrent Protectors
UL1604 (class I, div. 2, zone 2), UL508, CE logo
CSA C22.2 No. 142 - file 165971, C22.2 No. 213 - file
165971, C1D2 Groups A, B, C, D, Temp Code T5;
Ambient 0-40C
12.5 x 80 x 83 mm
approx. 65 g

Please note:
The user should ensure that the cable cross sections of the relevant load circuit are suitable for the current
rating of the ESX10-T used.
Automatic start-up of machinery after shut down must be prevented (Machinery Directive 98/37/EG and
EN 60204-1). In the event of a short circuit or overload the load circuit will be disconnected electronically
by the ESX10-T.
Refer to UL/CSA file for proper wiring and installation techniques.

Table 2: Specifications
Protection
CE logo
UL


CSA


ATEX

to EN6052 housing IP30, terminals IP00


to 2004/108/EG and 94/9/EG
UL2367, File No E306740
UL508, File No E322549
UL 1604, File No E320024
CSA C22.2 No 14, File No 165971 (LR16186)
CSA C22.2 No 142, File No 165971 (LR16186)
CSA C22.2 No 213, File No 165971 (LR16186)
IEC/EN60079-0 /-14/-15
II 3G Ex nA II B T4 Gc X

Version
Signal input
Signal output

Signal contact
Status output

without
Control input
Remote
without
single signal
single signal
without
Status OUT
Status OUT

Signal
ON/OFF Reset
Reset
Signal
N/O
N/C
Signal
Positive 24V
V = OK

Input
Output
(normally open NO)
(normally closed NC)
Output
= OK
ESX10-TA-100 x x
x
ESX10-TB-101 x
x
x
ESX10-TB-102 x
x
x
ESX10-TB-114 x x
ESX10-TB-124 x x x
ESX10-TB-127 x x x

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TB-101

Circuit
Current
Protection
Rating
5 V Number
DC R
ampsVSPC 1CLPart
0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

118

6720005305
6720005301
6720005302
6720005303
6720005304
6720005306
6720005308
6720005310
6720005312

ESX10-TB-102

ESX10-TB-114*

ESX10-TB-124**

ESX10-TB-127

Current
Rating
amps

Circuit
Protection
Part Number

Current
Rating
amps

Circuit
Protection
Part Number

Current
Rating
amps

Circuit
Protection
Part Number

Current
Rating
amps

Circuit
Protection
Part Number

Current
Rating
amps

Circuit
Protection
Part Number

0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

6720005320
6720005321
6720005322
6720005323
6720005324
6720005326
6720005328
6720005330
6720005332

0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

6720005340
6720005341
6720005342
6720005343
6720005344
6720005346
6720005348
6720005350
6720005352

0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

6720005360
6720005361
6720005362
6720005363
6720005364
6720005366
6720005368
6720005370
6720005372

0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

6720005380
6720005381
6720005382
6720005383
6720005384
6720005386
6720005388
6720005390
6720005392

0.5
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

6720005309
6720005319
6720005329
6720005339
6720005349
6720005369
6720005389
6720005399
6720005313

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

ESX10-T Signal inputs / outputs (wiring diagram)


ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TB-101

ESX10-TB-102

ESX10-TB-114

without signal input/output

without signal input


with signal output F
(single signal, N/O )

without signal input


with signal output F
(single signal, N/C)

with control input IN +


(+24VDC)
with status output SF
(+24 V = load output ON)

LINE+

LOAD+

LINE+

SF 23

13

11

IN 21

LOAD+

0V

ESX10-TB-127

with reset input RE


(+24VDC)
with status output SF
(+24 V = load output ON)

with reset input RE


(+DC 24 V)
with inverse status output SF
(0 V = load output ON)
1

LOAD+

0V

LOAD+

0V

operating condition: SF +24 V = O K


fault condition:
SF 0 V

operating condition: 11-12 open


fault condition:
11-12 closed

Dimensions

ESX10-TB-124

SF 23

LINE+

12

operating condition: 13-14 closed


fault condition:
13-14 open

LINE+

LINE+

14

0V

LINE+

12.5
.492

83
3.27

LINE

LINE

LOAD

LOAD

SF 23

RE 22

80
3.15

RE 22

LOAD+

0V

operating condition: SF +24 V = O


fault condition:
SF 0 V

LOAD+

0V

80
3.15

operating condition: S F 0 V = O K
fault condition:
S F +24 V

label

snap-on socket for


symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5

mm
This is a metric design and millimeter dimensions take precedence ( )
inch

119

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

Time/Current characteristic curve (Ta = 25 C)


The trip time is typically 3 s in the range between 1.1 and 1.8 x In*1).
Electronic current limitation occurs at typically 1.8 x In*1) which means that under all
overload conditions (independent of the power supply and the resistance of the load
circuit) the max. overload before disconnection will not exceed 1.8 x In*1) times the
current rating. Trip time is between 100 ms and 3 sec (depending on overload or at
short circuit).
Without this current limitation a considerably higher overload current would flow in
the event of an overload or short circuit.

disconnection
typically 1.1 x I n 1.8 x I n *1)
10000
1000

trip time in seconds

100

current limitation *1)


typically 1.8 x I n

10
5
1
0.1
0.01
0

5 IK

...times rated current


*1) current limitation typically 1.8 x I times rated current at I = 0.5 A...6 A
n
n
current limitation typically 1.5 x In times rated current at In = 8 A or 10 A
current limitation typically 1.3 x In times rated current at In = 12 A

Table 4: Reliable trip of ESX10-T


Reliable trip of ESX10-T with different cable lengths and cross sections
Resistivity of copper 0 =
0.0178 (Ohm x mm2) / m
Ub = DC 19.2 V (= 80 % of 24 V)
voltage drop of ESX10-T and tolerance of

trip point (typically 1.1 x In = 1.05 ... 1.35 x In) have been taken into account.
ESX10-T-selected rating In (in A)
3 6
e. g. trip current Iab = 1.25 x In (in A)
3.75
7.5
ESX10-T trips after 3 s
Rmax in Ohm = (Ub / Iab) - 0.050
5.07 2.51
The ESX10-T reliably trips from 0 Ohm to max. circuitry resistance Rmax
0.14 0.25 0.34 0.5 0.75 1 1.5

Cable cross section A in mm2

cable length L in meter
cable resistance in Ohm = (R0 x 2 x L) / A

(= single length)

5
1.27 0.71 0.52 0.36 0.24 0.18 0.12

10
2.54 1.42 1.05 0.71 0.47 0.36 0.24

15
3.81 2.14 1.57 1.07 0.71 0.53 0.36

20
5.09 2.85 2.09 1.42 0.95 0.71 0.47

25
6.36 3.56 2.62 1.78 1.19 0.89 0.59

30
7.63 4.27 3.14 2.14 1.42 1.07 0.71

35
8.90 4.98 3.66 2.49 1.66 1.25 0.83

40
10.17 5.70 4.19 2.85 1.90 1.42 0.95

45
11.44 6.41 4.71 3.20 2.14 1.60 1.07

50
12.71 7.12 5.24 3.56 2.37 1.78 1.19

75
19.07
10.68 7.85
5.34
3.56
2.67
1.78

100
25.34 14.24 10.47 7.12 4.75 3.56 2.37

125
31.79 17.80 13.09 8.90 5.93 4.45 2.97

150
38.14 21.36 15.71 10.68 7.12 5.34 3.56

175
44.50 24.92 18.32 12.46 8.31 6.23 4.15

200
50.86 28.48 20.94 14.24 9.49 7.12 4.75

225
57.21 32.04 23.56 16.02 10.68 8.01 5.34

250
63.57 35.60 26.18 17.80 11.87 8.90 5.93
214 m
Example 1:
max. length at 1.5 mm2 and 3 A
106 m
Example 2:
max. length at 1.5 mm2 and 6 A
Example 3:
mixed wiring:
R1 = 40 m in 1.5 mm2 and R2 = 5 m in 0.25 mm2:

(Control cabinet sensor/actuator level)
R1 = 0.95 Ohm, R2 = 0.71 Ohm
Total (R1 + R2) = 1.66 Ohm

120

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

Mounting examples for ESX10-T


The ESX10-T features an integral power distribution system.

LINE+ busbar
6720005315

(12.5 x n)-3 = length of busbars 0.5


e. g. (12.5 x 5)-3 = 59.5 0.5

continuous busbar
500 mm length, cut

Up to 40 pole
signal bar
6720005316
or
jumper
6720005317
(2 pole only)
remove protection
against brush contact
located on bottom side

side walls or barriers for protection


against brush contact on LINE+ and
OV jumper locations

insert protection against


brush contact

0V busbar
6720005315

12.5 x n = width of protector block


e. g. 12.5 x 5 = 62.5

insert busbars
and protection slides
to be flush with housing sides

insert signal
bars to be flush with
housing and place them
centrally over the contacts

5 ESX10-TB
with busbars
and jumpers

5 ESX10-TA
with busbars

Mounting procedure:
Before wiring insert busbars into protection block.

121

+ line entry
LINE+ busbar

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

1
LINE+

1
LINE+

1
LINE+

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TA-100

+24V

power suppl y
DC 24 V

0V

Connection diagrams and application examples ESX10-T


Signal contacts are shown in OFF or fault condition.

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

3 0V

3 0V

3 0V
0 V busbar

- line entry
-

+
load

Connection diagrams and application examples ESX10-T

ESX10-TA-100

+
load

load

ESX10-TB-101

ESX10-TB-101

Signal contacts ar e shown in OFF or fault concition.

group signalling (series connection)

group signaling (series connection)

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TB-102
terminals for
busbars

Single signalling with common line entry

screw
terminals

+ line entry

+ line entry for the SI

+ line entry
LINE+ busbar
1
LINE+

1
LINE+

+24V

LINE + busbar

1
LINE+

+ line entry
for the S I
13

+24V

+ line entry
power suppl y
DC 24 V

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TA-100

ESX10-TA-100

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

3 0V

3 0V

3 0V

11

13

1
LINE+
ESX10-TB-101

1
LINE+
ESX10-TB-101

3 0V

3 0V

12 11
2 LOAD+

0V
power supply
DC 24 V

0 V busbar

14

1
LINE+

+
load

load

single signalling per way


by means of an LED
14

12
2 LOAD+

1
LINE+
ESX10-TB-101

jumpers ar e staggered

12
2 LOAD+

11

3 0V

signal busbar for


common
0V
busbarline entry

- line entry
+
load

13

ESX10-TB-102

ESX10-TB-102
- line entry

14

1
LINE+

group signalling
by means of an LED
LINE+ busbar

power supply
DC 24 V

+24V

0V

1
LINE+

0V

load

2 LOAD+
3 0V

+
load

ESX10-TB-102

2 LOAD+
3 0V

+
load

2 LOAD+
3 0V
0 V busbar

- line entry
+

ESX10-TB-101

load

load

load

group signalling (series connection)

ESX10-TB-124
Single signalling with common reset

ESX10-TB-124

+ line entry for the SI

ESX10-TB-102

ESX10-TB-102

+ line entry

Single signalling with common line entry

LINE + busbar

Single signaling with common line entry


1
+24V

LINE+

13

14

1
LINE+
13

14

1
LINE+
13

group signalling
single
signalling
per way
by
means
of an LED
by means of an LED

+ line entry
for the S I

power supply
DC 24 V
+ line entry

jumpers ar e staggered

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

1
3 0V
LINE+

1
3 0V
LINE+

1
3LINE+
0V
12

12 11

11

entry
power- line
supply
DC 24 V

load
ESX10-TB-102

0V

ESX10-TB-101

ESX10-TB-101

ESX10-TB-101

0V
+24V

Single signaling with common reset

14

load
ESX10-TB-102

single signalling per way


by means of an LED

+ line entry

LINE+ busbar

LINE+ busbar

signal busbar for


common line entry

22

0V busbar

1
LINE+

1
LINE+

+24V
12

11

reset
button

RE

SF

23

ESX10-TB-124

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

3 0V

3 0V

3 0V

RE

SF

23

22

RE

SF

0V

ESX10-TB-124

ESX10-TB-124

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

3 0V

3 0V

3 0V

0 V busbar
- line entry
+

load

load

load

ESX10-TB-124
Single signalling with common reset

reset
button

single signalling per way


by means of an LED

+ line entry
LINE+ busbar
1
LINE+

1
LINE+

+24V
22

RE

SF

23

22

RE

SF

1
LINE+
23

22

RE

SF

23

power supply
DC 24 V
ESX10-TB-124

0V

ESX10-TB-124

ESX10-TB-124

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

2 LOAD+

3 0V

3 0V

3 0V

signal busbar for


common reset

0V busbar
- line entry
+
load

122

+
load

+
load

signal busbar for


common reset

0V busbar
- line entry

load

23

power supply
DC 24 V

load
ESX10-TB-102

2 LOAD+

22

1
LINE+

+
load

+
load

Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T

Accessories for ESX10-T

Jumpers for signal contacts


length:
21 mm
10 pcs
packing unit:
TS32 rail adapter
(Remove protection walls/barriers before using adapter.)

For detailed installation instructions and approvals


contact Weidmuller at 1-800-849-9343 or go to
www.weidmuller.com

6720005316

6720005317

Connector bus link K10


50 pin lugs to
suitable for auxiliary contacts
DIN 46230
(series connection)
tinned copper
50 pin lugs to
6720005476 (1.5 mm2, brown)
DIN 46230

2.5
.099
2.5
.099

tinned copper

9102100000

50 pin lugs to
DIN 46230
tinned copper

Supply module for LINE+ and 0 V


suitable for ESX10-T... versions
ampacity Imax 50 A
AD-TX-EM01

~70
~2.76

Signal busbars for signal contacts


and reset inputs
max. load with one line entry Imax
1A
0.5 A
with one series connection of signal contacts Imax
length:
500 mm

Part No.
6720005315

Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V


grey insulation
max. number of plug-on operations 10:
6720005335, (3-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 34.5 mm
6720005336, (4-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 47 mm
6720005337, (5-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 59.5 mm
packing unit: 10 pcs
6720005474, (8-unit-block ESX10-T),
length: 97 mm
6720005475, (10-unit-block ESX10-T),
length: 122 mm
packing unit: 4 pcs

~70
~2.76

Description
Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V
max. load with one line entry
50 A
(recommended: centre line entry) Imax
max. load with two line entries Imax
63 A
length:
500 mm

Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V


max. load with one line entry
(recommended: centre line entry)
max. load with two line entries
grey insulation, length: 500 mm
6720005315

~70
~2.76

Description
The ESX10-T features an integral power distribution system.
The following wiring modes are possible with various pluggable current and
signal busbars:
LINE +(24VDC)
0 V
Caution: The electronic devices ESX10-T require a 0 V connection
Signal contacts
Reset inputs

2.5
.099

Imax

50A

AD-TXEM01

123

Surge Protection Devices

Surge Protection - MTL


SD Series
SLP Series
Data and Signal Protection
The SD Series are ultra-slim user-friendly devices for
protecting electronic equipment and systems against surges
on signal and I/O cabling, and the SLP Series provides 20kA
power surge protection for process control, equipment
systems and distribution panels.

MA15 Series
AC & DC Power Protection

Product Features:
Range of ATEX Certified intrinsically safe surge protectors
Ultra-slim and space saving designs; easy installation
Multistage hybrid protection circuitry - 20kA maximum
surge current
Range of voltage ratings ideal for process I/O applications
Designed for high bandwidth, low resistance applications;
RTD, Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) and 3-wire
transmitter versions available in SD Series
Surge protection for two loops or one 4-wire circuit per
SLP Series module
10 year product warranty

The MA15 Series of surge protection devices protects


electronic equipment and computer networks against the
effects of noise pollution induced in power supplies. MA15
units filter out and suppress the effects of industrial noise
and surges caused by lightning, switching devices, thyristor
controls, transmission system overloads and power-factor
correction circuits.

The SD and SLP Series surge protection devices provide


unparalleled packing densities, application versatility, proven
and reliable hybrid circuitry, simple installation and optional
loop disconnect facilities (SD Series). These features
make the SD and SLP Series the ultimate surge protection
solutions for process control equipment, I/O systems and
communications networks.

Product Features:

TP48 Series
Transmitter and Sensor Protection

18kA surge protection and RFI filtering


Protects panel loads up to 15 Amps in series,
unlimited Amps in parallel
Suitable for AC or DC application
Thermal and short circuit protection
LED status indication feature
10 year product warranty
UL 1449 3rd Edition

The TP48 Series of transmitter protectors safeguards


electronic process transmitters against induced surges and
transients from field cabling. They uniquely provide a level
of protection for 2, 3 and 4 wire field-mounted transmitters
that greatly exceeds the optional transient protection
facilities available from the transmitter manufacturers
without any additional wiring, conduit modifications or
other expensive extras.
Product Features:
Easy and direct mounting simply screw into spare
conduit entry
Intrinsically safe; flameproof to CENELEC standards;
ATEX approved
Parallel connection avoids introduction of resistance
into loop
10 year product warranty

124

Surge Protection Devices

SD Series

SLP Series

The exceptionally high


packing densities are
the result of an ultra slim
footprint for individual
modules, which can
double-up as feedback
terminals. Each module
provides full hybrid surge
protection for 2 and
3-wire loop protection.

The multi-stage hybrid


surge protection
network at the heart
of the SLP uses a
combination of solid
state electronics and
a gas filled discharge
tube (GDT) to provide
surge protection up to
20kA. This impressive
surge protection circuit
is designed to exhibit
exceptionally low line
resistance and adds only
a minimal voltage drop
to the circuit.

Modules with a
comprehensive range of
voltage ratings cover all
process related signals
such as RTDs, Thermocouples (THCs), 4 - 20mA loops, telemetry outstations,
shut-down systems and fire and gas detectors.
The optional loop disconnect featured on the SD07,
SD16, SD32 and SD55 modules allows users to perform
commissioning and maintenance without removing the surge
protection device. In addition, a third connection on the field
and safe side of the module is provided for safe termination
of shields.
For three wire applications the specially designed SDRTD
(Resistance Temperature Detector) and the SD32T3,
(for separately powered 4 - 20mA loops) provide full
3-wire protection in a single compact unit. The SD07R3
provides protection of 3-wire pressure transducers on low
power circuits.
For higher bandwidth applications, the SDR Series
meets the demands of todays highest speed
communication systems.

The SLP device does not adversely affect the performance


or operation of the loop or combined equipment during
operation. The device allows signals to pass with very little
attenuation, while diverting surge currents safely to the
ground and clamping output voltages to safe levels.
Fully automatic in operation, SLP devices react immediately
to ensure that equipment is never exposed to damaging
surges between lines or the lines and ground. Reacting
instantly, the SLP redirects surges safely to the ground and
resets automatically.
The versatile SLP series provides full hybrid surge protection,
combining protection for two process loops into one case.
For higher bandwidth applications, the SLP series has been
developed to meet the demands of todays highest speed
communication systems.

120V and 240V AC versions are available for I/O and power
supplies up to three Amps of load current and telephone
networks can be protected by the SDPSTN.
All modules are DIN-rail mountable on a TS-35 rail.
A comprehensive range of mounting and grounding
accessories are available.

125

Surge Protection Devices

Surge Protection Devices


SD Series
SD Series Guide to applications and selection
The SD Series of signal protection devices includes models for a full range of applications operating at voltages up to
250V AC. The optional fuse/disconnect package provides both fused protection against fault currents and a convenient
method of isolating field circuitry from protected circuitry without requiring additional disconnect terminals. The standard fuse
(replaceable) is rated 250mA. 50mA fuses are available by special request. Solid links can be used in applications where only
the disconnect feature is required.
This feature is important in applications where a signal protection device is used with a bulk power supply feeding multiple
loops. The individual fuse module prevents a fault or follow on current on one loop disrupting the power supply to the others.
Inaddition, loops can be removed from the circuit for maintenance or added without requiring additional disconnect terminals.
Protected Circuit

Field Circuit

Analog inputs (high-level)

Bulk
PSU

2-wire transmitters, 4-20mA,


conventional and smart
SD32 and SD55 are recommended for use with
conventional and smart 4-20mA transmitters (fed by a wellregulated supply), the choice dependent upon the maximum
working voltage of the system (32V and 55V respectively).
The diagram illustrates an application using the fuse/
disconnect. Both models are available in X versions without
the optional fuse/disconnect feature.

1 Up to 50V dc
4/20mA
1 to 5V
2

TP48
transmitter
protector

5
6

3
SD32
SD55

SD32X
SD55X

(no fuse)

Multiple
Loops

2-wire transmitters

Analog inputs (low-level)

SDRTD
1

RTDs, These applications are best served using the


SDRTD.

For optimum accuracy, the energizing current should be


chosen to ensure the voltage across the RTD does not exceed
1V over the full measurement range. When using a PT100
device, an energizing current of 1mA is recommended.

Recorder
Controller
Computer
etc.

3
SDRTD

3-wire RTDs

Photocells and turbine flowmeters


Depending upon the operational voltage, the SD07 or SD16
are the preferred choices for this application. SD07X and
SD16X are also suitable.

2xSD07X
or 2xSD16X

Signal
5

mV source

Turbine
Flowmeter

3
SD07
SD16

photocells,
thermocouples (THCs), mV
sources and
turbine flowmeters

126

Photocell
Thermocouple (THC)

SD07X
SD16X

(no fuse)

Surge Protection Devices

Protected Circuit

Field Circuit
2xSD15X, SD32X

Analog outputs

Controller outputs (I/P converters)

Dependent on the operating voltage, recommendations


include the SD16, SD32 and SD55, and the equivalent
X versions.

OV
3

SD16
SD32
SD35

SD16
SD32X
SD55X

(no fuse)

Controller outputs
(I/P converters)

SD

Digital (on/off) inputs - Switches

Suitable signal protection devices include the SD07,


SD16, SD32 and SD55 modules, and the equivalent X
versions. The choice is dependent upon the operating
voltage of the system.

V
2

Logic Signal
3

SD07
SD16
SD32
SD55

SD07X
SD16X
SD32X
SD55X

OV

(no fuse)

Switches

SD32X

Digital (on/off) outputs Alarms, LEDs, solenoid valves, etc.


The SD32 or SD32X are the recommended choice for
this application.

LED
Alarm

32V max
2

3
SD32

SD32X

(no fuse)

Alarms, LEDs, solenoid


values, etc.

Telemetry Public Switch Telephone Network


(PSTN) - Telemetry outstations

Incoming
Telephone
Line

The SDPSTN has been designed specifically for the


protection of signals transmitted on public switched
telephone networks.

Modem,
fax or
telephone

Telecom line

AC supplied equipment - PLC, I/O systems


The recommended choice or systems on 110-120V AC is
the SD150X ; for 220-240V AC systems, the SD275X
is recommended.

110/120V ac
or
220/240V ac

5
6

Final output from

PLC,
DCS,
SCADA,
etc.

2
3

PLC, I/O systems


PLC, I/O systems

127

Surge Protection Devices

Transmitter and sensor protection


Transmitters and sensors are widely used in highly exposed areas and where lightning damage is common. In many cases,
the ideal solution for 2-wire transmitters or sensors is the TP48, which mounts directly onto the transmitter via spare cable
entries. Where these entries are not available or 3-wire devices are used, the compact design and simple installation of the
SD Series makes it an ideal choice for transmitter protection.
The SDs within the junction box should be installed as close as possible to the sensor or transmitter they are protecting, but
no further than one meter away. A bond is required from the general mass of steelwork to the sensor or transmitter housing,
using either a flat short braid or a cable at least 0.16 inch2 (4mm2) cross sectional area. In most instances, this bond is made
automatically by fixing the metallic transmitter housing to the plant structure and ensures the voltage difference between the
signal conductors and the transmitter housing is below the transmitters insulation rating. Please note that the transmitters or
sensors are connected to the SD protected equipment terminals, not the field cables.

2-wire transmitters or sensors


4-20mA transmitters - conventional and smart

To Host Circuit

SD protected field circuit

The SD16X, SD32X and SD55X are an excellent alternative


if the TP48 is not an acceptable solution, either because of
technical suitability or mounting difficulties.

4
4-20mA

5
6

3
Plant structure

SD16X
SD32X
SD55X

SPD DIN rail

2-wire transmitter or sensor

3-wire transmitters or sensors

Vibration Sensors and 4-20mA loop process control systems


generally require three wire connections when powered from
an external source. This may be accomplished in one unit
by using the SD32T3 3- terminal Surge Protection Device
(SPD). Because the SD32T3 protects all three conductors
within the same unit, higher protection is achieved because
the SPD hybrid circuitry is common to all three wires.
The SD07R3 is also suitable for the protection of 3-wire
pressure transducers on low power circuits.

1
2

Plant structure

24V
5

4-20mA
6

Common OV

SD32T3

SPD DIN rail

3-wire transmitter or sensor

4-wire transmitters or sensors Flow meters, level detectors, etc.


4-wire systems such as level detectors require two SDs, one
for the supply and the other for the transmitter output.
Generally the voltages across the pairs are similar, so
the recommended choice is a pair of SD16X, SD32X or
SD55Xs. Dependent upon the supply voltage, AC powered
transmitters should be protected with an SD150X for the
supply inputs.

1
Plant structure

Supply OV
6

SD16X
SD32X
SD55X

SPD DIN rail

128

Supply voltage
5

4-wire transmitter or sensor

4-20mA

Surge Protection Devices

Communication systems protection


High-speed data links between buildings or one part of a plant to another have become more common with the widespread
use of smart transmitters and the increase in remote installations. The SD Series has an SPD suitable for all process I/O
applications with a choice of low resistance units, high bandwidth and a variety of voltage ranges. Featuring an extremely
high bandwidth, the SDR Series is designed to meet the requirements for high speed data links.
Communication systems
RS232, RS422, RS485

SD Protected Host Circuit

TP Protected
Field Circuit

The recommended choice for these applications is the


SD16R or SD32R depending on the maximum driver signal.

TP48

2
1

TP48

3
5

RS232, RS422, RS485

Bus powered systems


There are a variety of bus powered systems specially
designed for the process industry. The ideal surge protection
device for these systems is the SD32R, with a very high
bandwidth and modest in-line resistance.

1
Protected Field Circuit

4
5

46

3
2

SD32R
(no fuse)

1SD Protected Host Circuit

2
4

13

SD32R
5
(no fuse)
6

SD32R
(no fuse)

2
3

SD32R
(no fuse)

TP48

TP48

2
1

4
5
SD32R
(no fuse)
6

3
2
3

SD32R
(no fuse)

Bus powered systems

Typical Applications
Table 1 shows suitable SD devices for different applications.
In some applications alternative devices may be used, for
example, where lower in-line resistance or a higher voltage
power supply is used.
MTL Surge Technologies has operationally tested the
recommended SD Series units with the representative
highways listed. However, no formal approval for their use in
these systems has been sought from the respective bodies.

Table 1
Application
Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus
Foundation Fieldbus
31.25kbits/s voltage mode
1.0/2.5 Mbits/s
HART
Honeywell DE
LonWorks
FFT-10
LPT-10
TP-78
IS78
Modbus & Modbus Plus (RS485)
PROFIBUS
DP
PA (IEC 1158, 31.25 kbits/s)
RS232
RS422
RS423
RS485
WorldRP (IEC 1158)
31.25 kbits/s voltage mode
1.0/2.5 Mbits/s

Preferred Part No.


SD16R
SD32R
SD55R
SD32X
SD32X

Alternate Part No.

SD32, SD32R
SD32, SD32R

SD32R
SD55R
SD07R
SD32R
SD16R
SD32R
SD32R
SD16
SD07R
SD07R
SD07R

SD16X

SD32R
SD55R

129

Surge Protection Devices

Hazardous area applications


Zone0/Zone1
The dangers from lightning induced sparking in Zone 0 are
considered real enough to require preventative measures.
IEC 60079-14 (1996-12) Electrical apparatus for explosive
gas atmospheres Part 14: Electrical installations in
hazardous areas (other than mines) stresses the importance
of SPDs in hazardous areas. An outdoor installation
where there is a high likelihood of both lightning induced
transients and combustible gases requires the installation
of SPDs to prevent possible ignition of the gases. Areas
seen particularly at risk include flammable liquid storage
tanks, effluent treatment plants, distillation columns in
petrochemical works and gas pipelines.
SPDs for transmitter protection should be installed in Zone
1, sufficiently close to the Zone 0 boundary to prevent high
voltages entering Zone 0. The distance from the SPD to
Zone 0 should be less than 36 where possible. In practice
the SPD would normally be mounted on the transmitter or
sensor housing which usually lies in Zone 1 and is very close
to Zone 0. Because there is only a very small free volume,
the SD series is suitable for mounting in flameproof or
explosion proof enclosures.
Zone 2
The SD series is suitable for protecting electrical circuits in
Division 2, Zone 2 and can be used without affecting the
safety aspects of the circuit. Non-incendive (low-current)
circuits can be protected using any SD series unit mounted
in either the safe or hazardous area, including those with the
fuse disconnects facility. Non-arcing (high current) circuits can
also be protected, however SPDs with the fuse disconnect
facility may only be mounted in the safe area. For use in these
circuits the units must be mounted in a suitable enclosure. In
most cases the minimum requirements are IP54 and 7Nm
resistance to impact. The SD series is self certified by MTL
Surge Technologies as suitable for this purpose.
Certification
Introducing surge protection into Intrinsically Safe (IS)
circuits is trouble free as long as the current and power
parameters are not exceeded. In the SD series, the SD**X,
SD**R, SD**R3, SDRTD and SD**T3 all have ATEX certification
for use in IS circuits located in Zones 0, 1 or 2. The certification
parameters for the SD**X and SD**T3 are:

The certification parameters for the SD**R, SD**R3


and SDRTD are:
EEx ia IIC T4, Li = 0
li = 260mA for Ui up to 60V

The power rating for each of the above is dependent on the


table shown below.
Pi = 1W (30C to +75C)
Pi = 1.2W (30C to +60C)
Pi = 1.3W (30C to +40C)

The SD** series are classified as simple apparatus and are


intended for use in Zone 2 or safe areas only, because their
fuses are not fully encapsulated.
Installation
Positioning
The SDs should be mounted on the field wiring side to ensure
that any surges entering from the field do not damage any
intrinsically safe barriers or galvanic isolators in the system.
The SDs and intrinisically safe interface should be mounted
close to each other but on separate DIN-rails in order to
maintain the required 1.97 (50mm) clearance between safe
area and hazardous area terminals of the IS interface.
SD series DIN rail

Instrument

Instrument earth

Substation ground mat

Grounding
The recommended grounding for field-mounted devices
has been illustrated previously. The grounding at the control
panel is more critical as there are usually a number of
grounding systems, each with their own requirements.The
grounding system illustrated here replaces the instrument
0V bond, the control system PSU bond and the IS ground
with one single ground connection to meet all the design
requirements and give the most effective protection against
the effects of lightning induced surges.
Marshalling cabinet

EEx ia IIC T4, Li = 0.22mH


li = 260mA for Ui up to 20V
li = 175mA for Ui up to 26V
li = 140mA for Ui up to 28V
li = 65mA for Ui up to 60V

IS barrier DIN rail

Field cables

System Connection Cable

SPD

Isolated instrument rail

Isolated instrument rail

Electrical earth
Frame
connection
Floor void
System earth

To plant/neutral
star point

In all installations utilizing safety related apparatus,


consideration should be given to protecting the system
supply and any long communication cable.

130

Surge Protection DevicesSD Series

Protection
Full hybrid line to line
Each line to screen/ground
Max. discharge surge current (Imax) (8/20s)
20kA (8/20s)
6.5kA (SD150X and SD275X only)
Nominal discharge surge current (isn)
3kA (8/20s)
Lightning impulse current (Iimp) (10/350s)
2.8kA
1.0kA (SD150X and SD275X only)
Response time
<1ns
RTD resistance range (SDRTD)
10 to 1500
Degradation accuracy (SDRTD at 1mA)
0.1% (RTD resistance > 100)
0.1W (RTD resistance < 100)
Ambient temperature
40C to +80C/ -40F to 176F working
40C to +80C / -40F to 176F storage
For IS working applications:
Pi = 1.0W (30C to +75C / -22F to 167F)
Pi = 1.2W (30C to +60C / -22F to 140F)
Pi = 1.3W (30C to +40C / -22F to 104F)
Humidity
5 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Category tested
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3
Overstressed fault mode In=3kA
12kA
9kA (SD150X and SD275X only)
Impulse durability (8/20s)
10kA
6.5kA (SD150X and SD275X only)
Terminals
2.5mm2 (12 AWG)
Mounting
T-section DIN-rail 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15mm rail
(1.38 x 0.3 x 0.6)
Weight
70g approximately (2.5oz)
Case flammability
UL94 V-2
AC durability
1Arms, 5T
Service conditions
80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH
EMC compliance
To Generic Immunity Standards,
EN 61326-1, part 2 for industrial
environments
R&TTE compliance
EN 41003:1999
EN 60950-1:2006
(not applicable to SD150X and SD275X)
LVD compliance
SD150X & SD275X
EN 60950-1:2006
EN 61010:2010
SDPSTN
EN 41003:1999
IEC compliance
EN 61643-21:2001
ANSI/IEEE testing
C62.41-1-2002
C62.41-2-2002
C62.45-2002

Approvals
(Authority)
Standard
Certificate/File No.
Approved for
Product
Country
Baseefa [ATEX]
EN 60079-0:2009
Baseefa02ATEX0211X
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
SD07X, SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R,
(EU)
EN 60079-11:2007
Ta = -30C to See SD16R, SD32R, SD55R, SDRTD, SD32T3,

Schedule SD07R3, SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3
MTL
EN 60079-15:2005
MTL03ATEX0755X
Ex nA IIC T4
SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
(EU)
EN 60079-14:2003
SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R, SD16R,

SD32R, SD55R, SD32T3, SD07R3,
SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3, SDRTD

Baseefa [IECEx]
IEC 60079-0: 2007-10
IECEx BAS 12.0003X
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
SD07X, SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R,
(International)
IEC 60079-11: 2006
SD16R, SD32R, SD55R, SDRTD, SD32T3,
SD07R3, SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3

CSA/C/US
CSA C22.2 No. 0-M1991
LR 36637
EEx ia Class 1, SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
(Canada, USA)
CSA C22.2 No. 157-M1992
Groups A, B SD55X, SD07R, SD16R, SD32R, SD55R,
UL 913, 5th edition
C and D, T4 SDRTD, SD32T3, SD07R3, SD16R3,


CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
Class 1, Div 2
SD32R3, SD55R3
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987
Groups A,B,C, D T4

UL
UL 497B Listed
E220693
Isolated loop SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
(USA)
communication
SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R, SD16R,

circuits SD32R, SD55R, SD07R3, SD16R3,

SD32R3, SD55R3, SD32T3, SD55T3,
SD07X3, SD16X3, SD32X3, SD55X3,


SDRTD
AS/NZ3548:1995
__
Private Wire
SD07R
Austel
(Australia) AS/NZS4117:1996
TS001: 1997

0.28

+0.02
-0.0

+0.4mm
-0.0mm

7.0mm

4.03 (102.1mm)
0.28 rail (7mm)
4.32 (109.6mm)
0.6 rail (16mm)

All figures typical at 77F (25C) unless


otherwise stated

3.99
(101.3mm)

Specifications SD Series

3.9
(99mm)

Ordering Data

SD07

SD16

SD32

SD55

7
5
250
4.2
500
7.7
<12

16
11
250
4.2
5
17
<25

32
22
250
4.2
5
36
<45

55
38
250
4.2
5
62
<90

30
25 kHz
Fuse disconnect

40
25 kHz
Fuse disconnect

60
25 kHz
Fuse disconnect

100
25 kHz
Fuse disconnect

SD07R

SD16R

SD32R

SD55R

7
5
400
2.7
500
7.7
<12

16
11
400
4.7
5
17
<25

32
22
400
10
5
36
<45

55
38
400
10
5
62
<90

30
50 MHz
High bandwidth

40
50 MHz
High bandwidth

60
50 MHz
High bandwidth

100
50 MHz
High bandwidth

Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac
Nominal current (In) mA
Series resistance /line
Max. leakage current A
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Voltage protection level (Up)
@1kV/s V
Residual voltage @ isn V
Bandwidth frequency fG
Special feature

Ordering Data
Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac
Nominal current (In) mA
Series resistance /line
Max. leakage current A
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Voltage protection level (Up)
@1kV/s V
Residual voltage @ isn V
Bandwidth frequency fG
Special feature

131

Surge Protection Devices

Ordering Data

SD07X

SD16X

D32X

SD55X

7
5
400
2.2
500
7.7
<12

16
11
400
2.2
5
17
<25

32
22
400
2.2
5
36
<45

55
38
400
2.2
5
62
<90

30
25 kHz
Low resistance

40
25 kHz
Low resistance

60
25 kHz
Low resistance

100
25 kHz
Low resistance

SD32T3

SD07R3

SD16R3

SD32R3

SD55R3

32
22
400
2.2
5
36
<45

7
5
400
2.7
500
7.7
<12

16
11
400
4.7
5
17
<25

32
22
400
10
5
36
<45

55
38
400
10
5
62
<90

75
720 kHz
3 terminal

30
50 MHz
3 terminal

40
50 MHz
3 terminal

60
50 MHz
3 terminal

100
50 MHz
3 terminal

SDRTD

SDPSTN

SD150X

SD275X

1
0.75
10
2.7
0.3
5
<12

162
114
550
4.7
5
175
<200

150
120
3A
0.1
50 ac rms; 170 ac
130 ac rms
<400

320
240
3A
0.1
50 ac rms; 360 ac
275 ac rms
<700

30
50 MHz
3-wire RTD

235
4 MHz
PSNT

450
-High current

850
-High current

Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac
Nominal current (In) mA
Series resistance /line
Max. leakage current A
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Voltage protection level (Up)
@1kV/s V
Residual voltage @ isn V
Bandwidth frequency fG
Special feature

Ordering Data
Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac
Nominal current (In) mA
Series resistance /line
Max. leakage current A
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Voltage protection level (Up)
@1kV/s V
Residual voltage @ isn V
Bandwidth frequency fG
Special feature

Ordering Data
Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac
Nominal current (In) mA
Series resistance /line
Max. leakage current A
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Voltage protection level (Up)
@1kV/s V
Residual voltage @ isn V
Bandwidth frequency fG
Special feature

Mounting Accessories
0494920000 Rail Holder
Grounding/Ground Rail Accessories
1010100000 Ground terminal, DIN-rail mounted
Accessories (Replacement)
SDF25 Replacement fuse pack 250mA standard

132

Surge Protection Devices

Specifications SLP Series

All figures typical at 77F (25C) unless


otherwise stated
Maximum surge current
20kA (8/20s waveform) per line
Leakage Current
<1A @ working voltage
Maximum rated load current
1.50A
Loop resistance
2 Ohm
Capacitance
Line to Line - 60pF
Bandwidth
-0.1db @9kHz - 37MHz
-3dB @50MHz
Response time
<1ns
Ambient temperature
40C to +70C (working)
40F to +158F (working)
40C to +80C (storage)
40F to +176F (storage)
Humidity
5 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Terminals
2.5mm2 (12 AWG)
Electrical connections
Plug/header screw terminal strip
Mounting
T-section DIN-rail (35 x 15mm rail)
Weight
5oz (140g approximately)
Case flammability
UL94-V0
EMC compliance
BS EN 60950:1992
BS EN 61000-6-2:1999
BS EN 61010-1:1993
BS EN 61000-4-5:2006

Dimensions

Approvals
Country (Authority)
Europe
(Baseefa)

Europe
(MTL)

USA (FM)







Canada (FM)



Standard
Certificate/File No.
Approved for
Product
EN 50014:1997 + A1 & A2
Baseefa04ATEX0303X
EEx ia IIC T4
SLP07D, SLP16D,
EN 50020:2002
SLP32D
EN 60079-26:2004
BS EN 50014:1998
MTL03ATEX0377X
EEx n IIC T4
SLP07D, SLP16D,
BS EN 50021:1999
SLP32D
EN 60079-15:2003
Class Nos. 3600 (1998),
3011208
IS/I/1/A-D
SLP07D, SLP16D,
3610 (2010), 3611 (1999),
I/0/AEx ia IIC
SLP32D
3615 (1989), 3810 incl.
I/0/AEx ia IIB
Supp 1 (1995-07 (1989-03),
NI/I/2/A-D
ANSI/NEMA 250 (1991)
NI/I/2/IIC
ANSI/ISA 60079-0 (2009
ANSI/ISA 60079-11 (2009)
ISA-S12.0.01 (1999)
C22.2 No. 213, 142, 94,
3025374C
IS/I/1/A-D
SLP07D, SLP16D,
157, 30
I/0/AEx ia IIC
SLP32D
ANSI/NEMA 250
I/0/AEx ia IIB
CAN/CSA-E79-0
NI/I/2/A-D
CAN/CSA-E79-11
NI/I/2/IIC

Ordering Data

SLP07D

SLP16D

SLP32D

7V
8V
1.50A
3kA
20kA
2.5kA
10V
<8V
50MHz
60pF
1.0
-40C to +80C
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1
22kA
10kA
IP20
1Arms, 5T
80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH

16V
18V
1.50A
3kA
20kA
2.5kA
23V
<18V
50MHz
60pF
1.0
-40C to +80C
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1
22kA
10kA
IP20
1Arms, 5T
80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH

24V
32V
1.50A
3kA
20kA
2.5kA
40V
<38V
50MHz
60pF
1.0
-40C to +80C
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1
22kA
10kA
IP20
1Arms, 5T
80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH

Technical Data
Nominal voltage Un
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Nominal current In
Nominal discharge current (8/20s) isn
Max discharge current (8/20s) Imax
Lightning impulse current (10/350s) Iimp
Residual voltage (@ isn) Up
Voltage protection level (@ 1kV/s) Up
Bandwidth fG
Capitance C
Series resistance R
Operating Temperature Range
Category tested
Overstressed fault mode in3kA
Impulse durability (8/20s)
Degree of protection
AC durability
Service conditions

Connections
Installation

133

Surge Protection Devices

Dimensions

Specifications MA15 Series


All figures typical at 77F (25C) unless
otherwise stated

MA15 Series
Industrial control systems utilizing programmable
logic controllers (plc) and industrial computers
are particularly vulnerable due to the aggressive
electrical environments for which they are intended,
such as process plants, factories and water
treatment sites.
Although industrial computers and PLCs are designed
to be rugged, the extra protection provided by the
DIN-rail mounting MA15 units is critical. Ideally
suited for protecting panel mounted equipment and
typically used in the controls section of a motor
control center (MCC), the MA15 range provides
surge and RFI protected power.
With a unique three-stage combination of protection
elements, these units suppress conducted RFI and
voltage surges. The circuit elements are: (1) surge
clipping components to absorb transient surges
that may otherwise damage equipment, (2) a
filter to suppress noise in the system and, (3) ring
suppression. Ring suppression prevents surges
causing the filter to ring (oscillate) under low load
conditions an effect that actually accentuates
interference in most commercially available filters.
Suitable for AC or DC application, MA15 units reduce
both electromagnetic emissions and the susceptibility
of the associated equipment to emissions from other
sources. MA15 devices also offer installation flexibility.
To protect circuits rated 15A or less, MA15 devices
should be installed in series. To protect higher current
circuits, simply install the MA15 in parallel.
LED status indication is standard with the MA15
units. Thermal fusing is also incorporated into each
18kA rated device as an additional safety feature.
MA15 modules also offer short circuit protection for
added safety.
MA15 devices are UL 1449 Recognized Components
(certified by UL for both US and Canadian
requirements) and exceed the requirements of IEC
61000-4-5. As MA15 units suppress conducted
RFI and voltage surges they enable associated
equipment to comply with this aspect of European
CE mark standards.

134

Maximum surge current:


18kA (8/20s) per mode
Leakage current
<0.3mA
Maximum continuous operating current
120V @ 15A, 240V @ 10A series connection
Unlimited Amps in parallel
Working voltage
AC
DC
MA15/D/1/SI
120V, 47-63Hz
140V
MA15/D/1TT/SI
120V, 47-63Hz
140V
MA15/D/2/SI2
40V, 47-63Hz
280V
MA15/D/2TT/L
240V, 47-63Hz
280V
Maximum continuous operating voltage
25% above nominal
Limiting voltage
Let through voltage
@ 500A ring
120V/140V versions
295V
240V/280V versions
356V
@ 500A 8/20s
120V/140V versions
320V
800V
240V/280V versions
@ 3kA 8/20s
120V/140V versions
396V
240V/280V versions
975V
@ 10kA 8/20s
585V
120V/140V versions
240V/280V versions
1210V
Maximum attenuation (typical): -55dB @ 100MHz
Modes protected: L-N, L-E, N-E
Ambient temperature limits
40F to +185F (working)
40C to +85C (working)
Humidity
95% RH (non-condensing)
Casing
Polymide-PA, with G- or T-section
(Top-hat) DIN-rail mounting foot
UL94-V0
Connectors
Screw terminal
Terminals
0.1 inch2 (2.5mm2 ) 12 AWG
Mounting
G- or T-section (Top-hat) or
1.4 inch (35mm) DIN-rail
Weight
3.53oz (100g)
EMC compliance
BS EN 60950 : 1992
BS EN 61000-6-2 : 1999
LED Indication
Green LED on Protection present
Green LED off Internal failure

Ordering Data
Part No.

MA15D1SI
MA15D2SI

AC
120V, 47-63Hz
240V, 47-63Hz

Installation

The grounding of the surge protector and the protected


equipment is very important and, if possible, should be
accomplished as illustrated.
Please note that the unit is marked Line and Load
and it is important that the unit is installed with the
Line side connected to the incoming power and the
Load connected to the equipment to be protected.
For parallel application however, the Line side is
connected to the incoming power and the Load left
unconnected.

DC
140V
280V

Approvals
Country (Authority)
United States
Canada
United States
Canada

Standard
UL 1449
Recognized Component
UL 1449
Recognized Component
UL 1604

Approved for
AC Power Product

Hazardous Locations
Class I, Division 2
Groups A, B, C and D

Product No.
MA15D1SI,
MA15D2SI
MA15D1SI,
MA15D2SI

Surge Protection Devices

The TP Series protection network consists of


high-power, solid-state electronics and a gas-filled
discharge tube capable of diverting 20kA impulses.
The whole unit is encased in an ANSI 316 stainless
steel housing, threaded for the common conduit
entries used on process transmitters. Versions are
available for 1/2 NPT, 20mm ISO, and G1/2
(BSP 1/2 inch) threaded entries.

Approvals

Specifications TP Series
All figures typical at 77F (25C) unless
otherwise stated
Maximum surge current
20kA peak current (8/20s waveform)
Leakage current
Less than 10A at maximum working voltage
Working voltage
35 VDC maximum
Bandwidth
1MHz
Resistance
No resistance introduced into loop
Ambient temperature limits
-40C to +80C (working)
-40F to +185F (working)
-40C to +85C (storage)
-40F to +185F (storage)
Humidity
5% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Electrical connections
TP48
3 flying leads (line1, line 2 & ground)
TP48 3 Wire
4 flying leads (+ve, -ve, signal & ground)
TP48 4 Wire
5 flying leads (+ve, -ve, signal +ve, signal -ve, ground)
Wire size 32/0.2 (1.0mm2, 18 AWG)
Lead length 250mm (minimum)
Casing
ANSI 316 stainless steel hexagonal barstock, male thread
Threads
TP48-3-N & TP48-4-N
1/2 NPT
TP48-3-I & TP48-4-1
20mm ISO (M20 x 1.5)
TP48-3-G & TP48-4-G
G 1/2 (BSP 1/2)
Weight
175g (6.2oz)
Dimensions
See Figure 1
EMC compliance
To Generic Immunity Standards EN50082, part 2
for industrial environments
Electrical safety
EEx ia IIC T4, Ceq=O, Leq=0; the unit can be connected
without further certification into any intrinsically safe loop
with open circuit voltage <60V and input power <1.2W.
EEx d IIC T4; the unit is apparatus-approved to flame proof
(explosionproof) standards, and can be fitted into a similarly
approved housing.

Country (Authority) Standard


Certificate/File No.
EC (BASEEFA)
EN 50014:1997 +
BASEEFA04ATEX0251X

Amendments 1 & 2

EN 50020:1994, EN 50284:1999
EC (BASEEFA)
EN 50014:1997 +
BASEEFA04ATEX0251X

Amendments 1 & 2

EN 50018:2000 + Amendment 1
Atex Directive
BS EN 50021:1999
TML02ATEX0032X
94/9/EC
Class Nos. 3600
3022293
USA (FM)

(1998), 3610 (1999),

3611 (1999), 3615

(1989), 3810 incl.

Supp 1 (1995-07)

(1989-03),

ANSI/NEMA 250

(1991),

ISA-S12.0.01 (1999)
Canada (FM)
C22.2 No. 157
3025374

C22.2 No. 213

C22.2 No 142

C22.2 No. 94

C22.2 No. 30

IEC 60079-0:2004
IECEx BAS 07.0045X
Global

IEC 60079-11:2006

IEC 61241-0:2004

IEC 61241-1:2004

Ordering Data
Nominal voltage Un
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc
Nominal current In
Nominal discharge current (8/20s) isn
Max discharge current (8/20s) Imax
Lightning impulse current (10/350s) Iimp
Residual voltage @ isn Up
Voltage protection level @ 1kV/s Up
Bandwidth fG
Capacitance C
Series resistance R
Operating Temperature Range
Category tested
Overstressed fault mode in=3kA
Impulse durability (8/20s)
Degree of protection
AC durability
Service conditions

2.95
(75mm)

1.07
(27mm)

Dimensions across flats 0.91 (23mm)

TP48-X-Y-Z

TP48-X-Y-NDI

TP48 Series

Technical Data

Figure 1

2.17
(55mm)

Intrinsically Safe:
I, II, II/1/A-G, I/O/IIC
Explosionproof: I/1/A-D
Nonincendive: I/2/A-D, I/2/IIC
Dust ignition proof: II, III/1/EFG
Special protection: II/2/FG
Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6
Ex tD A20 IP6X T85C/T100C/
T135C

Key: X = 3 or 4 or blank, Y = N, I or G, Z = NDI

Dimensions

0.91
(23mm)

Approved for
Product
EEx ia IIC T6 (Tamb = -40 to 60C)
TP48-X-Y-Z
EEx ia IIC T5 (Tamb = -40 to 85C)
EEx ia IIC T4 (Tamb = -40 to 60C)
EEx d IIC T6 (Tamb = -40 to 60C)
TP48-X-Y-Z
EEx d IIC T5 (Tamb = -40 to 80C)
EEx d IIC T4 (Tamb = -40 to 85C)
Ex n II T6 (-40C<Tamb<+60C)
TP48-X-Y-Z
EEx n II T5 (-40C<Tamb<+85C)
Intrinsically Safe:
TP48-X-Y-Z
I, II, III/1/A-G, I/0/IIC
Explosionproof: I/1/A-D
Non incendive: I/2/A-D, I/2/IIC
Dust ignition proof: II,III/1/EFG
Special protection: II/2/FG

Lead length
9.85 (250mm)
minimum

Figure 2

35V
58V
--3kA
20kA
2.5kA
95V
L-G 500V
<76V
1MHz
100pF
---40C to +85C
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1
12kA
10kA
IP66
1Arms, 5T
80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH

Ordering Data
Non-certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Non-certified SPD - G 1/2 (BSP 1/2 inch)
Non-certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Non-certified SPD - G 1/2 BSP 1/2 inch
Non-certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Non-certified SPD - G 1/2 BSP 1/2 inch
Certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Certified SPD - G 1/2 (BSP 1/2 inch)
Certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Certified SPD - G 1/2 - BSP 1/2 inch
Certified SPD - 1/2 NPT thread
Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread
Certified SPD - G 1/2 - BSP 1/2 inch

Part No.
TP48N
TP48I
TP48G
TP483N
TP483I
TP483G
TP484N
TP484I
TP484G
TP48NNDI
TP48INDI
TP48GNDI
TP483NNDI
TP483INDI
TP483GNDI
TP484NNDI
TP484INDI
TP484GNDI

Installation
The TP units are designed for mounting directly into
an unused conduit entry on a process transmitter
housing. Generally, two such entries are provided,
one of which is used for the loop wiring. On the
unused entry, the blanking plug or other closure
device is removed and an appropriately threaded TP
screwed into its place. The transmitter specication
should provide information indicating the required
thread type. TP units can be installed using thread
adaptors if necessary, including certied adaptors in
hazardous area applications.
For applications where two conduit entries are
not provided or where both are used for electrical
connections, TP units can be housed in conventional
conduit hub or junction boxes, provided access
to the loop terminals is possible. Figure 2 shows
connection details for 3 & 4 wire process transmitter.

135

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet
Active Components
Ethernet technology is an established standard in office
communication and has existed for many years. Without it,
effective communications between the different participants
like PCs, printers, data servers etc. would no longer be
possible.
In recent years this technology has been expanded under
the term Industrial Ethernet and implemented in automation
systems. The common goal of both manufacturer and user is
to make networking automation system components easier
and more effective. To make process data and diagnostic
functions device-independent when exchanged between
network participants, all equipment in a plant should be
linked with just one bus technology.
Industrial applications, however, differ significantly from
office applications. There are normally much higher
demands placed on the communication devices in the
industrial setting. These include, for example:
Installation conditions
Environmental conditions
Protocols
Approvals
Weidmullers Industrial Ethernet components meet all of
these requirements as they have the properties listed below:
Reliable (redundant) power supply for uninterrupted
network operation
Resistance to extreme temperatures
Immune to electromagnetically caused malfunctions
Insensitive to vibration, shock and corrosive environments
Conformity with various certification standards
Longevity
These rugged devices can therefore be used world-wide in
different industries and applications.

Stable and versatile power supply inputs for


industrial applications
The redundant voltage inputs provide reliable functionality
of the whole system. If a power supply fails, the redundant
power source takes over the energy supply. All of
Weidmullers Industrial Ethernet components have a wide
input voltage range of at least 12 to 48 V DC (Basic Line
switches 9.6 to 60 V DC). They can also work with large
fluctuations in voltage. For instance, with a rated 48 V DC
input, a fluctuation of +20 % is acceptable and yet, in one of
12 V DC, a voltage drop of up to 20 % presents no problems
for the attached devices.

PWR2
Back-up
power supply

PWR1
DC - wide input voltage range of
9.6 to 60 V DC (Basic Line)
input voltage range of 18 -30 V AC (Basic Line)

136

12-48 V DC
power supply

Industrial Ethernet

Suitable for use in extreme temperature


environments

Outstanding immunity to electromagnetic


interference

Industrial environments often


experience extreme temperature
conditions. This means that
devices are needed which can
operate flawlessly with the
vast temperature fluctuations.
All of our Industrial Ethernet
components undergo a burn-in
test over several hours to ensure
they function properly at the
guaranteed temperature ranges
(e.g.-40 C to +75 C).

The robust design of Weidmullers Industrial Ethernet


components also includes excellent electromagnetic
c ompatibility and fully complies with the requirements of
the EN50121-4, DNV and IEC 61000 standards.

+75 C
to
40 C

Certified to industry standards

Durability and reliability

An extensive range of certifications confirm the reliability of


Weidmullers Industrial Ethernet components

Many of the Weidmuller Ethernet components have relay


outputs. These can be used for alarm signal notification
(e.g. power failures or port problems). This means that, in
emergencies, it is possible to react quickly to any failures.

UL 508 and UL 60950-1


Class I, Division2 / ATEX Zone 2 for safe use in
hazardousareas
DNV/GL approval for use in maritime settings

Weidmullers unmanaged switches are protected from


receiving too many broadcast packets. The switches
discard broadcast or multicast packets if they exceed a
threshold level in a given time. They then receive further
broadcast and multicast packets after a given time has
past, until the threshold level is reached again.
All Weidmuller active Industrial Ethernet components are
designed for a long service life and this can be seen from
the high MTBF value. Weidmuller also guarantees its
Industrial Ethernet components for a period of five years.

137

Industrial Ethernet Switches

Industrial Ethernet
Switches

138

Basic Line

Value Line

Weidmullers Basic Line series consists


of unmanaged Plug & Play switches
in a rugged IP 30 rated aluminium
housing. The devices are available with
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet
and provide an economical solution
for Industrial Ethernet networks.
One model is equipped with Fast
Ethernet and Power-over-Ethernet
ports. All devices have been developed
for applications in harsh industrial
environments and have international
approvals such as CE, cULus, Class
I Div. 2 / Atex and DNV / GL and
are thus internationally available for
different applications.

Weidmullers Value Line series consists


of unmanaged and managed switches
in a high quality IP 30 rated metal
housing. The devices are available
with Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Ethernet ports. Managed switches
of the Value Line support a variety of
useful management functions, such
as fast ring redundancy, VLAN, QoS,
RMON, bandwidth management,
port mirroring and warning by email
message or relay. The ring redundancy
can be set up easily using the webbased management interface, or with
the DIP switches located on the top
panel of the switches.

Plug & Play switches in a rugged


aluminium housing (IP30)
Compact design
Cost efficient entry-level switches
Fast Ethernet variants with 5 and
8Ports
Versions with copper or fibre-optic
interface (multimode and
single-mode)
5 port Full-Gigabit Plug & Play Switch
Power-over-Ethernet switch with
6Fast EtherNet ports, thereof
4PoE+ ports
Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
Atex, DNV / GL

Unmanaged Plug & Play switches in


a high quality metal housing (IP 30)
Price-sensitive mid-range class
Managed switches for entry into
configurable networkinfrastructure
Unmanaged 8 port
Full-Gigabit switches
Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
Atex, DNV / GL

Basic Line

Value Line

Industrial Ethernet Switches

Premium Line
Weidmullers Premium Line series
completes the switch range for the
high-end sector and is particularly
suitable for complex network solutions
with high traffic levels. The devices
are available in different versions, ie.
number of ports, transmission rate (Fast
and Gigabit Ethernet) and the type of
connection (copper and fibre-optic).
With their advanced ring redundancy
technology (recovery time 20 ms),
these devices increase the reliability
and availability of your industrial
network. The option to use SFP
transceivers offer a high degree of
flexibility and the Gigabit variants also
allow their use in networks with high
traffic loads.

Premium Line

Managed Fast Ethernet variants in a


high quality metal housing (IP 30)
Managed Power-over-Ethernet
switch with 6 Fast Ethernet ports,
thereof 4 PoE+ ports
Variants with 10 or 18 ports and
Gigabit uplink ports
Full-Gigabit switch with 9 ports
Supports all standard protocols in
TCP/IP-based industrial networks
(e.g. EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP)
Built-in redundancy mechanisms
(recovery time 20 ms)
for increased reliability in network
ring structures
Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
Atex, DNV / GL

139

Industrial Ethernet Switches - quick finder

Ports total
Ports copper

6
4

8
8

Ports fibre

140

Type

Industrial Ethernet Switches

1240840000

IE-SW-BL05-5TX

1240850000

IE-SW-BL05T-5TX

1240870000

IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SCS

1286530000

IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SCS

1240880000

IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1ST

1286540000

IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1ST

1240890000

IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SC

1286550000

IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SC

1240900000

IE-SW-BL08-8TX

1286560000

IE-SW-BL08T-8TX

1240910000

IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SC

1240920000

IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SC

1240930000

IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2ST

1286570000

IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2ST

1412070000

IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SC

1412080000

IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SC

1412090000

IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1ST

1412100000

IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1ST

1240950000

IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SCS

1286580000

IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SCS

1412110000

IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SCS

1412120000

IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SCS

1241250000

IE-SW-BL05-5GT

5 GE

1286850000

IE-SW-BL05T-5GT

5 GE

1241270000

IE-SW-VL08-8GT

8 GE

1286860000

IE-SW-VL08T-8GT

8 GE

1241280000

IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS

1286870000

IE-SW-VL08T-6GT-2GS

1240980000

IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC

1241000000

IE-SW-VL16-16TX

1286590000

IE-SW-VL16T-16TX

1241030000

IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2SC

1286610000

IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2SC

1241050000

IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2ST

1286620000

IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2ST

1240940000

IE-SW-VL08MT-8TX

1240970000

IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-3SC

1345240000

IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-1SC-2SCS

1344770000

IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SC

1240990000

IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2ST

1241020000

IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SCS

1241040000

IE-SW-PL08M-8TX

1286780000

IE-SW-PL08MT-8TX

FE
GE
GEC

Ports SFP
Part No.

= Fast Ethernet
= Gigabit-Ethernet
= Gigabit-Ethernet Kombi-Ports

6 GE
2 GEC
6 GE
2 GEC

Industrial Ethernet Switches - quick finder

10

16
8

16

18
14

16

2
5

14
2

Managed

10
4

Unmanaged

9
6

Temperature

Fibre-optic interface

10 +60 C

145

40 +75 C

145

10 +60 C

SC-Singlemode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode

145

10 +60 C

ST-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

SC-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

145

40 +75 C

145

10 +60 C

SC-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

ST-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

SC-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

ST-Multimode

145

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

145

10 +60 C

SC-Singlemode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode

145

10 +60 C

SC-Singlemode

145

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode

0 +60 C

145
147

40 +75 C

147

0 +60 C

147

40 +75 C

147

0 +60 C

SFP-Slot

147

40 +75 C

SFP-Slot

147

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

0 +60 C

146
146

40 +75 C

Page

146

0 +60 C

SC-Multimode

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

146

0 +60 C

ST-Multimode

146

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

40 +75 C
40 +75 C

146

146
153

SC-Multimode

153

40 +75 C SC-Multimode/SC-Singelmode

153

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

153

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

153

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode

153

0 +60 C

154

40 +75 C

154

141

Industrial Ethernet Switches - quick finder

Ports total
Ports copper
Ports fibre

6
4
1

8
8

Type

Industrial Ethernet Switches


1241070000

IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC

1286790000

IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SC

1241080000

IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2ST

1286800000

IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2ST

1241090000

IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SCS

1286810000

IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SCS

1241100000

IE-SW-PL16M-16TX

1286820000

IE-SW-PL16MT-16TX

1241120000

IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC

1286830000

IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2SC

1241130000

IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2ST

1286840000

IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2ST

1241290000

IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX

1286930000

IE-SW-PL10MT-3GT-7TX

1241300000

IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX

1286940000

IE-SW-PL10MT-1GT-2GS-7TX

1241320000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX

1286970000

IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC-16TX

1241330000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-14TX2SC

1286990000

IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SC

1241340000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2ST

1287000000

IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2ST

1241350000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SCS

1287010000

IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SCS

1241370000

IE-SW-PL09M-5GC-4GT

1287020000

IE-SW-PL09MT-5GC-4GT

FE
GE
GEC

142

= Fast Ethernet
= Gigabit-Ethernet
= Gigabit-Ethernet Kombi-Ports

7
1

Ports SFP
Part No.

Industrial Ethernet Switches - quick finder

10

16
8

16

2
5

18
14
2

14
2

3 GE

16

7 FE
3 GE
7 FE
1GE
2 GEC
7 FE
1GE
2 GEC
7 FE
2 GEC
16 FE
2 GEC
16 FE

2 GEC
14 FE
2 GEC
14 FE
2 GEC
14 FE
2 GEC
14 FE
2 GEC
14 FE
2 GEC

5 GEC
4 GE
5 GEC
4 GE

Managed

10
4

Unmanaged

9
6

14 FE

Temperature

Fibre-optic interface

Page
154

0 +60 C

SC-Multimode

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

154

0 +60 C

ST-Multimode

154

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

154

0 +60 C

SC-Singlemode

154

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode

0 +60 C

154
154

40 +75 C

154

0 +60 C

SC-Multimode

154

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode

154

0 +60 C

ST-Multimode

154

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode

154

0 +60 C

155

40 +75 C

155

0 +60 C

SFP-Slot

155

40 +75 C

SFP-Slot

155

0 +60 C

SFP-Slot

156

40 +75 C

SFP-Slot

156

0 +60 C

SC-Multimode / SFP-Slot

156

40 +75 C

SC-Multimode / SFP-Slot

156

0 +60 C

ST-Multimode / SFP-Slot

156

40 +75 C

ST-Multimode / SFP-Slot

156

0 +60 C

SC-Singlemode / SFP-Slot

156

40 +75 C

SC-Singlemode / SFP-Slot

156

0 +60 C

SFP-Slot

157

40 +75 C

SFP-Slot

157

143

Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet

Unmanaged Switches
Switches are the basic coupling elements in Ethernet
networks. They connect the Ethernet participants together.
In an Ethernet network the communication basically
originates from the participants. The switches connect
the participants together and enable the communication.
Unmanaged switches are the simplest active network
component. They do not need to be configured and are
therefore very flexible. They use the basic standard protocols,
such as auto-negotiation, auto-crossing, and flow-control and
can automatically adjust to the different transmission speeds
or connector wiring.
Unmanaged switches are protocol transparent. Each port on
the switch creates an individual collision domain. The use
of twisted-pair cabling with an RJ45 interface or fibre-optic
cable based on the IEEE 802.3 specification interfaces are
supported by all Weidmuller switches.

144

Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet Basic Line

Unmanaged Fast Ethernet Switches


10/100BaseT(X) (RJ45 connector), 100BaseFX
(multi/singlemode, SC or ST connector)
Redundant dual 12/24/48 V DC, 18 to 30 V AC power inputs
IP 30 aluminum housing
Rugged hardware design well suited for hazardous locations
(Class I Div. 2 /ATEX) and maritime environments (DNV/GL)
40 C to 75 C operating temperature range (T models)
30.0 mm (1.2 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in)

70.0 mm (2.8 in)

IE-SW-BL05-Series

125.0 mm (4.9 in)

115.0 mm (4.5 in)

78.8 mm (3.1 in)

T;u\%

IE-SW-BL08-Series

Technical Data
Technology
Standards

Processing Type
Flow Control
Switch Properties
MAC Table Size
Packet Buffer Size
Interface
Fiber Ports
RJ45 Ports
DIP Switches
LED Indicators
Optical Fiber

Wavelength
Max. Transmit power
Min. Transmit power
RX Sensitivity
Link Budget
Typical Distance
Saturation
Power Requirements
Input Voltage

Input Current

Overload Current Protection


Connection
Reverse Polarity Protection
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)

Weight
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature

IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT


IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control
Store and Forward
IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control
1K
512 KBit
100BaseFX ports
(SC/ST connector, multimode, singlemode)
10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, Full/Half duplex
mode, and auto MDI/MDI-X connection
Enable/Disable broadcast storm protection
Power, 10/100M (TP port), 100M (fiber port)
100BaseFX
multimode
1300 nm
-10 dBm
-20 dBm
-32 dBm
12 dB
5 km (50/125 m multimode cable)
4 km (62.5/125 m multimode cable)
-6 dBm

singlemode
1310 nm
0 dBm
-5 dBm
-34 dBm
29 dB
40 km (9/125 m
singlemode cable)
-3 dBm

12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC),


18 to 30 V AC (47 to 63 Hz),
redundant dual inputs
IE SW BL05 5TX: 0.1 A @ 24 V
IE SW BL05 1SC/1ST/1SCS: 0.11 A @ 24 V
IE SW BL08 8TX: 0.13 A @ 24 V
IE SW BL08 2SC/2ST/2SCS: 0.22 A @ 24 V
IE SW BL08 1SC/1ST/1SCS: 0.17 A @ 24 V
1.1 A
1 removable 4-contact terminal block
Present
Aluminum, IP 30 protection
IIE-SW-BL05-Series:
30 x 115 x 70 mm (1.18 x 4.52 x 2.76 in)
IE-SW-BL08-Series:
50 x 115 x 70 mm (1.96 x 4.52 x 2.76 in)
IE-SW-BL05-5TX: 175 g
IE-SW-BL08-8TX: 275 g
DIN-Rail mounting
Standard Models: -10 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)

Environmental Limits
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

5 to 95 % (non-condensing)

UL 508
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
EN61000-4-8; EN61000-4-11
Maritime
DNV, GL (not for 1412110000, 1412120000, 1412070000,
1412080000, 1412090000, 1412100000)
Shock
IEC 60068-2-27
Freefall
IEC 60068-2-32
Vibration
IEC 60068-2-6
MTBF (meantime between failures)
Time
425,000 hrs
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Model Type

5 * RJ45

IE-SW-BL05-5TX
IE-SW-BL05T-5TX
IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SC
IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SC
IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1ST
IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1ST
IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SCS
IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SCS
IE-SW-BL08-8TX
IE-SW-BL08T-8TX
IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SC
IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SC
IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2ST
IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2ST
IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SCS
IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SCS
IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SC
IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SC
IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1ST
IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1ST
IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SCS
IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SCS

4 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode
4 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode
4 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode
8 * RJ45
6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode
7 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode
7 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode
7 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode

Operating
Temperature
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-10 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1240840000
1240850000
1240890000
1286550000
1240880000
1286540000
1240870000
1286530000
1240900000
1286560000
1240910000
1240920000
1240930000
1286570000
1412110000
1412120000
1412070000
1412080000
1412090000
1412100000
1240950000
1286580000

Accessories
19'' Rack Mounting Kit
Cable fixing kit

Model Type
RM-KIT
IE-CFK-05

Part No.
1241440000
1339610000

145

Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet Value Line

Unmanaged Fast Ethernet Switches






Redundant dual 24 V DC power inputs


Relay output warning for power failure and port break alarm
Broadcast storm protection
Transparent transmission of VLAN tagged packets
40 C to 75 C operating temperature range (T models)
IE-SW-VL09-Series

IE-SW-VL16-Series

TX

PWR1
PWR2

FAULT

135.0 mm (5.3 in)

135.0 mm (5.3 in)

RX

100M
100M 100M

TX

9
RX

100M

T;u\%

2
10M

105.0 mm (4.1 in)

80.5 mm (3.2 in)

53.6 mm (2.1 in)

Technical Data
Technology
Standards

Processing Type
Flow Control
Switch Properties
MAC Table Size
Packet Buffer Size
Interface
Fiber Ports
RJ45 Ports

DIP Switches
LED Indicators
Alarm Contact
Optical Fiber

Wavelength
Max. TX
Min. TX
RX Sensitivity
Link Budget
Typical Distance
Saturation
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Input Current

Overload Current Protection


Connection
Reverse Polarity Protection
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)

Weight

146

IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT


IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control
Store and Forward
IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control
1 K (IE-SW-VL09...Series), 4 K (IE-SW-VL16...Series)
512 Kbit (IE-SW-VL09...Series),
1.25 MBit (IE-SW-VL16...Series)
100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector)
10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed,
Full/Half duplex mode, and
auto MDI/MDI-X connection
Port fault alarm
Enable/disable broadcast storm protection
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP port),
100M (fiber port)
1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
100BaseFX
multimode
1300 nm
-10 dBm
-20 dBm
-32 dBm
12 dB
5 km (50/125 m multimode cable)
4 km (62.5/125 m multimode cable)
-6 dBm
IE-SW-VL09: 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs
IE-SW-VL16: 12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC), redundant dual inputs
IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC: 0.31 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL16-16TX: 0.27 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL16 SC/ST: 0.44 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL09/16...Series: 1.6 A
1 removable 6-pin terminal blocks
Present
Metal, IP 30 protection
IE-SW-VL09...Series:
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm
(2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-VL16...Series:
80.5 x 135 x 105 mm
(3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-VL09: 790 g
IE-SW-VL16: 1140 g

Physical Characteristics
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety

Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

DIN-Rail mounting
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C
(-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
IE-SW-VL09...Series: UL 508, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
IE-SW-VL16...Series: UL 508, UL 60950-1, EN60950-1
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
and D; ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
DNV, GL
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
IE-SW-VL09...Series: 396,000 hrs
IE-SW-VL16...Series: 257,000 hrs
Database
MIL-HDBK-217F, GB 25 C
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Model Type

16 * RJ45

IE-SW-VL16-16TX
IE-SW-VL16T-16TX
IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC
IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2SC
IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2SC
IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2ST
IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2ST

6 * RJ45, 3 * SC-Multimode
14 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode
14 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1241000000
1286590000
1240980000
1241030000
1286610000
1241050000
1286620000

Accessories
19'' Rack Mounting Kit

Model Type
RM-KIT

Part No.
1241440000

Unmanaged Switches Gigabit Ethernet Basic/Value Line

Unmanaged Gigabit Ethernet Switches


Full Gigabit Ethernet on all ports
Variants with slots for Gigabit SFP transceivers
Redundant dual 12/24/48 V DC power inputs
Relay output warning for power failure and port break alarm
Broadcast storm protection
Supports jumbo frame transmission (up to 9.6 KB)
IE-SW-VL08-xGT-Series

IE-SW-BL05GT-Series

130.0 mm (5.1 in)

135.0 mm (5.3 in)


105.0 mm (4.1 in)

53.6 mm (2.1 in)

105.0 mm (4.1 in)

Technical Data
Technology
Standards

Processing Type
Flow Control
Switch Properties
MAC Table Size
Packet Buffer Size
Jumbo frame support
Interface
Fiber Ports
RJ45 Ports

DIP Switches

LED Indicators
Alarm Contact
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Input Current

Connection
Reverse Polarity Protection
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)

Weight
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI

IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT


IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX
IEEE 802.3ab for 1000BaseT(X)
IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control
Store and Forward
IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control
8K
1088 KBit (IE-SW-BL05-5GT),
1408 KBit (IE-SW-VL08-xGT)
up to 9.6 KB
100/1000BaseSFP slot (only for IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS)
10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed,
Full/Half duplex mode, and
auto MDI/MDI-X connection
Port fault alarm
Enable/disable broadcast storm protection
Enable/disable jumbo frame support
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100/1000M
1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC),
redundant dual inputs
IE-SW-BL05-5GT: 0.20 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL08-8GT: 0.32 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS: 0.34 A @ 24 V
1 removable 6-contact terminal block
Present

T;u\%

35.0 mm (1.4 in)

Regulatory Approvals
EMC

EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;


EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3
DNV, GL
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
478.000 hrs (Serie IE-SW-BL05-5GT)
325.000 hrs (Serie IE-SW-VL08-XGT)
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB (IE-SW-VL08-xGT series)
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Model Type

5 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X)

IE-SW-BL05-5GT
IE-SW-BL05T-5GT
IE-SW-VL08-8GT
IE-SW-VL08T-8GT
IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS
IE-SW-VL08T-6GT-2GS

8 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X)
6 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X),
2 Combo Ports (10/100/1000
BaseT(X) or 100/1000BaseSFP)

Accessories
19'' Rack Mounting Kit

Model Type
RM-KIT

Operating
Temperature
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1241250000
1286850000
1241270000
1286860000
1241280000
1286870000

Part No.
1241440000

Metal, IP 30 protection
IE-SW-BL05-5GT:
35 x 130 x 105 mm (1.37 x 5.12 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-VL08-xGT:
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-BL05-5GT: 290 g
IE-SW-VL08-8GT 630 g
DIN-Rail mounting
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C
(-40 to 167 F) (on request)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D;
ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A

147

Managed Switches introduction

Managed Switches

Managed switches offer extensive control mechanisms for


data distribution and bandwidth management to co-ordinate
and cope with the different requirements of communication
participants in an industrial network. Configuration is
web-based using a simple and intuitive user interface.

148

Powerful and reliable network redundancy


It is particularly important to have network redundancy
to ensure system availability in todays Industrial Ethernet
infrastructures. This is because in a highly integrated
system, a connection error can lead to machine stoppage
and thus to production losses. To minimise such risks in
a managed Ethernet network, Weidmuller has integrated
high-performance redundancy mechanisms into its managed
switches. This is in addition to the RSTP/STP standard and
port-trunking.

Managed Switches introduction

Ring redundancy
The Turbo-Ring technology integrated into Weidmullers
switches allows you to restore a network connection in case
of failure in under 20 ms, and this with up to 250 switches
in a ring. Turbo-Ring offers thee different topology options
(Ring-Coupling, Dual-Ring and Dual-Homing) for different
application requirements to ensure the maximum possible
availability of industrial network applications.

Turbo Ring
(recovery time < 20 ms)

Ring-Coupling
In some applications, it is not sensible to have all equipment
and devices in a single large redundant ring networked
together, as some of the devices may be located in remote
parts of the plant. For such structures, Ring-Coupling is
ideal. It connects devices in multiple, smaller rings that are
connected redundantly and directly with one another.

Primary Path

Master

Master

Backup Path

Dual-Homing
With Dual-Homing, two separate rings are connected
through one managed switch via two independent
connection points. The back-up connection is activated if the
primary connection fails.

Primary Path

Master

Backup Path

Master

149

Managed Switches introduction

Dual-Ring
In a Dual-Ring, two neighbouring rings are connected
with one another using one switch, without the need for
additional ports or cabling. This configuration reduces
the total number of ports and saves cabling costs, as an
additional primary and back-up line is not needed.
Master

Master

Turbo-Chain
Managed Ethernet Switch

Turbo-Chain offers the possibility of creating multiple


redundant networks without the limitations of ring
technology. Turbo-Chain can be simply configured by
defining two end-points in a segment. This means you can
connect or extend existing redundant networks. When
compared with traditional ring coupling or a network
re-design, Turbo-Chain is more flexible as well as being
more cost efficient and it has significant savings potential
when compared to the effort for network restructuring
and re-cabling. In addition Turbo Chain also supports
IEEE 802.1w/D RSTP and STP protocols.
Flexible network topology
Unlimited and simple network expansion
Quick troubleshooting (recovery time < 20 ms)
Cost-effective configurations

Backup Path

Head switch has forwarding status


Tail switch has blocking status

Recovery time < 20 ms

Port trunking for flexible connections


IEEE 802.3ad (LACP, Link Aggregation Control Protocol)
permits flexible network connections and a redundant path
for critical applications. It provides the means for a user to
link via a higher bandwidth over the PremiumLine managed
switches by combining more ports into a trunk group.

SPS
SPS
SPS
SPS

150

SPS
1
8

Up to eight ports can be connected together


into one trunk group

SPS
SPS
SPS

Managed Switches introduction

QoS supports real-time capability


Quality of Service (QoS) enables the possibility of
prioritisation of data traffic in a network and ensures
that important data is consistently available. Weidmuller
managed switches can deal with IEEE 802.1p/1Q layer
2 CoS tags and also layer 3 TOS information. The QoS
functionality of Weidmullers managed switches improves
network performance and ensures that time-critical
applications are given priority.

Low priority
Data
Highest priority
Control messages

Low
priority

High
priority

Highest
priority

High priority
Management
messages

IGMP snooping and GMRP for


filtering multicast data traffic
Weidmuller managed switches support GMRP (Generic
Multicast Registration Protocol) and IGMP snooping.
These protocols limit multicast data traffic so that it is only
forwarded to the devices that actually require it. This reduces
unnecessary network data traffic.

Group 1
Multicast messages

IGMP group 2

Group 2
Multicast messages

IGMP group 1

IGMP group 2

IGMP group 1

IEEE 1588 PTP - improves time synchronisation


of automation devices
IEEE 1588 PTP, also known as Precision Time Protocol (PTP),
was developed to synchronise real-time clocks which are
located at specific nodes of a distributed system.
Weidmuller managed switches with IEEE 1588 PTP are
particularly suited for motion control applications where
distributed clocks must be synchronised with high levels of
accuracy.

M
M

M
M

S
S

SPS

SPS

S
SPS

Grand master clock:


sets the reference time
for the system

Boundary clock:
is a slave to the grand master
clock, and has master status
over its own slaves

Ordinary clock:
is a slave to its
master

151

Managed Switches introduction

VLAN simplifies network planning


VLAN stands for virtual LAN. It is a network structure with all
the characteristics of a normal LAN, but not geographically
constrained. A network can be divided into different sections
using the VLAN function. It is possible, for example, to group
servers or workstations together, based on their function.
Data will only then be sent to Ethernet devices of a specific
VLAN group. The option for isolating VLANs completely from
one another serves to increase the security of data transfer
and offers additional protection from unauthorised access or
unauthorised data traffic.

VLAN 1

VLAN 2

3. Tier

SPS
1. Tier

Division 2

Automatic topology detection using LLDP

Client

www
Server

Simple browser based configuration


Weidmullers managed switches can be easily configured
using a web browser, telnet console or the Weidmuller
switch configuration utility. Further switch configurations
can be saved or the firmware updated using this userfriendly tool.

152

2. Tier

SPS
SPS

Division 1

The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP - IEEE 802.1AB) is


a data link layer protocol which publishes information about
a device containing its IP address, description and functional
information to its neighbouring devices over the network. All
of Weidmullers managed switches fully support LLDP.

VLAN 3

Division 3

Managed Switches Fast Ethernet Value Line

Managed Entry-level Ethernet Switches


Turbo Ring and Turbo Chain with fast recovery time (under 20 ms)
IGMP snooping, QoS, port- and tag-based VLAN
Configurable error messages via SNMP trap, e-mail or relay output
User-friendly, web-based configuration and management
External Backup and Restoring Module for easy system reconfiguration
(optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in)

135.0 mm (5.3 in)

105.0 mm (4.1 in)

Technical Data

T;u\%

53.6 mm (2.1 in)

Standards
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseTIEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFXIEEE 802.3x for Flow Control
IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree ProtocolIEEE 802.1w for Rapid STPIEEE 802.1p for Class of Service
IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging
Protocols
IGMPv1/v2GMRPGVRPSNMPv1/v2c/v3DHCP Server/ClientTFTPSNTPSMTPRARPR
MONHTTPTelnetSyslogDHCP Option 66/67/82BootPLLDPModbus/TCPIPv6
MIB
MIB-IIEthernet-like MIBP-BRIDGE MIBBridge MIBRSTP MIBRMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9
Flow Control
IEEE 802.3x flow control back pressure flow control
Switch Properties
MAC Table Size
8K
Packet Buffer Size
1 MBit
Interface
Fiber Ports
100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector)
RJ45 Ports
10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed,
Full/Half duplex mode, and
auto MDI/MDI-X connection
Console Port
RS 232 (RJ45 connector)
DIP Switches
Turbo Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve
LED Indicators
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL, 10/100M
Alarm Contact
1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
Optical Fiber
100BaseFX
multimode
singlemode
Wavelength
1300 nm
1310 nm
Max. TX
-10 dBm
0 dBm
Min. TX
-20 dBm
-5 dBm
RX Sensitivity
-32 dBm
-34 dBm
Link Budget
12 dB
29 dB
5 km a
40
km c
Typical Distance
4 km b
Saturation
-6 dBm
-3 dBm
a
50/125 m, 800 MHz*km fiber optic cable
b
62.5/125 m, 500 MHz*km fiber optic cable
c
9/125 m singlemode fiber optic cable
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs
Input Current
IE-SW-VL08M-8TX: 0.26 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL08M-6TX-2ST/SC: 0.35 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL08M-5TX-3SC: 0.32 A @ 24 V
Overload Current Protection
Present
Connection
1 removable 6-contact terminal block
Reverse Polarity Protection
Present

Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

Metal, IP 30 protection
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-VL08MT-...8TX/6TX-2SC/6TX-2ST/6TX-2SCS: 650 g
IE-SW-VL08MT-...5TX/3SC/5TX-1SC-2SCS: 890 g
DIN-Rail mounting
-40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D;
ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC (not for 1345240000)
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
EN61000-4-8
DNV, GL (not for 1345240000 and 1241020000)
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
363,000 hrs
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants
8 * RJ45
5 * RJ45, 3 * SC-Multimode
5 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode,
2 * SC-Singlemode
6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode

Accessories
External Backup and
Restore Module
19'' Rack Mounting Kit

Model Type

Operating
Temperature
IE-SW-VL08MT-8TX
-40 to +75 C
IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-3SC
-40 to +75 C
IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-1SC-2SCS -40 to +75 C

1240940000
1240970000
1345240000

IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2ST
IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SC
IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SCS

1240990000
1344770000
1241020000

-40 to +75 C
-40 to +75 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.

Model Type
EBR-Module RS232

Part No.
1241430000

RM-KIT

1241440000

153

Managed Switches Fast Ethernet Premium Line

Managed Fast Ethernet Switches


Plug-n-play Turbo Ring and Turbo Chain (recovery time < 20 ms),RSTP/STP
(IEEE 802.1w/D) for Ethernet redundancy
IEEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
EBR-Module (External Backup and Restore Module) for system configuration
backup (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in) IE-SW_PL08M-Series

9.0 mm (0.4 in)

IE-SW-PL16M-Series
135.0 mm (5.3 in)

135.0 mm (5.3 in)

105.0 mm (4.1 in)

80.2 mm (3.2 in)

142.7 mm (5.6 in)

T;u\%

94.0 mm (3.7 in)

Technical Data
Standards
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseTIEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFXIEEE 802.3x for Flow
ControlIEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree ProtocolIEEE 802.1w for Rapid STPIEEE 802.1Q for VLAN
TaggingIEEE 802.1p for Class of ServiceIEEE 802.1X for AuthenticationIEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk
with LACP
Protocols
IGMPv1/v2GVRPSNMPv1/v2c/v3DHCP Server/ClientBootPTFTPSNTPSMTPRARP
GMRPLACPRMONHTTPHTTPSTelnetSyslogDHCP Option 66/67/82SSHSNMP
InformModbus/TCPLLDPIEEE 1588 PTPIPv6
MIB
MIB-IIEthernet-Like MIBP-BRIDGE MIBQ-BRIDGE MIBBridge MIBRSTP MIB
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9
Flow Control
IEEE 802.3x flow controlback pressure flow control
Switch Properties
Priority Queues
4
Max. Number of Available VLANs
64
VLAN ID Range
VID 1 to 4094
IGMP Groups
256
MAC Table Size
8K
Packet Buffer Size
1 MBit (IE-SW-PL08M), 2 MBit (IE-SW-PL16M)
Interface
Fiber Ports
100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector)
RJ45 Ports
10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed,
Full/Half duplex mode, and auto MDI/MDI-X connection
Console Port
RS 232 (RJ45 connector)
DIP Switches
Turbo-ring, master, coupler, reserve (only IE-SW-PL08M)
LED Indicators
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, MSTR/HEAD,
CPLR/TAIL, 10/100M
Alarm Contact
2 relay outputs with current carrying
capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
Digital Inputs
2 inputs with the same ground,
electrically isolated
+13 to +30 V for state 1
-30 to +3 V for state 0
Max. input current: 8 mA
Optical Fiber

Wavelength
Max. TX
Min. TX
RX Sensitivity
Link Budget
Typical Distance

Saturation
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Input Current

154

multimode
1300 nm
-10 dBm
-20 dBm
-32 dBm
12 dB
5 km (50/125 m
multimode cable)
4 km (62.5/125 m
multimode cable)
-6 dBm

singlemode
1310 nm
0 dBm
-5 dBm
-34 dBm
29 dB
40 km (9/125 m
singlemode cable)
-3 dBm

24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs


IE-SW-PL08M-8TX: 0.26 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC/ST/2SCS: 0.36 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-PL16M-16TX: 0.41 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC/ST: 0.51 A @ 24 V

Power Requirements
Overload Current Protection
Connection
Reverse Polarity Protection
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

Present
2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Present
Metal, IP 30 protection
IE-SW-PL08M: 80.2 x 135 x 105 mm (3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-PL16M: 94 x 135 x 142.7 mm (3.7 x 5.31 x 5.62 in)
IE-SW-PL08M: 1040 g, IE-SW-PL16M: 1586 g
DIN-Rail mounting
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C
(-40 to 167 F) (on request)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D;
ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD): IE-SW-PL08M...Series: level 3

IE-SW-PL16M...Series: level 2;
EN61000-4-3 (RS) level 3; EN61000-4-4 (EFT) level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge) level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS) level 3; EN61000-4-8
DNV, GL
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
IE-SW-PL08M...Series: 339,000 hrs
IE-SW-PL16M...Series: 247,000 hrs
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Model Type

8 * RJ45

IE-SW-PL08M-8TX
IE-SW-PL08MT-8TX
IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC
IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SC
IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2ST
IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2ST
IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SCS
IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SCS
IE-SW-PL16M-16TX
IE-SW-PL16MT-16TX
IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC
IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2SC
IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2ST
IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2ST

6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode
6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode
16 * RJ45
14 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode
14 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode

Operating
Temperature
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1241040000
1286780000
1241070000
1286790000
1241080000
1286800000
1241090000
1286810000
1241100000
1286820000
1241120000
1286830000
1241130000
1286840000

Managed Switches Gigabit Ethernet Premium Line

Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switches


2 Gigabit Ethernet ports for redundant ring and 1 Gigabit Ethernet port
for uplink solution
Turbo Ring, Turbo Chain, and RSTP/STP for network redundancy
EEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy
system reconfiguration (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in)

IE-SW-PL10M-Series

135.0 mm (5.31 in)

T;u\%
105.0 mm (4.13 in)

Technical Data

80.2 mm (3.16 in)

Standards
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseTIEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFXIEEE 802.3ab for
1000BaseT(X)IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseXIEEE 802.3x for Flow ControlIEEE 802.1D for Spanning
Tree ProtocolIEEE 802.1w for Rapid STPIEEE 802.1Q for VLAN TaggingIEEE 802.1p for Class of
ServiceIEEE 802.1X for AuthenticationIEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk with LACP
Protocols
IGMPv1/v2GMRPGVRPSNMPv1/v2c/v3DHCP Server/ClientBootPTFTPSNTP
SMTPRARPRMONHTTPHTTPSTelnetSyslogDHCP Option 66/67/82SSHSNMP
InformModbus/TCPLLDPIEEE 1588 PTPIPv6
MIB
MIB-IIEthernet-Like MIBP-BRIDGE MIBQ-BRIDGE MIBBridge MIBRSTP MIB
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9
Flow Control
IEEE 802.3x flow controlback pressure flow control
Switch Properties
Priority Queues
4
Max. Number of Available VLANs
64
VLAN ID Range
VID 1 to 4094
IGMP Groups
256
MAC Table Size
8K
Packet Buffer Size
1 MBit
Interface
Fiber Ports
1000BaseSFP-Slot
RJ45 Ports
10/100BaseT(X) oder 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation
Console Port
RS 232 (RJ45 connector)
DIP Switches
Turbo-Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve
LED Indicators
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP-Port), 1000M (Gigabit-Port),
MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL
Alarm Contact
2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics
Digital Inputs
+13 to +30 V for state 1
-30 to +3 V for state 0
Max. input current: 8 mA
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs
Input Current
IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX: 0.65 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX: 0.44 A @ 24 V
Overload Current Protection
Present
Connection
2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Reverse Polarity Protection
Present
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Metal, IP 30 protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
80.2 x 135 x 105 mm (3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
Weight
1170 g
Installation
DIN-Rail mounting

Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F);


Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
and D; ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD),level 3; EN61000-4-3 (RS),level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT),level 3; EN61000-4-5 (Surge),level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS),level 3; EN61000-4-8
DNV, GL
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
204.000 hrs
Database
MIL-HDBK-217J, GB 25 C
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants
3 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X),
7 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X)
1 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X),
2 * Slots 1000BaseSFP,
7 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X)

Accessories
External Backup and
Restore Module
19'' Rack Mounting Kit

Model Type

Operating
Temperature
IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX
0 to 60 C
IE-SW-PL10MT-3GT-7TX
-40 to +75 C
IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX 0 to 60 C
IE-SW-PL10MT-1GT-2GS-7TX -40 to +75 C

Part No.
1241290000
1286930000
1241300000
1286940000

Model Type
EBR-Modul RS232

Part No.
1241430000

RM-KIT

1241440000

155

Managed Switches Gigabit Ethernet Premium Line

Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switches


2 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 16 Fast Ethernet ports for copper and fibre
Turbo Ring, Turbo Chain, and RSTP/STP for network redundancy
EEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS,
IGMP snooping, VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy system
reconfiguration (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in)

IE-SW-PL18M-Series

135.0 mm (5.3 in)

142.7 mm (5.6 in)

T;u\%

94.0 mm (3.7 in)

Technical Data

Standards
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseTIEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFXIEEE 802.3ab for
1000BaseT(X)IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX IEEE 802.3x for Flow ControlIEEE 802.1D for Spanning
Tree ProtocolIEEE 802.1w for Rapid STPIEEE 802.1Q for VLAN TaggingIEEE 802.1p for Class of
ServiceIEEE 802.1X for AuthenticationIEEE 802.3ad for Port-Trunk mit LACP
Protocols
IGMPv1/v2GMRP, GVRPSNMPv1/v2c/v3DHCP Server/ClientBootPTFTPSNTP
SMTPRARPRMONHTTPHTTPSTelnetSyslogDHCP-Option 66/67/82SSHSNMP
InformModbus/TCPLLDPEEE 1588 PTPIPv6
MIB
MIB-IIEthernet-like MIBP-BRIDGE MIBQ-BRIDGE MIBBridge MIBRSTP MIBRMON MIB Group
1, 2, 3, 9
Flow Control
IEEE 802.3x flow controlback pressure flow control
Switch Properties
Priority Queues
4
Max. Number of Available VLANs
64
VLAN ID Range
VID 1 to 4094
IGMP Groups
256
MAC Table Size
8K
Packet Buffer Size
2 MBit
Interface
Fiber Ports
100BaseFX (SC/ST connector) and 1000BaseSFP Slot
RJ45 Ports
10/100BaseT(X) oder 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation
Console Port
RS 232 (RJ45 connector)
LED Indicators
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP-Port), 100M (Glasfaser-Port),
MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL
Alarm Contact
2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics.
Digital Inputs
+13 to +30 V for state 1
-30 to +3 V for state 0
Max. input current: 8 mA
Optical Fiber
100BaseFX
multimode
singlemode
Wavelength
1300 nm
1310 nm
Max. TX
-10 dBm
0 dBm
Min. TX
-20 dBm
-5 dBm
RX Sensitivity
-32 dBm
-34 dBm
Link Budget
12 dB
29 dB
Typical Distance
5 km (50/125 m
multimode cable)
40 km (9/125 m
4 km (62.5/125 m
singlemode cable)
multimode cable)
Saturation
-6 dBm
-3 dBm

Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Input Current
Overload Current Protection
Connection
Reverse Polarity Protection
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location
EMI
EMC

Metal, IP 30 protection
94 x 135 x 142.7 mm (3.7 x 5.31 x 5.62 in)
1630 g
DIN-Rail mounting
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
and D; ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 2; EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 2; EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3; EN61000-4-8; EN61000-4-12
DNV, GL
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
240.000 hrs
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data

156

24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs


IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX: 0.51 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-PL18M-SC/ST/SCS: 0.61 A @ 24 V
Present
2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Present

Port Variants

Model Type
IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX
IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC-16TX
IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SC
IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SC

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

16 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X),
2 * Kombi-Ports1
14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X),
2 * SC-Multimode 100FX,
2 * Kombi-Ports1
14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X),
2 * ST-Multimode 100FX,
2 * Kombi-Ports1
14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X),
2 * SC-Singlemode 100FX,
2 * Kombi-Ports1

1241320000
1286970000
1241330000
1286990000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2ST
IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2ST

0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

1241340000
1287000000

IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SCS
IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SCS

0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

1241350000
1287010000

(10/100/1000BaseT(X) or 100/1000BaseSFP)

Part No.

Managed Switches Gigabit Ethernet Premium Line

Managed Full Gigabit Ethernet Switch


4 10/100/1000BaseT(X) ports plus 5 combo (10/100/1000BaseT(X)
or 100/1000BaseSFP slot) Gigabit ports
Turbo Ring, Turbo Chain, and RSTP/STP for network redundancy
IEEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy
system reconfiguration (optional accessory)
PP LQ

,(6:3/06HULHV

PP LQ

T;\%
PP LQ

Technical Data

PP LQ

Standards
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseTIEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFXIEEE 802.3ab for
1000BaseT(X)IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseXIEEE 802.3x for Flow ControlIEEE 802.1D for Spanning
Tree ProtocolIEEE 802.1w for Rapid STPIEEE 802.1Q for VLAN TaggingIEEE 802.1p for Class of
ServiceIEEE 802.1X for AuthenticationIEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk with LACP
Protocols
IGMPv1/v2GMRPGVRPSNMPv1/v2c/v3DHCP Server/ClientDHCP Option
66/67/82BootPTFTPSNTPSMTPRARPRMONHTTPHTTPSTelnetSSHSyslogM
odbus/TCPSNMP InformLLDPIEEE 1588 PTPIPv6
MIB
MIB-IIEthernet-Like MIBP-BRIDGE MIBQ-BRIDGE MIBBridge MIBRSTP MIB
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9
Flow Control
IEEE 802.3x flow controlback pressure flow control
Switch Properties
Priority Queues
4
Max. Number of Available VLANs
64
VLAN ID Range
ID 1 to 4094
IGMP Groups
256
MAC Table Size
8K
Packet Buffer Size
1 MBit
Interface
Fiber Ports
100/1000Base SFP Slot
RJ45 Ports
10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation
Console Port
RS 232 (RJ45 connector)
DIP Switches
Turbo-Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve
LED Indicators
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100/1000M, MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL
Alarm Contact
2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics
Digital Inputs
+13 to +30 V for state 1
-30 to +3 V for state 0
Max. input current: 8 mA
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
12/24/48 V DC, redundant dual inputs
Input Current
0.81 A @ 24 V
Overload Current Protection
Present
Connection
2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Reverse Polarity Protection
Present
Physical Characteristics
Housing
Metal, IP 30 protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
87.1 135 107 mm (3.43 5.31 4.21 in)
Weight
1510 g
Installation
DIN-Rail mounting

Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Hazardous Location

EMI
EMC

Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)


Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
UL 508, EN60950-1
UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C
and D (Pending); ATEX-Zone 2,
Ex nC IIC (Pending)
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
EN61000-4-8
DNV
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-32
IEC 60068-2-6

Maritime
Shock
Freefall
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
330.000 hrs
Database
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Model Type

4 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X)
5 * Kombi-Ports
10/100/1000BaseT(X) oder
100/1000BaseSFP

IE-SW-PL09M-5GC-4GT
IE-SW-PL09MT-5GC-4GT

Accessories
External Backup and
Restore Module
19'' Rack Mounting Kit

Operating
Temperature
0 to 60 C
-40 to +75 C

Order No.
1241370000
1287020000

Model Type
EBR-Modul RS232

Order No.
1241430000

RM-KIT

1241440000

157

Media converter

Media converter
If high interference immunity is needed or long transmission
distances are involved, then fibre-optic cables are advisable.
Another advantage of using fibre-optic cabling is the
insensitivity to lightning or voltage surges. The use of
fibre-optic based systems is already established in the
process industry, plant engineering, energy distribution and
the wind energy branches.
One simple and inexpensive solution is offered by the media
converter. This connects the Ethernet via an RJ45 port to
an optical fibre-optic cable port with SC or ST glass fibre
connections. This retains the collision domain between
the two Ethernet participants and means that there is
status transparency exchanged between the two Ethernet
interfaces and the port status.

158

Multimode glass fibres allow distances of up to 5,000 m


to be bridged without intermediate repeaters. Singlemode
fibres can be used over distances of up to 40 km.

Media converter - Value Line

Industrial Fast Ethernet Media Converter


10/100BaseT(X) auto-negotiation and auto-MDI/MDI-X
Link Fault Pass-Through (LFP)
Power failure, port break alarm by relay output
Redundant power inputs
Designed for hazardous locations (Class 1 Div. 2/Zone 2)
PP LQ

,(0&9/6HULHV

PP LQ

PP LQ

T;u\%

PP LQ

Technical Data
Technology
Standards

Interfaces
Fiber Ports
RJ45 ports
DIP Switches
LED Indicators
Alarm Contact
Optical Fiber

Wavelength
Max. TX
Min. TX
RX Sensitivity
Link-Budget
Typical Distance

Approvals
Security
EMI
EMC

IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT


IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX
100BaseFX (SC/ST connectors)
10/100BaseT(X)
100BaseFX Full/Half duplex selection,
port break alarm mask
PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP port), 100M (Fiber port),
FDX/COL (Fiber port)
One relay output with current carrying capacity
of 1 A @ 24 V DC
100BaseFX
multimode
1300 nm
-10 dBm
-20 dBm
-32 dBm
12 dB
5 km a
4 km b
-6 dBm

singlemode
1310 nm
0 dBm
-5 dBm
-34 dBm
29 dB
40 km c

Saturation
-3 dBm
a
50/125 m, 800 MHz*km fiber optic cable
b
62.5/125 m, 500 MHz*km fiber optic cable
c
9/125 m, 3.5 PS/(nm*km) fiber optic cable
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
24 V DC (12 to 48 V DC),
redundant inputs
Current consumption
0.16 A (@ 24 V)
Connection
Removable terminal block
Overload Current Protection
1.1 A
Reverse Polarity Protection
Present
Technical Data
Housing
Metal, IP 30 protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
Weight
630 g
Installation
TS 35
Environmental Limits
Operating temperature
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
Operating Humidity
5 to 95 % RH
Storage Temperature
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)

Hazardous Location

UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1


FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3
EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 2;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3
EN61000-4-8
EN61000-4-11
UL/cUL Class1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C,
and D, ATEX Class1, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
DNV, GL
IEC60068-2-32
IEC60068-2-27
IEC60068-2-6

Maritime
Freefall
Shock
Vibration
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
401.000 hrs
Database
MIL-HDBK-217F: GB 25 C
Warranty
Warranty Period
5 years

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Type

1 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode

IE-MC-VL-1TX-1SC
IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1SC
IE-MC-VL-1TX-1ST
IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1ST
IE-MC-VL-1TX-1SCS
IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1SCS

1 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode
1 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode

Accessories
19" Rack Mounting Kit

Type
RM-KIT

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1241400000
1286880000
1241410000
1286890000
1241420000
1286900000

Part No.
1241440000

159

Serial/Ethernet converters

Serial/Ethernet Converter
Serial interfaces such as RS 232, RS 422 or RS 485 are
widespread today in automation systems. To integrate these
devices into modern Industrial Ethernets, Serial/Ethernet
converters are used which offer investment protection for
existing automation components. These devices include
control systems, sensors, meters, drives, bar code readers
and operator displays.
Weidmullers Serial/Ethernet converters connect these
devices simply and easily to existing Ethernet network
structures. The configuration of the serial port and Ethernet
port parameters is done using an internet browser.
On the Ethernet side, these devices support several
operating modes: including TCP server, TCP client, UDP,
Real COM, RFC 2217, Reverse Telnet, Pair Connection and

160

Ethernet modem. These modes ensure compatibility for the


network software.
There are two Ethernet ports on the device which can be
used as Ethernet switch ports. This helps to reduce your
cabling costs since you no longer need to connect each
device with a separate Ethernet switch.

Serial/Ethernet converter

1 and 2- port Serial/Ethernet Converter for industrial automation


High surge protection for the serial ports, LAN ports and power supply connection
Rugged screw-type terminal blocks for power and serial connectors
Cascading Ethernet ports for easy wiring
Redundant DC power inputs
Warning by relay output and email
Low power consumption

140 mm (5.51 in)

149 mm (5.87 in)


36 mm (1.42 in)

\%
105 mm (4.14 in) 8.8 mm (0.35 in)

Technical Data

Ethernet Interface
Number of Ports
Speed
Connection
Magnetic Isolation Protection
Ethernet Line Protection
Serial Interface
Number of Ports
Serial Standards
Connection

Serial Line Protection


RS 485 Data Direction Control
Serial Communication Parameters
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
Flow Control
Baud rate
Serial Signals
RS 232
RS 422
RS 485 4w
RS 485 2w
Software
Network Protocols
Configuration Options
Windows Real COM Drivers
Technical Data
Housing
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Environmental Limits
Operating temperature

Ambient Relative Humidity


Storage Temperature
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Current consumption

2
10/100 MBit/s, auto MDI/MDIX
8-pin RJ45
1.5 KV built-in
1 KV (level 2) surge protection
IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 1,
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 2
RS 232/422/485
IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: DB9 for RS 232,
terminal block for RS 422/485
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: DB9
for RS 232/422/485
15 KV ESD protection for all signals
1 KV (level 2) surge protection
ADDC (automatic data direction control)
5, 6, 7, 8
1, 1.5, 2
None, Even, Odd, Space, Mark
RTS/CTS and DTR/DSR (RS 232 only), XON/XOFF
50 bit/s to 921.6 kbit/s
TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD, GND
Tx+, Tx-, Rx+, Rx-, GND
Tx+, Tx-, Rx+, Rx-, GND
Data+, Data-, GND
ICMP, IP, TCP, UDP, DHCP, BOOTP, Telnet,
Rtelnet, DNS, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP, SNTP, IGMP
Web Console, Serial Console, Telnet Console,
Windows Utility
Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000,
Windows XP/2003/Vista/2008/7 x86/x64
Metal, IP 30 protection
IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 475 g
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 485 g
36 x 105 x 140 mm (1.42 x 4.13 x 5.51 in)
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models:
-40 to 75 C (-40 to 167 F)
5 to 95 % RH
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
12 to 48 V DC
IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 12 to 48 V DC;
220 mA @ 12 V DC, 110 mA @ 24 V DC
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 12 to 48 V DC;
250 mA @ 12 V DC, 125 mA @ 24 V DC

Approvals
EMC

CE (EN55022 Class A, EN55024),


FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A
UL 508
UL/cUL Class 1 Division 2 Groups A, B, C and D
Class I, Zone 2 (Pending)
EN61000-4-2 (ESE), Level 3
EN61000-4-3 (RS), Level 3
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), Level 4
EN61000-4-5 (Surge), Level 3
EN61000-4-6 (CS), Level 3
EN61000-4-8
EN61000-4-11
IEC60068-2-27
IEC60068-2-32
IEC60068-2-6

Security
Hazardous Location
ATEX
EMC

Shock
Freefall
Vibration
Reliability
Alert Tools
Automatic Reboot Trigger
MTBF (mean time between failures)
Time
Database
Warranty
Warranty Period
Pin Assignment
RS 232/422/485
PIN
DB9 male port
1
2
12345
3
4
5
6
7
6789
8
Pin Assignment
RS 422/485 Terminal
Block Wiring

1 2 3 4 5

Built-in buzzer and RTC (real-time clock)


Built-in WDT (watchdog timer)
262.805 hrs
Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
5 years
RS 232
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS

RS 422/RS 485-4w
TxD-(A)
TxD+(B)
RxD+(B)
RxD-(A)
GND
-

RS 485-2W
Data+(B)
Data-(A)
GND
-

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

RS 422/RS 485-4w
TxD+(B)
TxD-(A)
RxD+(B)
RxD-(A)
GND

RS 485-2w
Data+(B)
Data-(A)
GND

Ordering Data
Models

Type

Two RJ45; One serial (RS232: Sub-DB9,


RS422/485: terminal block)
Two RJ45; Two serial (RS232/422/485:
Two SubDB9)

IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485
IE-CST-2TX-1RS232/485
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485
IE-CST-2TX-2RS232/485

Accessories
19" Rack Mounting Kit

Type
RM-KIT

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1242080000
1285830000
1242090000
1285840000

Part No.
1241440000

161

SFP modules

Gigabit Ethernet SFP modules

Fast Ethernet SFP modules

Compliant with IEEE 802.3z


Differential LVPECL inputs and outputs
TTL signal detect indicator
Hot pluggable LC duplex connector

Compliant with IEEE 802.3u


Differential PECL inputs and outputs
TTL signal detect indicator
Hot pluggable LC duplex connector
Class 1 laser product; complies with EN60825-1

Technical Data

Technical Data

Interfaces
Ethernet Ports
Connectors
Optical Fiber

1
Duplex LC Connector or Simplex LC

Gigabit Ethernet
SFP-LHX SFP-10A SFP-10B SFP-20A SFP-20B
TX
TX
TX 1
TX
nm, 1550 nm, 310 nm, 1550 nm,
Wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310
Empf.
Empf.
Empf.
Empf.
1550 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1310 nm
Max. TX
-4 dBm -1 dBm -3 dBm 1 dBm
-3 dBm
-2 dBm
Min. TX
-9.5 dBm - 9 dBm -9.5 dBm -4 dBm
-9 dBm
-8 dBm
RX Sensitivity
-18 dBm -19 dBm -20 dBm -24 dBm
-21 dBm
-23 dBm
Link Budget
8.5 dB
10 dB 10.5 dB 20 dB
12 dB
15 dB
10 km c)
20 km c)
Typical Distance 550 m a) 2 km b) 10 km c) 40 km c)
Saturation
0 dBm -3 dBm -3 dBm -3 dBm
-1 dBm
-1 dBm
a)
50/125 m, 400 MHz * km or 62.5/125 m, 500 MHz * km @ 850 nm multimode fiber optic cable
b)
62.5/125 m, 750 MHz * km @ 1310 nm multimode fiber optic cable
c)
9/125 m singlemode fiber optic cable
Note: The actual communication distance depends on many factors, including connector loss, cable
deployment, and the age of the cabling system. We recommend doing a link budget analysis and reserving
a 3 dB margin for such factors.
Environmental Limits
Operating temperature
Standard Models: 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 C
(-40 to 167 F)
Storage Temperature
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Warranty
Warranty Period
3 years
Approvals
Security
UL, TUV
SFP-SX

SFP-LSX

SFP-LX

Ordering Data

162

SFP Variants

Type
IE-SFP-1GSXLC
IE-SFP-1GSXLC-T
IE-SFP-1GLSXLC
IE-SFP-1GLSXLC-T
IE-SFP-1GLXLC
IE-SFP-1GLXLC-T
IE-SFP-1GLHXLC
IE-SFP-1GLHXLC-T
IE-SFP-1G10ALC
IE-SFP-1G10ALC-T

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-20 to 75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C

Gigabit-Ethernet, Multimode,
LC Connector, 500 m
Gigabit-Ethernet, Multimode,
LC Connector, 2 km
Gigabit-Ethernet, Singlemode,
LC Connector, 10 km
Gigabit-Ethernet, Singlemode,
LC Connector, 40 km
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector,
10 km, Tx 1310 nm, Rx 1550 nm,
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G10BLC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector,
10 km, Tx 1550 nm, Rx 1310 nm,
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G10ALC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector,
20 km, Tx 1310 nm, Rx 1550 nm,
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G20BLC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector,
20 km, Tx 1550 nm, Rx 1310 nm,
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G20ALC

Part No.
1241490000
1286700000
1241500000
1286710000
1241510000
1286720000
1241520000
1286730000
1241530000
1286740000

IE-SFP-1G10BLC
IE-SFP-1G10BLC-T

0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C

1241540000
1286750000

IE-SFP-1G20ALC
IE-SFP-1G20ALC-T

0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C

1241550000
1286760000

IE-SFP-1G20BLC
IE-SFP-1G20BLC-T

0 to +60 C
-40 to 85 C

1241570000
1286770000

Interfaces
Ethernet Ports
Connectors
Optical Fiber

1
Duplex LC Connector

Fast Ethernet
SFP-M
SFP-S
SFP-L
Wavelength
1300 nm
1310 nm
1550 nm
Max. TX
-18 dBm
0 dBm
0 dBm
Min. TX
-8 dBm
-5 dBm
-5 dBm
RX Sensitivity
-34 dBm
-34 dBm
-34 dBm
Link Budget
26 dB
29 dB
29 dB
40 km b)
80 km b)
Typical Distance
4 km a)
Saturation
0 dBm
-3 dBm
-3 dBm
a)
50/125 m or 62,5/125 m, 800 MHz * km @ 1300 nm multimode fiber optic cable
b)
9/125 m singlemode fiber optic cable
Environmental Limits
Operating temperature
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
Storage Temperature
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Warranty
Warranty Period
3 years
Approvals
Security
UL, TUV

Ordering Data
Port Variants

Type
IE-SFP-1FEMLC-T

Operating
Temperature
-40 to +85 C

Fast Ethernet, Multimode,


LC Connector, 4 km
Fast Ethernet, Singlemode,
LC Connector, 40 km
Fast Ethernet, Singlemode,
LC Connector, 80 km

Part No.
1241450000

IE-SFP-1FESLC-T

-40 to +85 C

1241470000

IE-SFP-1FELLC-T

-40 to +85 C

1241480000

Backup-/Restore module / 19 rack-mounting kit

External Backup and Restore Module for System Configuration

Kit for 19 rack-mounting

For mounting DIN-rail based devices in 19 racks

R educe system downtime by simple reconfiguration in case of replacing devices


Plug-n-Play system backup and restoration
Compact, rugged, reliable design
Can be used for all Weidmuller managed switches and WLAN components

%
Technical Data

Basic Operation
Connection
Configuration
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
Technical Data
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting possibility
Cable Length
Environmental Limits
Operating temperature
Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Warranty
Warranty Period
Approvals
EMI
EMC

Ordering Data

Models
External Backup and Restore Module

Technical Data
RS 232-Interface with RJ45-Connector
Use the WEB-Console of managed Switches
3 to 5 V DC (through the RS 232 ports RTS signal)

Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)

Ordering Data

Models
19" Rack Mounting Kit

481 x 177.8 x 202.4 mm

Type
RM-KIT

Part No.
1241440000

PVC molding, IP 40 protection


32.5 x 97 x 12 mm (8.07 x 3.82 x 0.47 in)
50 g
M4 screw (< 4 mm)
35 cm (including connector)
0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
-20 to 70 C (-4 to 158 F)
5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
5 years
FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 2; EN61000-4-3 (RS),
level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3; EN61000-4-5 (Surge),
level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3

Type
EBR-Modul RS232

Part No.
1241430000

163

Product Overview

Types of Wireless Products


Product Overview
Weidmuller industrial wireless products provide secure
and reliable solutions for a wide range of industries and
applications, as an alternative for signal and data wiring.
These products fall into four groups:

Wireless Meshing I/O, combines multi I/O and/or gateway


functionality with the reliability of secure, scalable mesh
distance communications. The IP-based addressing provides
mesh/self-healing of network communications, multi-hop
repeating and remote over the air re-configuration and
diagnostics. The Meshing I/O units further complemented by
its ease of commissioning and integration into existing plant
infrastructure plus seamless interface with non-meshing
systems.

Wireless I/O, also known as radio telemetry, connect


directly to sensor and control signals, and transmit the signal
values by radio. The signals are either re-created as similar
signals, or output as a data connection Ethernet, Profibus,
Modbus etc. Wireless I/O networks can be as simple as two
units transferring a small number of signals from one point to
another, or they can be complex data-acquisition networks
with multiple master interfaces to external systems.

Wireless Gateways provide wireless connectivity between


data buses - connectivity between devices using the same
data bus, or between different data buses (Ethernet to
Profibus to DeviceNet to Modbus etc). Wireless gateways are
similar in operation to wireless modems, however gateways
only provide a register interface to the data bus, transferring
I/O registers only.

Wireless Modems transmit serial or Ethernet data,


providing a wireless extension of the data link. Example
applications are PLC to PLC connections (point-to-point),
connecting SCADA to a group of PLCs (point-to-multipoint),
or forming a wireless PLC LAN (multidrop). Wireless modems
transmit the data with minimal transformation.

164

Wireless Meshing I/O

Wireless I/O

Wireless Gateways

Wireless Modems

Product Overview

Wireless System Architecture


Weidmullers solutions enable innovative WIB-net
communications protocol specifically designed for highly
reliable and secure operation on open license-free radio
bands. Weidmuller wireless units form a WIB network
Wireless Information Backbone. A WIB is an effective
plant-wide wireless information network for transferring data
and connecting signals and data- buses in a highly efficient
exception-reporting, peer-to-peer network. WIB-net provides
the following features:
Exception-reporting transmissions for maximum
wireless efficiency
Wireless messages are only transmitted whenever
a signal value changes, yielding effective real-time
performance. Integrity check messages ensure reliable
operation of the wireless network as well as signal link
accuracy. Exception-reporting reduces signal traffic to
messages of only real significance.
Error-checking with automatic re-transmission
for high reliability operation

Every radio message has a probability of corruption,


so automatic error detection, acknowledgement, and
re-transmission is critical to reliable operation.

WIB-net will send and then re-transmit up to five times. After


the fifth attempt, a communication failure status is logged
and an alarm set externally.
Polling Example

Exception Example

Peer-to-peer
networking
for maximum
network flexibility
Each Weidmuller
wireless gateway and
transceiver unit can
transmit/receive
directly to/from
any other wireless
gateway and
transceiver, and can
Peer-to-Peer Example
transmit/receive
to/from multiple
wireless units. There are no master units and no slaves.
Any module in a network can talk to any other. Input
signals can be transmitted to multiple destinations.
Wireless mesh structure
WIB-net enables every Weidmuller wireless gateway/
transceiver to act as a repeater to optimize wireless
message propagation. Messages can hop through
multiple gateway/transceiver units to reach a destination.
If these units have a reliable wireless link to at least one
other gateway/transceiver, a wireless mesh forms to
enable reliable links to the
whole network.
High security encryption
WIB-net uses a highly secure data encryption technique
to protect against misuse of wireless data. Weidmuller
wireless networks security matches or exceeds that of
wired networks.

Event-driven communication

Listen-before transmit wireless operation to


maximize the chance of successful message
transmission

Mesh Example

165

Product Overview

Input/Output Mapping
Process signals or sensors convey the value of an input value
to a designated output channel:
System address (15-bit, 1 32768)
Source module address (1 127)
Destination module address (1 127)
Repeater addresses (up to 5 addresses)
Output channel number
I/O signal value (16-bit)
CRC error-checking (16-bit)
All modules in the same system share a unique system
address to avoid cross-talk between systems in the same
radio environment. The configuration software automatically
generates a random system address for each system.
Destination or repeater modules automatically acknowledge
messages when received with a correct error-check value,
except for messages from transmit-only units. If an acknowledgement is not received within 500 milliseconds, the
message is re-transmitted. The message will be transmitted
up to five times with random re-try times. After the fifth
attempt, a comms-fail event will be set, which can be used
to trigger an output alarm or register.
Block Messages
Block messages are similar to other transmissions.
However, signal information is condensed into blocks
and these blocks are sent at programmed intervals. Each
block message contains up to 64 x 16-bits of values. Block
messages are only transmitted or repeated by the wireless
gateway product range (D2 W GMD).
Discrete/digital values can be packed [i.e. up to 1024
(64 x 16)] into a block message and unpacked at the
destination gateway.
Block messaging creates a more robust, reliable,
and efficient system by reducing the chance that
messages will become corrupt, and by minimizing radio
frequencycongestion.
Message Control
The WIB-net protocol is based on exception-reporting for
optimum performance. Messages can be triggered by any of
the following:
Exception change in input value compared to userconfigurable sensitivity values
Update time user-configurable time period since the last
message, individually configured for each I/O register
Real time block mappings only; messages transmitted
on real time values
On demand block mappings only; poll command from
another wireless unit or write command by a connected
databus device

166

Before a message is transmitted, the radio channel is


checked to ensure it is clear (listen-before-transmit). The
message is preceded by a lead-in transmission; the length
depends on the radio model to allow all other units to lock
onto the transmitted message.
Security Encryption
Security encryption of wireless messages is user-selectable.
A 64-bit secure proprietary encryption algorithm is used.
The 64-bit key is randomly generated by the configuration
software and is never disclosed to the user or transmitted
by radio. Configuration files are protected by password, up
to 256 characters.

Application Notes

Application Notes
Factors Affecting Distance & E.R.P
Frequency (as frequency increases, distance
decreasesproportionally)
Receiver sensitivity, antenna gain, cable loss
Noise / interference (the noisier the environment the more
careful you have to be with antenna placement)
Transmitter power, antenna gain, cable loss
Attenuation of radio signal
Heights of antennas, Obstructions in radio path
Other factors Atmospheric, Ground Mineralisation
In most applications it is desirable to have an overall dB
gain as opposed to a loss to ensure good communication
between radios.
Gain Sources
Radios

1 W radio = 30dB Gain


300mW radio = 24dB Gain
100mW radio = 20dB Gain

Antennas

(see antenna selection chart for Antenna dB Gains)

Points of Loss
Connection points

~0.1dB loss per connection

Jumper cables

see cable selection section (p. 53)

Surge Protection

see surge protection section (p. 53)

Bulkhead adapters

see Bulkhead Adapter section (p. 53)

*Sample assembly showing radios, power supply, surge arrestor


(bottom of cabinet), terminals & relays.

WIBnet
WIBnet makes use of all the standard features of the
Weidmuller Wireless radios.
Exception-reporting transmission for maximum
wirelessefficiency.
Wireless messages are only transmitted whenever a signal
value changes, yielding effective real-time performance.
Error-checking with automatic re-transmission for high
reliability operation.
Listen-before-transmit wireless operation to maximize the
chance of successful transmission.
Peer-to-peer networking, giving the maximum
network flexibility.
WIBnet communications protocol is specifically
designed for
highly reliable and secure operation on open
license-free radio bands.

Wireless system flexibility and scalability

Modbus Profibus
DF1
Ethernet IP
DeviceNet

WIBnet provides the following features:


Any of the 900Mhz I/O or Gateway radios can
be used on the WIBnet system
Up to 95 radios can be put into one network

I/O

Messages can hop through multiple units to reach a destination providing each Wireless
I/O unit has a reliable wireless link to at least one other unit. A wireless mesh forms to
ensure reliable links are established within the whole network.
Mass
I/O

...

I/O
Monitoring

I/O

Modbus Profibus
DF1
Ethernet IP
DeviceNet

167

WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway

Wireless I/O
Wireless Meshing I/O Units
Weidmullers WI-I/O-9-U2 combines multi I/O and/or gateway functionality with
the reliability of secure, scalable mesh distance communications. The WI-I/O-9-U2
IP-based addressing provides mesh/self-healing of network communications,
multihop repeating and remote over the air re-configuration and diagnostics. The
WI-I/O-9-U2 is further complemented by its ease of commissioning and integration
into existing plant infrastructure.
Features:
902-928MHz Frequency Shift Keying (FSK): Frequency Hopping Spread
Spectrum Channels/Hop Sets: 50 x 250kHz; 2 frequency channels.
IP Based Wireless MESH Technology @ 1 Watt transmit power.
Self-healing, repeatable, secure communications to 128bit AES
User friendly operation with self discovery of radio path and expansion I/O
Remote over the air re-configuration, firmware upgrade and fault analysis
Scalable, simple to complex, and point to multipoint network design
Block Mapping and Block Messaging technology for ease of system integration
I/O and/or gateway functionality via feature key upgrade
System wide view, localized I/O referencing, and printing/exporting
of configuration

WI-I/O-9-U2 TC
The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC is a thermocouple adapter interface
for the WI-I/O-9-U2 product. The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC provides
greater accuracy by allowing calibration between the
adapter, measurement devices and ambient temperatures.
Temperature measurement accuracy depends on the
measured temperature and ambient temperature. Errors
are a result of both errors in cold junction temperature and
thermocouple voltage measurement. The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC
provides for greater accuracy by allowing calibration of the
cold junction temperature offset value and thermocouple
temperature (i.e. offset calibration).

Dimensions

6.49"

(168 mm)

6.97"

(177 mm)

Supported Thermocouple: Type T


Measurement ranges: -200 to +30C and 0 to +390C
Basic Accuracy (Un-calibrated): +/- 3.5C at -200 to
+30C +/- 2C at 0 to +390C
Calibrated Accuracy: +/- 1C over ambient temperature
range +/- 0.5C at calibration temperature
1.38"

Security and Configuration


Data encryption: 64bit; 128bit AES
Password: https accessibility
User Configuration: Web page; software configuration

168

(35 mm)

5.91"

(150 mm)

WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway

WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway

Quicker, more cost effective commissioning.

Configuring and commissioning time/effort on the WII/


O9U2 has been designed for ease of customer use and
cost savings during commissioning. The configuration
utility allows for simple nomination of I/O points origin
and destination with automatically detecting and routing
the most efficient path to the destination node. This is
complemented by periodic interrogation for optimal path
verification, quick recovery of network communications
and automatic detection of expansion I/O (Weidmullers
WI-I/O-EX-1-S). It also incorporates efficient change of state
radio communications and user configurable I/O or register
periodic reporting of link status (ie update time). All combine
to ensure the user is in charge of network communications.

Radio network efficiency and commissioning of the WI-I/O9-U2 into legacy process control/automation networks is
aided with block mapping and block messaging technology.
Block mapping technology allows end-users to gather
related, non-contiguous data points/registers, into a single
radio message structure and scatter these points at receiving
devices for ease of integration (eg PLC logic, SCADA tags).
Block Mapping Technology
1 Message

Block mapping technology enables non-contiguous data to


be transferred between network devices reducing reprogramming time and associated costs.

Configuration is user friendly by nominating and labelling origin


and destination points, and IP-based addressing
finds the most efficient route.

Remote/local configuration, upgrade and analysis.


Weidmullers IP-based addressing further aids in cost
reduction providing remote analysis and/or upgrade. A user
may perform remote or local over the air re-configuration and
interrogation of nodes for diagnostics and firmware upgrade.
User nominated localized referencing of I/O and system wide
network viewing aids in fault analysis and exporting/printing
of node configuration is supported.

Block mapping technology is complemented by block


messaging technology allowing end users to select
continuous, related, I/O and registers for forwarding to
receiving devices in a single message. Both block mapping
and block messaging combine with highly efficient change
of state, dense capacity radio messaging capabilities
in providing scalable system design for ever growing
application needs.
Block Messaging Technology
2nd Block Message
1st Block Message

Process network
Block messaging communicates continuous blocks of data improving
the efficiency of radio band use and even more scalable network design.

Cost effective, distance IP based mesh networks.

Remote LAN

The WI-I/O-9-U2 combines distance, 900MHz, IP mesh


communications with ease of configuration, local/remote
over the air re-configurability, firmware upgrade and
diagnoses of nodes in the network.
Featuring Weidmullers IP-based addressing technology
with its innovations in network communications efficiency,
the WI-I/O-9-U2 provides for scalable network design for
process control and automation base applications.
Locate LAN
Local/remote over the air
re-configuration, firmware upgrade
and fault analysis with automatic
detection of expansion I/O to
reduce overheads.

Automatic
detection
of expansion I/O

169

WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway

WI-I/O-9-U2

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5kV) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts
or NPN transistor
Analog:
floating differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V, 24VDC for
powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec.
Pulse: (configurable Digital Inputs)
Outputs
Digital

Up to 8 DI (Configurable),
On-state Voltage <2.1V Wetting, Current 5mA
4 AI (2 differential: 2 single ended)
resolution 14bits; accuracy 0.1%
Current Range - 0-24mA
Voltage Range: AI 1,2: 0-25V, AI 3,4: 0-5V
4 PI
DI 1,2: Max. Pulse rate 50kHz, Pulse width min 10us
DI 3,4: Max. Pulse rate 1kHz, Pulse width min 0.2ms
Up to 8 DO (Configurable)
FET (30V DC @ 200mA max.)
On-state Voltage - DO Max: 30 V DC
Wetting Current - DO Max: 200mA

Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop
resistance 1000 ohms

2 AO 0-24mA;
resolution 13bits; accuracy 0.1%

Pulse:
FET 30VDC 200mA max 10kHz

4 PO
DO 1, 2 Max. Pulse rate 50kHz, Pulse width min. 10s
DO 3, 4 Max. Pulse rate 1kHz, Pulse width min 0.2ms

Power Supply
Battery supply
Normal supply
Battery charging circuit
Average Current Draw
Transmit Current Draw
Internal monitoring
Notes
Connections
RS232/RS485
RS232 connection
RS485 connection
Ethernet Port
USB Port
General Data
Frequency
Transmit Power
Transmission
Modulation
Receive Sensitivity
Channel Spacing
Data Rate
Range (LoS)
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Antenna connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

12-15V DC
15-30V DC, over-voltage and reverse power protected
included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
220mA @ 12V DC (Idle), 110mA @ 24V DC (Idle)
500mA @ 12V DC (1W), 250mA @ 24V DC (1W)
power fail and battery voltage
An internal DC/DC converter provides 24V DC 150mA for analog loop
supply.
serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
EIA-562 (RJ45 connector)
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
10/100 BaseT; RJ45 - IEEE 802.3
USB-B connector for configuration
902-982MHz
1mW (+0dBm) to 1W (+30dBm)
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK)
-109dBm @ 19.2Kbps (3% FER)
50 x 250 KHz
19.2-115.2 Kbps Auto Mode selects fastest rate possible relative
to RSSI
32Km (20 mi.) @ 1W
-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)
0-99%RH
EN 300 683; FCC Part 15; AS 3548; 89/336/EEC
DIN-rail mounting
Power, RF, RS232, RS485, D I/O (P I/O), A I/O
1 x SMA female coaxial
180 x 150 x 35 (5.91 x 7.09 x 1.38)
Class 1 Div 2 , CE, IEC60950, IECex
C

US

Ordering Data
Ordering Data
Wireless Mesh I/O 8 DI/O, 4AI, 2AO, 1-4 PI/O
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (software Add-on)
TCP Adaptor (Type T Thermocouple Add-on)

170

Type
WI-I/O-9-U2
WI-I/O 9-U2-GTWY
WI-I/O 9-U2 TC

Part No.
6720005011
6720005012
6720005013

Note: Gateway Software Add-on is licensed to a single WI-I/O-9-U2


Radio Serial number & is not intended for use on multiple radios. When
ordering WI-I/O-9-U2-GTWY alone, please include existing WI-I/O-9-U2
radio Serial Number (printed on the side of the unit).

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units Introduction

Unidirectional Transmitter/
Receiver Units Introduction
Wireless Input/Output (I/O)
Wireless I/O connects directly to analog, discrete and pulse
transducer signals. The signals are transmitted by radio and
either re-created as output signals, or output via serial link or
field-bus.
Weidmuller Wireless I/O units have the ability to form
sophisticated peer-to-peer networks, with event-reporting
messaging to optimize wireless density. Weidmuller
products are designed for high reliability operation on open
license-free radio bands.
WI-I/O 9-L Unidirectional
Transmitter/Receiver Units
The Unidirectional Wireless I/O range of products is suitable
for connecting to a single sensor or group of sensors and
provides an economical solution for remote monitoring
systems. The Unidirectional L products can also be used in
more complex networks as signal transmitters or receivers.
Frequency hopping spread spectrum 902-928 MHz 1W
license-free USA/Canada/Mexico
Configurable sub-bands license-free South America,
Australia/NZ, Asia, Europe
Applications
Wireless connection of flowmeters or energy meters
Monitoring storage tanks
Monitoring cathodic protection on pipelines
Wireless alarms from power reticulation fault relays

Digital Analog
Thermocouple

Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval


Up to 3000 wireless units per network
External inputs plus internally calculated values - analog
setpoint status, pulse count, power supply voltage
Thermocouple input 100 to +100mV with cold-junction
compensation and linearization for J, K or T-type
Setpoints status generated by comparing analog input to
high and low setpoints
Digital inputs can also be used as pulse count inputs
Power supply 9 30Vdc, measured and available as a
transmitted variable
24Vdc analog loop supply internally provided
RS232 Configuration and diagnostics port
C

US

Digital Analog

Features
Matched transmitter/receiver pair of modules,
or individual transmitter and receiver units
Peer-to-peer communications. Exception reporting.
Reliable self-checking messages. Highly secure data
encryption.
Multi-hop repeater functions - up to 5 intermediate units
can be configured in any input-output link
Factory configured as a matched Transmitter/Receiver
pair or user-configurable with E-Series Windows
configuration program
Transmitter unit
Input-only transmitter unit - two digital/pulse inputs, one
analog input and one thermocouple mV input
Transmits to Receiver unit as a matched pair where the
input signals are re-created as output signals, or can
transmit to a Multi-I/O or Gateway unit

171

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units Introduction

Receiver unit
Output-only receiver unit - three digital contact outputs
and one analog output
Receives radio commands from Transmitter unit as a
matched pair where the input signals are re-created as
output signals, or can receive commands from a Multi-I/O
or Gateway unit
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval
Up to 3000 wireless units per network
Power supply 9 30Vdc; 24Vdc analog loop supply
internally provided
Communications failure indication and
configurableoutput
Outputs can be configured as retained or reset (fail-safe)
on communications failure
LED indication of radio signal strength
RS232 Configuration and diagnostics port
C

US

Transmitter/Receiver Unit Ordering Information


Unit Description
WI-I/O 9-L-T
WI-I/O 9-L-R
WI-I/O 9-L-P1
WI-I/O 9-L-P2

Wireless Transmitter (900 MHz)


Wireless Receiver (900 MHz)
900 MHz Wireless Transmitter/ Receiver Pair with two -2 dB Dipole Antennas
900 MHz Wireless Transmitter/ Receiver Pair with two 0 dB Dipole Antennas

Dimensions
Temperature: -40 to 60C / -40 to 140F
Humidity: 0 - 99% RH
Regulatory Approvals: EMC compliant 89/336 EEC,
EN 301 489, AS3548, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC
Part 15.247, RS210
Housing: DIN rail thermo-plastic enclosure 100 x 22 x
120 mm / 3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7 inches
Transmitter Unit: Power/OK, radio TX, DIN1, DIN2,
analog set-point status
Receiver Unit: Power/OK, radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3,
communications fail LEDs also used to provide radio
signal strength indication

WI-I/O 9-L-T
OK
D1
D2
SP
TX
AZ
PG

3.9"

(100 mm)

SET
6720005005

4.7"

(120 mm)

Transmitter Inputs
.09"

(23 mm)

General
Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum
902-928MHz, sub-bands available, 1W
Sensitivity: line-of-sight range 20 miles (4W ERP effective radiated power), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft
/1000 m in obstructed industrial environments; radio
distances can be increased by up to 5 intermediate
transceiver or gateway units
Antenna Connector: SMA connector for antenna or
coaxial cable connection

172

Input Type
Digital
Pulse Total
Analog
Thermocouple
Set Point
Supply Voltage

Source
external
external
external
external
internal
internal

Input values transmitted as per WIB-net protocol -


exception-reporting on signal change, and update time. Up to 5 repeater
addresses, configurable.

Function
status
count
analog
analog
status
analog

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units Introduction

Digital / Pulse Inputs

LED Indication

Two inputs, suitable for voltage-free contacts / NPN,


or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off pulse input max.
rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as 16-bit
register.

Transmitter Unit

Analog Inputs
0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
Floating differential input, resolution 16-bit,
accuracy < 0.1 %
Thermocouple Inputs
Millivolt (-10mV to +100mV), J, K, or T type linearization
with on-board cold-junction compensation
Accuracy better than 1C
Power Supply
Normal Supply: 9 - 30 VDC, power consumption
@12VDC - receiver normal 70mA, max. 250mA
Transmitter normal 70mA, transmitting max. 600mA
Analog loop supply internally generated, 24VDC 35mA
Internal monitoring of supply voltage may be transmitted
as an input (transmitter unit only)

Power/OK, radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, analog


set-point status
Receiver Unit
Power/OK, radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3,
communications fail
LEDs also used to provide radio signal strength indication
Configuration and Diagnostics
Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched
pair, AI to AO, 2DI to 2DO, SP status to DO3 via
RS232 - RJ45 cable
User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can
be configured to network with multi-I/O and
gateway units.
Diagnostics features: read input values, write output
values, radio signal strength, monitor communication
messages

Set-point Status
High and low set-points generate internal digital statusset-point status sets (on) when analog value < low setpoint and resets (off) when analog value > high set-point.
Status is transmitted as per digital input, set-point values
are set via the front panel rotary switch or configuration
software.
Separate set-points for (4-20 mA), thermocouple and
supply inputs are configurable

Receiver Outputs
Digital Outputs
Three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
Analog Outputs
0-20mA, source output, 12-bit resolution,
0.1% accuracy
Communication Failure
Internal status based on configurable time-out value
Comms-fail status can be configured to a local output
Fail-Safe
On comms-fail, outputs user-configurable as retained
last correct value or reset (fail-safe)
Serial Port
RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration
and diagnostics

173

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units 900 MHz

WI-I/O 9-L-T Transmitter

WI-I/O 9-L-R Receiver

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Transmitter Inputs:
Digital:
Pulse:
Analog:
floating differential input:
resolution
accuracy
Thermocouple
Accuracy
Receiver Outputs
Digital
Analog
resolution
accuracy
Comms-Fail

two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN,


or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time.
Pulse counted as 16 bit register.
0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
16 bit
< 0.1 %
Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board
cold-junction compensation
greater than 1C

Fail-safe

Power Supply
Power consumption @12VDC

9-30 VDC
Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent,
during radio transmission (50 msec) 300mA
24VDC 30mA
may be transmitted as an input (Transmitter unit only)

Analog loop supply internally generated


Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status
Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz.
Serial Port
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication: Transmitter Unit
LED indication: Receiver Unit
frequency hopping spread spectrum
Transmit power
Maximum line of sight range

Antenna connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Configuration
Diagnostics

three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A


0-20mA
12 bit
0.10%
Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status
can be configured to a local output.
On comms-fail, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct
value) or reset (fail-safe)
9-30 VDC
Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, during radio
transmission (50 msec) 300mA
24VDC 30mA

RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration


and diagnostics

RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration


and diagnostics

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99% RH
FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN-rail mounting
Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99% RH
FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN-rail mounting

902-928MHz, sub-bands available


1W
20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to
be sent 1 to 5 times.
SMA female coaxial
100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can be
configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio
signal strength, monitor communication messages.

Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail.


902-928MHz, sub-bands available
1W
20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to
be sent 1 to 5 times.
SMA female coaxial
100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can be
configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio
signal strength, monitor communication messages.

Type

Type

Ordering Data
Accessories: DB9 Female-RJ45 Serial configuration cable

174

WI-I/O 9-L-T
WI-CSER-RJ45

Part No.
6720005005
6720005108

WI-I/O 9-L-R
WI-CSER-RJ45

Part No.
6720005006
6720005108

Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units 900 MHz

WI-I/O 9-L-P1
Set - 1 Transmitter, 1 Receiver

WI-I/O 9-L-P2
Set with 2 WI-ANT-DPL-0-8

two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN,


or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as16 bit register.
0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)

two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN, or voltage input
0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as16 bit register.
0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)

16 bit
< 0.1 %
Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board
cold-junction compensation
greater than 1C
three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
0-20mA
12 bit
0.10%
Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status
can be configured to a local output.
On comms-fail, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct
value) or reset (fail-safe)
9-30 VDC
Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent,
during radio transmission (50 msec) 300mA
24VDC 30mA
may be transmitted as an input (Transmitter unit only)

16 bit
< 0.1 %
Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board
cold-junction compensation
greater than 1C
three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
0-20mA
12 bit
0.10%
Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status
can be configured to a local output.
On comms-fail, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct
value) or reset (fail-safe)
9-30 VDC
Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, during radio
transmission (50 msec) 300mA
24VDC 30mA
may be transmitted as an input (Transmitter unit only)

RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration and diagnostics

RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration and diagnostics

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99% RH
FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN-rail mounting
Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status
Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail.
902-928MHz, sub-bands available
1W
20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrial environments.Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to be
sent 1 to 5 times.
SMA female coaxial
100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched pair, AI to AO, 2DI to
2DO, SP status to DO3. User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional
units can be configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio signal
strength, monitor communication messages.

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99% RH
FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN-rail mounting
Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status
Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail. LEDs also used to
provide radio signal strength indication
902-928MHz, sub-bands available
1W
20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to be
sent 1 to 5 times.
SMA female coaxial
100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched pair, AI to AO, 2DI to
2DO, SP status to DO3. User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional
units can be configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio signal
strength, monitor communication messages.

Type
WI-I/O 9-L-P1
Two -2 dB Dipole antennas (6720005086)
Two 3 ft. antenna connecting cables/brackets
One configuration cable

Type
Part No.
WI-I/O 9-L-P2
6720005008
Two 0 dB Dipole antennas (6720005080)
Two 15 ft. antenna connecting cables/brackets
One configuration cable

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Transmitter Inputs:
Digital:
Pulse:
Analog:
floating differential input:
resolution
accuracy
Thermocouple
Accuracy
Receiver Outputs



Digital
Analog
resolution
accuracy
Comms-Fail

Fail-safe
Power Supply
Power consumption @12VDC
Analog loop supply internally generated
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status
Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz.
Serial Port
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication: Transmitter Unit
LED indication: Receiver Unit
frequency hopping spread spectrum
Transmit power
Maximum line of sight range

Antenna connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Configuration
Diagnostics

Ordering Data
Kit Contents

Part No.
6720005007

175

Multi-I/O Units Introduction 900 MHz

WI-I/O 9 Multi I/O Units


A transceiver is a wireless device made
up of a transmitter and receiver. Since
each module can manage both input and
output signals, it can be used to monitor
transducers and control industrial
processes. This module can also be used
as a repeater to relay another wireless
devices transmission, thus increasing
the overall range of the system.

Short distance and long distance applications with


license-free and licensed products
Multi-hop repeater functions up to 5 intermediate units
can be configured in any input/output link
Four versions available
Any input on any unit can be wirelessly linked to
any output on another unit. Inputs can be linked to
multipleoutputs.
Inputs and outputs can be added via additional
serialunits
The units can be pre-programmed to consider analog setpoints, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply voltage,
power supply alarm
Set-point status generated by comparing analog inputs to
high and low set-points. Available on AI1 of -1 units, and
AI1-4 of -2 units.
Pulse inputs generate a separate pulse count value and a
pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
registers with a configurable maximum value.
Wide voltage power supply, with integral UPS battery
charger and solar regulator
Power supply generates internal signal values which can
be transmitted, low normal supply voltage status, low
battery voltage status, and battery voltage (analog)
Multiple communication failure diagnostics with output
status. Fail-to-transmit alarm and fail-to-receive alarm
status.
Radio receives signal and background RF noise
measurement / logging diagnostics
Input measurement display and output
forcingdiagnostics
Communication logging diagnostics
Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available at
www.weidmuller.ca or www.weidmuller.com

Typical Applications
Wireless junction box in a process plant to connect a
large number of signals to other parts of the plant and to
the plant control center
Simple Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) in a SCADA system,
connecting sensors/instrumentation/process signals
in pump stations, sub-stations, pipeline regulator
stations,etc.
Machine-to-Machine wireless connectivity in factories

Features
Class I, Division 2 hazardous areas approved
(USA/Canada); (CSA certified)
Multiple inputs/output channels for monitoring
and control functions
Up to 95 wireless units per network
Each wireless unit can connect to input/output
expansion modules via RS485 multi-drop with up
to 31 expansion modules per wireless unit
Sensor signals connected at one module; input
signals are transmitted to another module where
the signals are re-created as output signals or
passed via serial to a host device such as a PLC
or SCADA system

176

Gas
Analyzer

Metering

ALARM

PLC

Alarms
Plant
Control

Gauges

Multi-I/O Units Introduction 900 MHz

Multi-I/O Unit Ordering Information


WI-I/O 9

-1

-2

-3

-4

Digital inputs

4
Voltage-free contacts

4
Voltage-free contacts

0
Voltage-free contacts

4 16
Voltage-free contacts

Relay + FET

FET

FET

FET

4-20mA

0-20mA/0-10V

4-20mA

0-20mA/0-10V

100Hz

1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz

1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz

100Hz

1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz

1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz

Digital outputs

Analog inputs

Analog outputs

Pulse inputs

Pulse outputs

1 + 3

Note: Pulse and digital inputs are same connection point.

4 - 16
0

4
4

FET = Field Effect Transistor

Dimensions

6.57"

(167 mm)

Regulatory Approvals: EMC FCC Part 15, AS3548,


89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
Certifications: CSA Class I, Division 2 hazardous areas
(USA/Canada)
Housing: extruded aluminum case, 5.1" x 7.4" x 2.4"
(130 x 188 x 60mm) with DIN rail mounting
Removable terminals up to 2.5 mm2 (12 gauge) wires
LED indication for power supply, module status,
digital I/O

7.4"

(188 mm)

Inputs and Outputs*


Digital Inputs
2.16"

(55 mm)

2.4"

(60 mm)

5.1"

Opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage-free


contacts or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5mA
Type-1 & -2 - four inputs
Type-4 - up to 16 inputs (4 inputs + 12 selectable I/O).
The 12 selectable inputs are surge protected, but
not isolated.

(130 mm)

General
Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum
902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable
Power: transmit power 1W, approved to FCC
Part 15.247, RSS210
Sensitivity: receiver data sensitivity 108dBm
Max. Range (line-of-sight): USA/Canada - 4W ERP,
20+ miles. Other countries - 1W ERP, 15+ km depending
on local conditions
Data Rate: 19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
Antenna Connector: SMA female coaxial
Temperature: -40 to 60C / -40 to 140F
Humidity: 0-99% RH

Digital Outputs
Type-1 - four relay, contacts, Form A, AC 50V 5A / DC
30V 2A
Type-2 - 1 FET output 30VDC 500mA
Type-3 - 8 FET output 30VDC 500mA
Type-4 - up to 16 FET output (4 outputs +
12 selectable I/O)
Analog Inputs
Floating differential inputs, common mode voltage
27V. 24VDC for powering external loops provided.
Digital filtering 1 sec.
Type-1 - two 4-20mA resolution 15-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 2-25mA)
Type-2 - six 0-20mA resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0-25mA)

177

Multi-I/O Units Introduction 900 MHz

Analog Outputs
Current sink to common, max. loop voltage 27V, max. loop
resistance 1000 ohms
Type-1 - two 4-20 mA resolution 15-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0.5-25mA)
Type-3 - eight 0-20 mA resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0-20.5mA)
Pulse Inputs
Specifications as per digital inputs, max. pulse rate 100Hz,
pulse width min. 5 ms
Type-1 - one input (DI1)
Type-2 - four inputs (DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max.
1000Hz, pulse width min. 0.5 ms
Type-4 - four inputs (DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max.
1000Hz, pulse width min. 0.5 ms
Pulse Outputs
FET 30VDC 500mA max. 100Hz
Type-1 - one
Type-3 & -4 - four
Power Supply
Battery Supply: 11.5-15.0 VDC
Normal Supply: 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage
and reverse power protected
Internal monitoring of power fail, solar charge status,
and battery voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring.
Internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for
analog loop supply
Battery charging circuit included for 1.2-12 AHr
sealedbattery
Solar regulator for direct connection of solar panel
(up to 30W) and solar battery (100AHr)
Serial Port
A serial port can be used to configure transceivers and
to hard wire one transceiver to another when desired.
This connection avoids the need to add wireless nodes
to circumvent impenetrable obstructions, and provides a
redundant path for critical applications.
RS232/RS485 serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity,
1 stop bit
RS232 9 pin DB9 female connector
RS485 terminal connections (max. cable distance 2000m)

178

Muti-I/O Units 900 MHz

WI-I/O 9-2

WI-I/O 9-1

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts
or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5 mA
Analog: floating differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V,
24VDC for powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec.
Pulse: as per digital inputs,
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Outputs
Digital
Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop
resistance 1000 ohms
Pulse: FET 30VDC 500mA max 100Hz
Power Supply
Battery supply
Normal supply
Battery charging circuit
Solar regulator
Internal monitoring
Notes
Serial Port
RS232/RS485
RS232 connection
RS485 connection
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Antenna connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

four inputs

four inputs

two 4-20mA resolution 15 bit, accuracy 0.1%

six 0-20mA/0-10V resolution 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%

one input (DI1)

four input(DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max 1000Hz,


pulse width min 0.5ms

4 (1 Relay Form A, AC, 50V 5A/ DC 30V 2A; 3 FET)


two 4-20 mA resolution 15 bit, accuracy 0.1%

one FET output 30VDC 500mA


one
11.5-15.0 VDC
12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage and
reverse power protected
included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr)
power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog loop
supply.

11.5-15.0 VDC
12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage and
reverse power protected
included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr)
power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog loop
supply.

serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit


9pin DB9 female connector
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit


9pin DB9 female connector
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99%RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
DIN rail mounting
For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
SMA female coaxial
130 x 188 x 60 (5.1 x 7.4 x 2.4)
Class 1 Div 2

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99%RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
DIN rail mounting
For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
SMA female coaxial
130 x 188 x 60 (5.1 x 7.4 x 2.4)
Class 1 Div 2

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable

WI-I/O 9-1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005000
6720005105

Type
WI-I/O 9-2
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005001
6720005105

179

Muti-I/O Units 900 MHz

WI-I/O 9-3

WI-I/O 9-4

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts
or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5 mA
Analog: floating differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V,
24VDC for powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec.
Pulse: as per digital inputs,
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Outputs
Digital
Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop
resistance 1000 ohms
Pulse: FET 30VDC 500mA max 100Hz
Power Supply
Battery supply
Normal supply
Battery charging circuit
Solar regulator
Internal monitoring
Notes
Serial Port
RS232/RS485
RS232 connector
RS485 connector
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Antenna Connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

up to 16 inputs (4 inputs + 12 selectable I/O) the 12 selectable inputs


are surge protected but not isolated

four input(DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max 1000Hz,


pulse width min 0.5ms

eight FET output 30VDC 500mA


eight 0-20 mA resolution 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%

up to 16 FET output (4 outputs + 12 selectable I/O)


four (DO1-4)

four (DO1-4)

11.5-15.0 VDC
12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage
and reverse power protected
included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr)
power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog
loop supply.

11.5-15.0 VDC
12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage
and reverse power protected
included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr)
power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog
loop supply.

serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit


9pin DB9 female connector
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit


9pin DB9 female connector
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99%RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
DIN rail mounting
For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
SMA female coaxial
130 x 188 x 60 (5.1 x 7.4 x 2.4)
Class 1 Div 2

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99%RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
DIN rail mounting
For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
SMA female coaxial
130 x 188 x 60 (5.1 x 7.4 x 2.4)
Class 1 Div 2

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable

180

WI-I/O 9-3
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005002
6720005105

Type
WI-I/O 9-4
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005003
6720005105

Expansion I/O Units Introduction 900 MHz/2.4GHz/5.8GHz

WI-I/OEX
Expansion I/O Units (Serial I/O)
The WI-I/O-EX is a wired device capable of
interfacing with other Weidmuller wireless
radios to increase the number of signals
radios can monitor/control. They can also
be used as a slave to any Modbus control
system.
Typical Applications
Expansion I/O for WI-I/O 9 wireless
units and WI-MOD units
up to 31 x WI-I/O-EX units can be connected to each
wireless unit via RS485 (up to 2 km long). Serial I/O
multiplexer
transfer I/O via RS485 up to 32 units per multi-drop link.
Expansion I/O for Modbus devices
up to 31 x WI-I/O-EX units can be connected to each
Modbus master via RS485 (up to 2 km long).

I/O

I/O

RS485
I/O

Connect up to 99 x WI-I/O-EX
units as multi-drop Modbus
I/O (RS485 extenders/isolators
required for more than 31units
per single multi-drop length)
RS485 multi-drop up to 2 km
(1 mile) depending on installation
RS485
environment
Three I/O versions available
Peer-to-peer communications;
Up to 32 Units
Exception reporting; Reliable selfchecking messages; Any input
on any unit can be linked to any
output on any unit. Inputs can be
linked to multiple outputs; Serial
communications 9.6Kb/s
Alternate Modbus RTU or Modbus
ASCII slave protocol, serial communications configurable
up to 115.2Kb/s, 7or 8 data bit format
External I/O plus internally calculated values - analog
setpoint status, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply
voltage, power supply alarm
Setpoint status generated by comparing analog inputs to
high and low setpoints

I/O

RS485
I/O
I/O

I/O

Data
Bus

I/O

Features
Multi I/O channels monitoring and control functions
Connected via RS485 multi-drop
Selectable communications via WIB-net or Modbus
protocol (both RTU and ASCII formats)
Sensor signals connected at one module (input signals)
are transmitted to another module where the signals are
re-created as output signals, or passed via serial to a host
device such as a PLC or SCADA system
Connect to WI-I/O 9 wireless I/O units for up to 31 serial
addresses per wireless unit
Connect WI-I/O-EX units together to form a serial
multi-drop I/O system - up to 32 serial addresses
per multi-drop link no Master device is required to
controlcommunications

I/O

I/O

Analog inputs selectable as floating dual-terminal inputs


or commoned single-terminal inputs; Configurable current
(0-10/0-20/4-20mA) or voltage (0-5/0-10/1-5V).
Analog outputs selectable as single-terminal source or
sink outputs. Configurable current (0-10/0-20/4-20mA)
or voltage (0-5/0-10/1-5V). Configurable scaling, zero and
span parameters.
Pulse inputs generate separate pulse count value and a
pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
registers with a configurable maximum value.

181

Expansion I/O Units Introduction

Multiple communication-failure diagnostics with output


status. Fail-to-transmit alarm and fail-to-receive alarm
status.
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval
Input measurement display and output forcing
diagnostics.
Communication logging diagnostics.
Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available at
www.weidmuller.ca or weidmuller.com
C

US

Serial Unit Ordering Information



67200005038 67200005039 67200005040
WI-I/O-EX -11 -12 -13
Digital inputs

Digital outputs
Analog inputs

Analog outputs

Pulse inputs

Pulse outputs

up to 16

up to 16
0

0

4
1KHz
8
100Hz

up to 8
Voltage-free contacts
up to 8
4 floating/ 8 commoned
0-20mA / 0-10V
0

0

up to 8

8 sink / source
0-20mA / 0-10V
0

8
100Hz

8
100Hz

up to 8
0

Note: Digital inputs and outputs are combined channels. When a channel is used as an output, it is not available as an input. Pulse and digital I/O are same connection.

Dimensions
General Specifications

6.49"

6.97"

(168 mm)

(177 mm)

Temperature: -40 to 60C / -40 to 140F


Humidity: 0-99% RH
Regulatory Approvals: EMC FCC Part 15, AS3548,
89/336/EEC
Certifications: CSA Class I, Division 2 hazardous
areas (USA/Canada)
Housing: high density thermo-plastic, 5.91" x 6.97" x
1.38" (150 X 177 x 35mm) with DIN rail mounting
Removable terminals up to 12 gauge (2.5 mm2) wires
LED indication for power supply, processor OK, serial
TX and RX, digital I/O

1.38"
(35 mm)

5.91"
(150 mm)

182

Expansion I/O Units Introduction

Inputs and Outputs

Pulse Inputs

Digital Inputs

Specifications as per digital inputs, max. pulse rate 1kHz,


pulse width min. 0.5 ms
Type -11- 4 inputs (DIO1-4)

Suitable for voltage-free contacts or NPN transistor,


contact wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected
Type -11 - up to 16 selectable I/O
Type -12, -13, - up to 8 selectable I/O
Digital Outputs
Field Effect Transistor (FET) outputs, 30VDC 200mA
Type -11 - up to 16 selectable I/O
Type -12, -13, - up to 8 selectable I/O
Analog Inputs
Floating differential inputs, common mode voltage
27V, 24VDC for powering external loops provided,
0-20mA/0-10V, resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
Type-12 - 8 input channels, selectable as 4 dual-terminal
floating inputs or 8 single-terminal
commoned inputs
Analog Outputs
Selectable as current/voltage source or current sink to
common, max. loop voltage 27V, max. loop resistance
1000 ohms, 0 20mA/0 10V, 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
Type -13 - 8 channels

Pulse Outputs
Specifications as per digital outputs, max. pulse
rate100Hz, pulse width min. 5ms
Type -11,-12,-13, - 8 outputs (DIO1-8)
Power Supply
Battery Supply: 9 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse
power protected
Internal monitoring of supply voltage. These values may
be transmitted to remote modules for monitoring.
Internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 250mA for
analog loop supply
Serial Port
RS485 serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7 or 8
data bits, none/even/odd parity, 1 or 2 stop bits
RS232 configuration port 9 pin DB9 female connector,
9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
RS485 max cable distance 2000m terminal connections

183

Expansion I/O Units 900 MHz/2.4 GHz/5.8GHz

WI-I/O-EX-1-S-11

WI-I/O-EX-1-S-12

up to 16 selectable I/O

up to 8 selectable I/O

8 input channels, selectable as 4 dual-terminal floating inputsor 8


single-terminal commoned inputs.

4 inputs (DIO1-4)

up to 16 selectable I/O
8 outputs (DIO1-8)

up to 8 selectable I/O
8 outputs (DIO1-8)

10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected Internal


monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides
24VDC 150mA for analog loop supply.

10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected Internal


monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides
24VDC 150mA for analog loop supply.

serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity,


1 / 2 stop bits
configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity,


1 / 2 stop bits
configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99% RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC
DIN rail mounting
power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX,
digital I/O
150 x 177 x 35 (5.91 x 6.97 x 1.38)
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0-99% RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC
DIN rail mounting
power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX,
digital I/O
150 x 177 x 35 (5.91 x 6.97 x 1.38)
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: suitable for voltage free contacts or NPN transistor, contact
wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected
Analog: floating differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V, 24VDC for
powering external loops provided, 0-20mA/0-10V resolution 12 bit, accuracy
0.1%
Pulse: specifications as per digital inputs Max pulse rate 1kHz, pulse
width min 0.5ms
Outputs
Digital: FET outputs, 30VDC 200mA
Pulse: specifications as per digital outputs
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Power Supply


Serial Port
RS485
RS232 connector
RS485 connector
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-11

184

Part No.
6720005038

Type
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-12

Part No.
6720005039

Expansion I/O Units 900 MHz/2.4 GHz/5.8GHz

WI-I/O-EX-1-S-13

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: suitable for voltage free contacts or NPN transistor, contact
wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected
Outputs
Digital: FET outputs, 30VDC 200mA
Analog: selectable as current/voltage source or current sink to
common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop resistance 1000 ohms, 0
20mA/0 10V, 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%
Pulse: specifications as per digital outputs
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Power Supply


Serial Port
RS485
RS232 connector
RS485 connector
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

up to 8 selectable I/O

up to 8 selectable I/O
8 channels

8 outputs (DIO1-8)
10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected. Internal
monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides
20VDC 150mA for analog loop supply.
serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity,
1 / 2 stop bits
configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)
0-99% RH
FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC
DIN rail mounting
power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX,
digital I/O
150 x 177 x 35 (5.91 x 6.97 x 1.38)
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas
C

US

Ordering Data
Type
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-13

Part No.
6720005040

185

Transmitter (Single Sensor Units)Introduction

WI-I/O 9-K Transmitter (Single Sensor Units)

Multi-hop repeater functions - up to 5 intermediate units


can be configured in any input-output link
External inputs plus internally calculated values - analog
setpoint status, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply
voltage, power supply alarm
Setpoint status generated by comparing analog input to
high and low setpoints.
Pulse inputs generate separate pulse count value and a
pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
registers with a configurable maximum value.
Power supply generates internal I/O values that can be
transmittedlow normal supply voltage status, low battery
voltage status and battery voltage (analog)
Can connect to up/down counter transducers such as
shaft-encoders
Easily configured to repeat the transmission several times
to ensure that the transmission is received correctly
Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available
at www.weidmuller.ca or weidmuller.com

The Single Sensor Wireless I/O range


of products is suitable for connecting
to a single sensor or group of sensors
and provides an economical solution
for remote monitoring systems.
Capable of being powered by batteryonly supplies, these products are
particularly suitable where power is not
available.
F
 requency hopping spread
spectrum 902-928 MHz 1W,
license-free USA/Canada/Mexico
C
 onfigurable sub-bands licensefree South America, Australia/NZ,
Asia, Europe available on request
Applications



Wireless connection of flowmeters or energy meters


Monitoring of storage tanks
Monitoring cathodic protection on pipelines
Wireless alarms from power reticulation fault-relays
Direct I/O
Direct I/O
Repeater

Digital
Analog
Pulse

Digital
Analog
Pulse

Direct I/O

Direct I/O
PC
DCS
SCADA
PLC

Features
Input-only unit - two digital/pulse one analog
Networks with Multi-I/O and Gateway units
Analog Loop Supply for field devices
Sensor signals (inputs) are transmitted to a Multi-I/O
module where the signals are re-created as output
signals, or passed via serial or Ethernet data bus to a host
device such as a PLC or SCADA system.
Extremely low power consumption by reverting to sleep
mode
Multiple power supply options including battery-only
supply
Weatherproof IP66 / NEMA 4 enclosures
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval
Up to 3000 wireless units per network
Any input on any unit can be wirelessly linked to any
output on any unit. Inputs can be linked to multiple
outputs.
Peer-to-peer communications. Exception reporting.
Reliable self-checking messages. Highly secure data
encryption.
C

186

US

Direct I/O

WI-I/O 9-K Transmitter Ordering Information


Unit Description
WI-I/O-9-K

Wireless Transmitter (900 MHz)

Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) 900 MHz

Dimensions

Digital Inputs
Two inputs, suitable for voltage-free contacts / NPN, or
voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
Status transmission on change of input signal and on time
elapsed since last transmission - update time period 10
sec. - 5 days, a separate update time can be configured
when the discrete input is on
5.1"
(150 mm)

6.7"
(170 mm)

Pulse Inputs

1.4"
(36 mm)

2.5"
(64 mm)

General Specifications
Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum
902-928MHz, sub-bands available
Power: 1W
Max. Range (line-of-sight): 20 miles (4 ERP),
15km (1 ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrialenvironments
Antenna Connector: SMA connector
Temperature: -40 to 60C / -40 to 140 F
Humidity: 0-99% RH
Regulatory Approvals: approved to FCC Part15.247,
RS210; EMC compliant 89/336 EEC, EN 300 683,
AS3548, FCC Part 15
Housing: weatherproof (IP66) painted aluminum
enclosure 170 x 64 x 36mm/ 6.7 x 2.5 x 1.4 inches;
weatherproof connector for external connections
Each transmission may be configured to be sent 1 to 5
times
LED indicators - radio TX, operation OK
High and low set-points generate internal digital status.
Set-point status sets (on) when analog value <low setpoint and resets (off) when analog value > highset-point
status transmitted as per digital input.
Input Type

Source

Function

Digital
Pulse Total
Pulse Rate
Analog
Set-point
Supply Voltage
Supply Low Voltage

external
external
internal
external
internal
internal
internal

status
count
analog
analog
status
analog
status

Pulse input max. rate 100 Hz, 3 msec on time (1000Hz


available using a 1/10 divider). Pulse counted as 16bit register with a 16-bit overflow register (total count
32-bit). Transmissions occur when count change
exceeds configured increase or on time elapsed since
last transmission. Update time 10 sec. - 5 days. Changeof-state transmissions may be suspended if increase
exceeds a configured value to reduce radio traffic.
Up/Down Pulse Count: the two pulse inputs may be
configured to a single count to suit quadrature or
incremental shaft encoder transducers.
Pulse Rate: calculated from rate of pulse input and treated
as an internal analog input. Configurable scaling. Trans
mitted as per analog input.
Analog Inputs
0-25 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA) available all models, 0-10V
also available floating differential input, resolution
12-bit, accuracy < 0.1 % measurement continuous
or sampled, sample time configurable 0 -9.1 hours,
transducer warm-up time configurable 0.5-127 sec.
Analog value transmitted on change of input signal or
time elapsed since last transmission, change sensitivity
configurable from 0.7-75%, update time configurable
from 0.1 min. - 5 days
Power Supply
Battery Supply: WI-BP-I/O-9-K Battery pack,
6 x AA batteries, 9 VDC
Normal Supply: 6-30 VDC, power consumption @12VDC quiescent (sleep mode) 120A, operating mode 10mA +
analog loop during radio transmission (50 - 100 msec.)
300mA @ 1W
Analog loop supply internally generated (24VDC)
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status maybe
transmitted to remote modules as an input
Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz
Set-point Status
High and low set-points generate internal digital status.
Set-point status sets (on) when analog value <low
set-point and resets (off) when analog value > high
set-point. Status transmitted as per digital input.
Serial Port
RS232 DB9 female DCE used for configuration
and diagnostics

187

Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) Battery Pack

Battery Pack

Specifications

The WI-BP-I/O-9-K is a battery pack


for the WI-I/O-9-K wireless device. The
battery pack is used in applications
where power lines are either not
installed or not allowed.

WI-BP-I/O-9-K

WI-BP-I/O 9-K Battery Pack Ordering Information

Applications

Unit Description
WI-BP-I/O-9-K

Used to power WI-I/O-9-K units atop


of water tanks for monitoring fluid
level
Used to power WI-I/O-9-K units to
monitor pipeline cathodes
Features
9V, 6 AA alkaline batteries
Housed in a weatherproof (IP66)
enclosure

Dimensions

5.1"

(150 mm)

6.7"

(170 mm)

1.4"

(36 mm)

2.5"

(64 mm)

188

Class I, Division 2
E
 xpected Life:1 month to 1 year, depending on usage
and power settings (WI-BP-I/O-9-K will indicate low
battery status)

Battery Pack for WI-I/O-9-K

Transmitter (SingleSensor Units)

WI-I/O-9-K

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Inputs:
Digital:
Pulse:

Up/Down Pulse Count
Pulse Rate
Analog:
resolution
accuracy
sample time configurable
transducer warm-up time configurable
analog value transmitted on change of input signal or time elapsed
since last transmission,
change sensitivity configurable
update time configurable
Setpoint Status

Power Supply
Power consumption @12VDC
Power consumption during radio transmission
(50 - 100 msec)
Analog loop supply internally generated
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status
Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz.
General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum
Transmit power
Maximum line of sight range
Receiver data sensitivity
Data rate
Antenna connector
Dimensions mm (in)
Approvals

two digital/pulse inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN, or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
status transmission on change of input signal and on time elapsed since last transmission - update time period 10 sec - 5days, a separate update
time can be configured when the discrete input is on
Pulse rate up to 1000 Hz, 3 msec on time. Pulse counted as 16 bit register with a 16 bit overflow register (total count 32 bit). Transmissions occur
when count change exceeds configured increase, or on time elapsed since last transmission; update time 10 sec - 5 days ; change transmissions
may be suspended if increase exceeds a configured value to reduce radio traffic.
the two pulse inputs may be configured to a single count, to suit quadrature or incremental shaft encoder transducers.
calculated from rate of pulse input and treated as an internal analog input. Configurable scaling. Transmitted as per analog input.
one analog input 0-25 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
0-10V also available floating differential input
12 bit
< 0.1 % measurement continuous or sampled
1 min - 5 days
0.5-127 sec
0.7-75%
0.1min - 5 days
high and low setpoints generate internal digital status
setpoint status sets (on) when analog value < low setpoint and resets (off) when analog value > high setpoint
status transmitted as per digital input
6 - 30VDC
quiescent (sleep mode) 120A, operating mode 10mA + analog loop
300mA @ 1W, 220A @ 500mW
100mA @ 100mW, 50mA @ 10mW
Yes
may be transmitted to remote modules as an input

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99% RH
compliant 89/336 EEC, EN 300 683, AS3548, FCC Part 15
Radio TX, Operation OK
902-928MHz, sub-bands available
1W
20miles (4W ERP), 15 km (1W ERP)
-108 dBm
19.2 Kbs with forward error correction
SMA female coaxial
170 x 64 x 36 (6.7 x 2.5 x 1.4)
Housing - IP66 NEMA4; FCC Part 15.247, RS210, Class 1, Div. 2

US

Ordering Data
Type
Battery Pack (optional)
Plug and Lead-1 meter (included w/ radio)

WI-I/O-9-K
WI-BP-I/O-9-K
WI-PLI-9-K

Part No.
6720005004
6720005112
6720005113

189

Wireless Gateways Introduction

Wireless Gateways WI-GTWY-9

Main benefits:

Wireless gateways interface between


other Weidmuller wireless devices and
control systems (such as PLCs, DCS,
and SCADA). In addition to channeling
the wireless network data into one
central control system, they can also act
as an eight input/output transceiver.

Wireless extension of factory automation, providing a


high security firewall. The wireless gateway connects
to a databus and transfers I/O values to another
wireless gateway unit via WIB-net communications.
The other gateway interfaces to its own databus.
Multiple gateway units can communicate in a WIB
peer-to-peer network.
T
 here is an efficient wireless protocol conversion in
the modules enabling an efficient transfer of data to
Modbus, Profibus, Ethernet and DeviceNet.
Interface between PLCs, DCS, HMI, or SCADA and
Weidmuller wireless units. The wireless gateway
keeps an image of the remote wireless network in its
memory and interfaces this image to the databus.
N
 etwork wireless units and gateways to connect sensor
signals and control systems

Applications
Wirelessly connect PLCs on a new machine to an
existing factory automation system
Interface different automation systems in different
sections of a plant
Connect protocol devices into a common
wirelessnetwork
Weidmuller wireless units are used to wirelessly
transmit signals for PLCs or DCS
Wireless gateways connect to popular process control and
automation databuses, and convert signal information to the
proven WIB-net wireless protocol.
Direct I/O

Features
C
 onnects to data bus at full bus speed (e.g. 12Mb/s for
Profibus, 100Mb/s for Ethernet)
P
 rovides Protocol Conversion (Profibus, Modbus,
Ethernet, DeviceNet)
C
 an interconnect master-slave, slave-slave
and master-master
Interconnects different data buses - wireless
protocol conversion
Provides a peer-to-peer wireless network using WIB-net
High security data encryption
Automatic acknowledgment and error-correction
Multiple path routing
E
 ight on-board discrete I/O, individually configurable
as input or output
N
 etwork configuration is performed with easy-to-use
free software
W
 ide range power supply with integral back-up
battery-charging feature
Frequency hopping spread spectrum
902-928 MHz 1W license-free USA/Canada/Mexico
C
 onfigurable sub-bands license-free South America,
Australia/NZ, Asia, Europe available on request

Interconnection Flexibility

190

Profibus

Ethernet

Modbus

DF1

Wireless Gateways Introduction

Dimensions

LED indication for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial


TX and RX, active status
Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable;
RS232 or RS485, 300 - 19200 bits/sec.
Inputs and Outputs
Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or
output. Inputs suitable for voltage-free contacts. Outputs
are FET, 30VDC 500mA.

6.57"

(167 mm)

7.2"

(183 mm)

Power Supply

2.16"

(55 mm)

2.4"

(60 mm)

Battery Supply: battery charging circuit included for


12V back-up battery, max. charge current regulated
to 0.7A (>12V supply)
Normal Supply: 9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Normal current drain: 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA add 5mA
per active I/O, current drain during radio transmission,
add to above: 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA
Set-point Status

5.1"

(130 mm)

General Specifications
Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum 902928 MHz, sub-bands configurable
Power: transmit power 1W, approved to FCC Part
15.247, RSS210
Sensitivity: receiver data sensitivity 108 dBm
Max. Range (line-of-sight): USA/Canada, 4W ERP 20+
miles; other countries, 1W ERP, 15+ km depending on
local conditions
Data Rate:19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
Antenna Connector: SMA female coaxial
Temperature: -40 to 60C / -40 to 140F
Humidity: 0 - 99% RH
Regulatory Approvals: EMC Compliant EN 301 489,
FCC Part 15
Certifications: Class I, Division 2 (USA, Canada)
Housing: extruded aluminum case 130 x 183 x 60 mm,
5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4 inches, DIN-rail mounting, removable
terminal blocks for ease of module replacement, terminals
suitable for 12 gauge
(2.5 mm2) wire
Radio communications can be configured for
combination of event-reporting (change-of-state),
update time, read/write blocks, and poll response.
Radio message includes system addressing, unit
addressing, error-checking, and configurable security
encryption. Communication control includes message
acknowledgments and up to four re-transmissions.
Peer-to-peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through five intermediate repeater addresses.
Fail-to-transmit and fail-to-receive alarms
are configurable

Modbus 4300 I/O points (analog plus discrete)


Serial Port
RS232 9 pin DB9 female connector
RS485 terminal connections
Configuration and Diagnostics
Diagnostics include online read/write of I/O registers,
radio signal strength values from remote units, and off-line
testing of databus protocol.

191

Wireless Gateways 900 MHz

C1D2

WI-GTWY-9-MD1
Modbus (Master & Slave), DF1

WI-GTWY-9-PR1
Profibus DP Slave

US

Radio communications can be configured for


combination of event reporting (change-of-value),
update time, read/write blocks and poll response.
Radio message includes system addressing, unit
addressing, error checking and configurable security
encryption. Communication control includes message
acknowledgments and up to four re-transmissions.
Peer to peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through four intermediate repeater addresses. Fail-totransmit and fail-to-receive alarms configurable
Technical Data
Power Supply

9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A
(>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
4300 I/O points (analog plus discrete)

9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O

Register Size
Number of remote WI-GTWY-9 addresses
General Data

16 bit
500

Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above


416 I/O bytes up to 1952 DI/1952 DO, or up to
122 AI/122 AO
16 bit
500

Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


0 - 99 %RH
EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, active status

0 to 60C (30 to 140F)


0 - 95 %RH
EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, active status

Dimensions mm (in)

130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)

130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)

Wireless Communications

Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable. RS232 or RS485,


300 - 19200 bits/sec.
Allen-Bradley DF1 full-duplex. RS232 only, 300 - 19200 bits/sec.

On-board I/O

Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs


suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

Profibus-DP functionality according to EN 50170.


Modbus RTU
RS-485 optically isolated with on-board DC/DC converter, automatic
baudrate detection (9600 bit/s - 12 Mbit/s)
Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

Current drain during radio transmission


I/O Capacity

Configuration
Diagnostics
Radio Transceiver
Frequency hopping spread spectrum
Transmit power
Receiver data sensitivity
Maximum line-of-sight range
Data rate
Antenna connector
Approvals

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable

192

WI-GTWY-9-MD1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005020
6720005105

Type
WI-GTWY-9-PR1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005021
6720005105

Wireless Gateways 900 MHz

C1D2

WI-GTWY-9-ET1
Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP,
TCP/IP functions

WI-GTWY-9-PR2
Profibus DP Master

US

Radio communications can be configured for


combination of event reporting (change-of-value),
update time, read/write blocks and poll response.
Radio message includes system addressing, unit
addressing, error checking and configurable security
encryption. Communication control includes
message acknowledgments and up to four retransmissions. Peer to peer addressing. Messages
may be routed through four intermediate repeater
addresses. Fail-to-transmit and fail-to-receive alarms
configurable
Technical Data
Power Supply




9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to 4300 discrete I/O
points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out
16 bit
500

9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to 4300 discrete I/O
points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out
16 bit
500

Operating Temperature
Humidity

0 to 60C (30 to 140F)


0 - 95 %RH

0 to 60C (30 to 140F)


0 - 95 %RH

EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication

EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status
130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)
Profibus-DP functionality according to EN 50170.
RS-485 optically isolated with on-board DC/DC converter, automatic
baudrate detection
(9600 bit/s - 12 Mbit/s)

Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status
130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)
10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 connector, Transformer isolated interface
Modbus/TCP class 0, class 1 and partially class 2 slave
EtherNet/IP level 2 I/O Server
Embedded Web system (Dynamic HTTP), on-board file system (1.4MB
flash disc), user downloadable web pages through FTP server, Email
functionality (SMTP)
Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

Current drain during radio transmission


I/O Capacity
Register Size
Number of remote WI-GTWY-9 addresses
General Data

Dimensions mm (in)
Wireless Communications

On-board I/O
Configuration
Diagnostics
Radio Transceiver
Frequency hopping spread spectrum
Transmit power
Receiver data sensitivity
Maximum line-of-sight range
Data rate
Antenna connector
Approvals

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable

WI-GTWY-9-PR2
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005022
6720005105

Type
WI-GTWY-9-ET1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005023
6720005105

193

Wireless Gateways 900 MHz

C1D2

WI-GTWY-9-M+1
Modbus Plus Slave

WI-GTWY-9-DE1
DeviceNet Slave

US

Radio communications can be configured for


combination of event reporting (change-of-value),
update time, read/write blocks and poll response.
Radio message includes system addressing, unit
addressing, error checking and configurable security
encryption. Communication control includes message
acknowledgments and up to four re-transmissions.
Peer to peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through four intermediate repeater addresses. Fail-totransmit and fail-to-receive alarms configurable
Technical Data
Power Supply






Current drain during radio transmission
I/O Capacity
Register Size
Number of remote WI-GTWY-9 addresses
General Data
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication
Dimensions mm (in)
Wireless Communications

On-board I/O
Configuration
Diagnostics
Radio Transceiver
Frequency hopping spread spectrum
Transmit power
Receiver data sensitivity
Maximum line-of-sight range
Data rate
Antenna connector
Approvals

9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A
(>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
512 bytes input and 512 bytes output up to
4300 discrete I/O points, or up to 256 analog in / 256 analog out
16 bit
500

9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A
(>12V supply)
Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to
4300 discrete I/O points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out
16 bit
500

0 to 60C (30 to 140F)

0 to 60C (30 to 140F)

0 - 95 %RH
EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status
130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)
DeviceNet 2.0 Slave, optically isolated RS422 with selectable baudrate
between 125, 250 and 500 Kbit/sec.


Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

0 - 95 %RH
EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
DIN rail mounting,
for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status
130 x 183 x 60 (5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4)
Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable. RS232 or RS485,
300 - 19200 bits/sec.
Modbus Plus Slave, optically isolated RS485 with standard baudrate
of 1 Mbit/sec, global data base transactions with routing for up to six
networks.
Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
via free Windows software
on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable


1W
-108dBm
USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2

US

US

Ordering Data
Type
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable

194

WI-GTWY-9-DE1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005024
6720005105

Type
WI-GTWY-9-M+1
WI-CSER-905-9

Part No.
6720005025
6720005105

Wireless Data ModemsIntroduction

Wireless Data Modems


Wireless data modems connect to serial or Ethernet links
and transmit the data wirelessly. The modem controls the
wireless messages and data ports to provide a transparent
data transfer.
Wireless Serial Data (Radio Modems)
RS232 and RS485 connections
Industrial power supplies, industrial temperature rating
900 MHz RADIO MODEM (SERIAL DATA)
Features
License-free operation in North
and South America
Wireless data up to 115.2 Kb/s
902-928 MHz, 1W, frequency
hopping spread spectrum
Typical line-of-sight distance 20
miles North America
(4W ERP)
One serial data portRS232 and
RS485 connections provided
Serial data up to 115.2Kb/s
Configuration by Hayes AT commands or Windows
Configuration software
Modes of Operation
Transparent mode broadcast, multi-drop operation
configurable error-checking, unlimited repeaters
(store & forward).
Controlled mode addressable point-to-point operation,
authentication and automatic re-tries, addressed
repeaterrouting.
900 MHz WIRELESS ETHERNET MODEM
Features
The 900 MHz modem is an ideal
solution for Ethernet connections
in process control and automation
applications - PLCs, DCS,
SCADA, data acquisition it
can handle multiple applications
simultaneously.
10/100 BaseT Ethernet,
wireless data up to
200 Kbits/sec.
902-928 MHz, 0.1 - 1W
Data rates up to 54 Mbps
Typical line-of-sight distance 20 miles (4W ERP), up to 60
miles using high gain antennas (4W ERP)
Configurable as Access Point / Client; Bridge / Router
Multiple layers of error-detection and correction
Military-grade AES security encryption of wireless data
Firewall protection and efficient wireless management

Message filtering at MAC address level


Two serial interfaces, RS232 and RS485
Serial connectivity + Ethernet connectivity at the
sametime
PPP and serial server functionality
Serial Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
Discrete channel for status I/O, for failure status or
external status transfer.
Easy to use configuration and Powerful diagnostics
Configuration and diagnostics via web-browser
Remote configuration and diagnostics via the wirelesslink
2.4GHz and 5.8GHz WIRELESS
ETHERNET MODEM
Features
Uses Global 2.4GHz/5.8GHz
ISM band
Data rates up to 108 Mbps
10/100 BaseT Ethernet,
wireless data up to
11 Mbits/sec.
802.11a/b/g compliant
2.4GHz/ 5.8GHz DSSS, up to
400mW
Typical line-of-sight distance 5
miles North America
(4W ERP)
Configurable as Access Point / Client; Bridge / Router
Security, reliability, redundancy
High RF output and superior receiver sensitivity gives
excellent penetration in congested industrial environments
Multiple layers of error-detection and correction
Automatic changeover to another Access Point if the
wireless link fails
Military-grade AES security encryption of wireless data
Industrial ratings down to 35C
Firewall protection and efficient wireless management
Message filtering at MAC address level
Two serial interfaces, RS232 and RS485
Serial connectivity + Ethernet connectivity at the
sametime
PPP and serial server functionality
Serial Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
Discrete channel for status I/O, for failure status or
external status transfer.
Easy to use configuration and Powerful diagnostics
Configuration and diagnostics via web-browser
Remote configuration and diagnostics via the
wireless link

195

Wireless Data ModemsIntroduction

6720005054
WI-MOD-E-G

6720005057
WI-MOD-E-A

6720005015
WI-MOD-945-E

1242110000
IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US

6720005051
WI-MOD-9-E

Frequency

2.412 - 2.472GHz

5.18 - 5.825GHz1

902-928MHz1

2.4Ghz / 5.8Ghz

902 - 928MHz1

Modulation

802.11b/g + OFDM

802.11a + OFDM

802.11 g + OFDM

802.11 a/b/g

802.11-FHSS

TX Power

15 - 400mW

15 - 400mW

15 - 630mW

15-100mW

100mW - 1W2

Data Rate

108Mbps

108Mbps

54Mbps

54Mbps

200Kbps

WDS (AP-AP)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Self Heal
(Spanning Tree)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Serial Client/ Server/Multicast

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Encryption Security Level


(Maximum level highlighted)

WPA2 /802.11i

WPA2 /802.11i

WPA2/802.11i

WPA / WPA2/802.1X

128 bit AES


Encryption

MAC / IP Filtering

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Network Function

AP /Client
Bridge /Router

AP /Client
Bridge /Router

AP /Client
Bridge /Router

AP/Client/Bridge

AP /Client
Bridge /Router

Online Diagnostics

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Online Conguration

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Frequency availability - country regulatory dependant.


Congurable TX Power option available - country regulations apply.

1
2

196

Wireless Data Modems 900 MHz

WI-MOD-9-D
Radio 900MHz

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Power Supply
Normal current drain
Current when transmitting
Low power mode current drain
Serial Port
Standard data rates
RS232 and RS485


Characters supported
RS232 Connection
RS485 connection
Input and output buffers
General Data

10 - 30 VDC or 10 - 24 VAC
70mA/12VDC or 50mA/24VDC
350mA/12V or 250mA/ 24V
20mA/12VDC or 15mA/24VDC
1200 to 115200 baud.
standard interface connections provided,
each connected to the same serial port.
Serial interfaces are asynchronous
non-return-zero (NRZ) format
7 or 8 data bits, even/odd/no parity, 1 or 2 stop bits
provides full duplex operation as a DCE device with RTS/CTS hardware
handshaking- standard D9 connector
provides half duplex operation for twisted pair
multi-drop networks
2Kbytes

Operating Temperature
Humidity
EMC Standards
Mounting
LED indication

40 to 70C (-40 to +158F)


0-99% non-condensing
FCC Part 15 Class A and FCC Part 15.247
DIN rail mounting
for unit OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, DCD (comms OK)

Dimensions mm (in)

115 x 165 x 32 (4.5 x 6.5 x 1.3)

Radio Transceiver
Frequency - USA/Canada
Hop Sequence
Transmit Power
Expected line-of-sight range, depending on local conditions
RF Data Transmission Rate
Range may be extended by:

Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum Transceiver


902 - 928 MHz
16 x 50
1W
USA/Canada 20+ miles

Antenna connection
Data Transmission
Transparent mode:

Controlled mode:

Configuration
Diagnostics
Approvals

19200 baud, 57600 baud, 115200 baud (selectable)


up to five intermediate repeaters in controlled mode
unlimited repeaters in transparent mode
SMA female coaxial
Data is transmitted with a system and group address.
Data transmission begins as serial data is receivedmaximum packet
size is 530 bytes. All modules with the correct system address, which
receive the data packets, outputs the dataerror checking is optional.
Data is transmitted in packets with a system address, source address,
destination address, up to five intermediate repeater addresses, and
a 16 bit CRC error-check. If the packet is received with a correct error
check, only the destination module will output the data and will also
return an ACK transmission.
If the source module does not receive the ACK, it will retry a further
four times. DCD provides communications status. Auto-connect and
dial-up-control modes are available. CTS/RTS flow control provided
based on input buffer availability.
freeware software package or by Hayes AT commands
Radio noise, signal strength and bit error rate (BER) diagnostics
included. Radio signal strength value available on-line to host device.
Class 1, Div 2
C

US

Ordering Data
Type
WI-MOD-9-D

Part No.
6720005050

197

Wireless Data Modems 900 MHz

WI-MOD-9-E
Ethernet 900MHz

WI-MOD-945-E
Ethernet 900MHz

10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3 compliant.Bridge/router functions


work with all Ethernet protocols
TCP/IP, UDP ARP, PPP, ICMP, HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET

10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3 compliant.Bridge/router functions


work with all Ethernet protocols
TCP/IP, UDP ARP, PPP, ICMP, HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET, SNMP,
RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, OFDM
1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
One I/O channel
Voltage-free contact
FET 30VDC 500mA
Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Point-to-point, Point-to-multipoint,
user configurable addressing
Repeater functionality
MAC Filtering - whitelist or blacklist
IP Filtering - whitelist or blacklist
ARP Filtering - whitelist or blacklist

C1D2

US

Technical Data
Description: Ethernet
Embedded Protocols:
Serial
RS232 V.24 DCE
RS485
Discrete I/O
Input
Output
Networking

1.2 to 115.2 Kb/s


1.2 to 115.2 Kb/s
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
One I/O channel
Voltage-free contact
FET 30VDC 500mA
Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Point-to-point, Point-to-multipoint,
user configurable addressing
Repeater functionality
MAC Filtering - whitelist or blacklist

General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
Power Supply
Current consumption
Transmit
Mounting
LED indication

Dimensions mm (in)
Weight
Radio Transceiver
Frequency - USA/Canada
Hop Channel Spacing
Transmit Power
Receiver sensitivity
Data rates
Protocol
Radio range

Antenna connection
Security

Configuration
Diagnostics
Approvals

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


99% non-condensing
10 30VDC
280mA (12V), 150mA (24V)
(1W) 500mA (12V), 300mA (24V)
DIN rail mounting
Power/OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link,
LAN Link/Activity,Serial Activity, Digital I/O,
LAN 10/100Mbit Link
115 x 141 x 32 (4.5 x 5.55 x 1.4)
< 0.4 kg / 0.8 lb
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum
902 - 928 MHz
16 x 50
0.1 1W (20 30 dBm) configurable
-108 dBm @ 10-6 BER
19.2, 57.6, 115.2, 230 Kb/s or auto rate selection
CSMA/CA with 32 bit CRC and auto-correction
up to 60 miles / 100 km line-of-sight using high gain antennas(*up to
4W ERP permitted in USA/Canada)
Range may be extended using repeater features
SMA female coaxial
128 bit AES encryption or
64 bit proprietary encryption (configurable)
MAC filtering
Password protected configuration
HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
RSSI, channel noise, BER, connection monitoring and statistics
FCC 15.247, RS210,
Hazardous area Class 1 Div 2
C

US

-40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)


99% non-condensing
10 30VDC
Idle: 12V - 270mA; 24V - 140mA
(630mW) 12V - 470mA, (630mW) 24V - 250mA
DIN rail mounting
Power/OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link,
LAN Link/Activity, Serial Activity, Digital I/O,
LAN 10/100Mbit Link
114 x 168 x 30 (4.5 x 6.7 x 1.2)
< 0.4 kg / 0.8 lb
Based on 802.11g DSSS; OFDM compliant
902 - 928 MHz
N/A
1 - 24Mbps @ 630mW (28dBm)
54Mbps @ 250mW (24dBm) configurable
-95dBm @ 1MBps; -72dBm @ 54Mbps
19.2, 57.6, 115.2, 230 Kb/s or auto rate selection
CSMA/CA with 32 bit CRC and auto-correction
LOS (Line of Sight) 6+ miles/10km @ 630mW
(*up to 4W ERP permitted in USA/Canada)
Range may be extended using repeater features
2x Female SMA
WPA PSK - 80211i - 802.1x
MAC Filtering; IP Filtering; ARP Filtering
Password protected configuration
HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
RSSI, channel noise, BER, connection monitoring and statistics
FCC 15.247, RS210,
Hazardous area Class 1 Div 2, IEC 60950

Ordering Data
Type
WI-MOD-9-E

198

Part No.
6720005051

Type
WI-MOD-945-E

Part No.
6720005015

Wireless Data Modems 2.4GHz/5.8GHz

WI-MOD-E-G
Ethernet 2.4GHz

WI-MOD-E-A
Ethernet 5.8GHz

Technical Data
Description: Ethernet
Embedded Protocols:
Serial
RS232 V.24 DCE
RS485
Discrete I/O
Input
Output
Networking

10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3


Bridge/router functions work with all Ethernet protocols
TCP/IP, UDP ARP, SNMP, RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, DNS, PPP, ICMP,
HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET

10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3


Bridge/router functions work with all Ethernet protocols
TCP/IP, UDP ARP, SNMP, RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, DNS, PPP, ICMP,
HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET

1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s


1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
One I/O channel (expandable with WI-I/O-EX-1-S-XX units)
voltage-free contact
FET 30VDC 500mA
Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint,
user configurable addressing
WDS Mesh repeater functionality
MAC Filtering whitelist or blacklist.
Serial gateway TELNET
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway

1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s


1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
One I/O channel (expandable with WI-I/O-EX-1-S-XX units)
voltage-free contact
FET 30VDC 500mA
Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint,
user configurable addressing
WDS Mesh repeater functionality
MAC Filtering whitelist or blacklist.
Serial gateway TELNET
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway

-40 to +60C (-40 to +140F)


99% non-condensing
9 30VDC
Idle: 12V-270mA; 24V - 140mA
Transmit: 12V - 470mA; 24V - 250mA
DIN rail mounting
Power / OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link, LAN link / Activity , Serial
Activity, Digital I/O
115 x 165 x 32 (4.5 x 6.5 x 1.4)
< 1 lb / 0.5 kg
2.414 2.462GHz Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), 11 x
5MHz Channel Spacing
802.11b/g compliant, auto rate selection 1 - 108 Mb/s,
OFDM compliant

-40 to +60C (-40 to +140F)


99% non-condensing
9 30VDC
Idle: 12V-270mA; 24V - 140mA
Transmit: 12V - 470mA; 24V - 250mA
DIN rail mounting
Power / OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link, LAN link / Activity , Serial
Activity, Digital I/O
115 x 165 x 32 (4.5 x 6.5 x 1.4)
< 1 lb / 0.5 kg
5.20 - 5.825GHz Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), 11 x
5MHz Channel Spacing
802.11b/g compliant, auto rate selection 1 - 108 Mb/s,
OFDM compliant

1 - 24Mb/s @ 400mW (+26dBm); -54Mb/s @ 125mW


(+21dBm), dependent on local regulations
97dBm @ 1Mb/s, -74dBm @ 54Mb/s < 8% FER
1km @ 100mW; 3 miles / 5km @ 400 mW
Range may be extended using repeater features
Dual SMA female coaxial
Data Encryption 64 / 128 bit WEP - WPA2 PSK - 802.11i - 802.1x
MAC Address filtering; IP filtering; ARP filtering
Password protected configuration
HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
Web based system management - RF signal strength, Bit Error Rate,
connection monitoring and statistics
PPP Protocol Access to diagnostics
Firmware upgradeable via serial port
FCC Part 15.247, CE ETS 300 328, RSS 210, Hazardous area Class 1
Div 2, IEC 60950

6-24 Mb/s:400mW (+26 dBm) - 54 Mb/s:125mW (+21 dBm),


dependent on local regulations
94dBm @ 6Mb/s - 74dBm @ 54Mb/s
1.8m/3km @ 500mW (Europe); 3 miles / 5km @ 400 mW
Range may be extended using repeater features
Dual SMA female coaxial
Data Encryption 64 / 128 bit WEP - WPA2 PSK - 802.11i - 802.1x
MAC Address filtering; IP filtering; ARP filtering
Password protected configuration
HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
Web based system management - RF signal strength, Bit Error Rate,
connection monitoring and statistics
PPP Protocol Access to diagnostics
Firmware upgradeable via serial port
FCC Part 15.247, CE ETS 300 328, RSS 210, Hazardous area Class 1
Div 2, IEC 60950

Type

Type

General Data
Operating Temperature
Humidity
Power Supply
Current consumption
Mounting
LED indication
Dimensions mm (in)
Weight
Wireless

Radio Transceiver
Transmit Power
Receiver sensitivity
Radio range
Antenna connection
Security

Configuration
Diagnostics
Approvals

Ordering Data
WI-MOD-E-G

Part No.
6720005054

WI-MOD-E-A

Part No.
6720005057

199

Wireless Data Modems WLAN

Industrial Wireless - Access point/bridge/client

52.85 mm [2.08 in]

135 mm [5.31 in]

Wireless Data ModemsWLAN

151,85 mm [5.98 in]

97 mm [3.82 in]

IEEE 802.11a/b/g compatible single radio module


(2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band)
Power input by redundant 24 V DC power inputs or Power-over-Ethernet
Multi-SSID and VLAN support
Turbo Roaming for seamless wireless connections
Integrated DI/DO for on-site monitoring and warning
QoS (WMM) support

\T

105 mm [4.13 in]

Technical Data
WLAN Interface
Standards

Spread Spectrum and Modulation (typical)

Operating Channels (central frequency)

Security

Transmission Rates
TX Transmit Power

RX Sensitivity

Protocol Support
General Protocols:
AP-only Protocols:

200

Interface
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h for Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11i for Wireless Security
IEEE 802.3u for 10/100BaseT(X)
IEEE 802.3af for Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree Protocol
IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN
DSSS with DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK
OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM
802.11b: CCK @ 11/5.5 Mbps,
DQPSK @ 2 Mbps,DBPSK @ 11 Mbps
802.11a/g: 64QAM @ 54/48 Mbps, 16QAM @ 36/24
Mbps, QPSK @ 18/12 Mbps, BPSK @ 9/6 Mbps
US: 2.412 to 2.462 GHz (11 channels)
5.18 to 5.24 GHz (4 channels)
EU: 2.412 to 2.472 GHz (13 channels)
5.18 to 5.24 GHz (4 channels)
SSID broadcast enable/disable
Firewall for MAC/IP/Protocol/Port-based filtering
64-bit and 128-bit WEP encryption,
WPA /WPA2-Personal and Enterprise
(IEEE 802.1X/RADIUS, TKIP and AES)
802.11b: 1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbps
802.11a/g: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbps
802.11b: Typ. 231.5 dBm @ 1 to 11 Mbps
802.11g: Typ. 201.5 dBm @ 6 to 24 Mbps,
Typ. 191.5 dBm @ 36 Mbps,
Typ. 181.5 dBm @ 48 Mbps,
Typ. 171.5 dBm @ 54 Mbps
802.11a: Typ. 181.5 dBm @ 6 to 24 Mbps,
Typ. 161.5 dBm @ 36 to 48 Mbps,
Typ. 151.5 dBm @ 54 Mbps
802.11b: -97 dBm @ 1 Mbps, -94 dBm @ 2 Mbps,
-92 dBm @ 5.5 Mbps, -90 dBm @ 11 Mbps
802.11g: -93 dBm @ 6 Mbps, -91 dBm @ 9 Mbps,
-90 dBm @ 12 Mbps, -88 dBm @ 18 Mbps,
-84 dBm @ 24 Mbps, -80 dBm @ 36 Mbps,
-76 dBm @ 48 Mbps, -74 dBm @ 54 Mbps
802.11a: -90 dBm @ 6 Mbps, -89 dBm @ 9 Mbps,
-89 dBm @ 12 Mbps, -85 dBm @ 18 Mbps,
-83 dBm @ 24 Mbps, -79 dBm @ 36 Mbps, -75 dBm @ 48
Mbps, -74 dBm @ 54 Mbps
Proxy ARP, DNS, HTTP, HTTPS, IP, ICMP, SNTP, TCP, UDP,
RADIUS, SNMP, PPPoE, DHCP
ARP, BOOTP, DHCP, dynamic VLAN-Tags for
802.1X-Clients, STP/RSTP (IEEE 802.1D/w)

Default Antenna
Connector for External Antennas
LAN Port
Console Port
LED Indicators

2 dBi dual-band omni-directional antenna, RP-SMA (male)


RP-SMA (female)
10/100BaseT(X), auto negotiation speed
(RJ45-type)
RS-232 (RJ45-type)
PWR1, PWR2, PoE, FAULT, STATE, signal strength, CLIENT
MODE, BRIDGE MODE, WLAN, 10M, 100M

Alarm Contact

1 relay output with current carrying capacity


of 1 A @ 24 V DC

Digital Inputs

2 electrically isolated inputs


+13 to +30 V for state 1
+3 to -30 V for state 0
Max. input current: 8 mA

Physical Characteristics
Housing
Weight
Dimensions
Installation
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Power Requirements
Input Voltage

Connector
Power Consumption
Reverse Polarity Protection
Regulatory Approvals
Safety
Radio
EMC
Hazardous Location
MTBF
Warranty
Warranty Period

Metal, IP30 protection


850 g
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
DIN-Rail mounting
0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F)
-40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F)
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
12 to 48 V DC, redundant dual DC power inputs or 48 V DC
Power-over-Ethernet
(IEEE 802.3af compliant)
10-pin removable terminal block
0.121 to 0.494 A @ 12 to 48 V DC
0.3 A @ 24 V DC
Present
EN60950-1, UL60950-1
EN300 328, EN301 893,
EN301 489-1/-17, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B,
EN55022/55024
UL/cUL Class I, Div. 2; ATEX Class I, Zone 2
392.209 hrs
5 years

Ordering Data
Models

Model Type

IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless AP/Bridge/


Client (European version)
IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless AP/Bridge/
Client for American market

IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-EU
IE-WLT-AP-BR-CL-ABG-EU
IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US
IE-WLT-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US

Accessories

Model Type

Operating
Temperature
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C
0 to +60 C
-40 to +75 C

Part No.
1242100000
1286480000
1242110000
1286490000
Part No.

External Backup and Restore Module

EBR-Module RS232

1241430000

19" Rack Mounting Kit

RM-KIT

1241440000

This page left blank intentionally.

201

Specialty Enclosures

Enclosures
Specialty Enclosures
At Weidmuller, we have the resources and capabilities
to design and build both industrial and ATEX certified
enclosures. We handle every aspect of the process:
Initial design specifications
Assembly and installation of box elements
Design and specification of DIN-rail modules
Terminal wiring
Specifying, ordering and integrating
third-party products
Application of special coatings
Adding elements such as mounting plates
and holes or knockouts for cable glands
Providing full ATEX certification
and documentation

Weidmuller is a Certified ATEX Installation HouseATEX


licensed to design and build ATEX certified enclosures,
providing you with all the required documentation and
certification and reducing your risk in hazardous locations.
All this means that you dont have to spend your time
specifying, ordering and managing inventory for your
projects. Design-Build-Deliver Services and Solutions
does all this, and more.
Upon completion, well ship your industrial or ATEX
certified enclosure to any location you specifyon time
and on budget.

202

Weidmuller is a licensed ATEX manufacturerour


ATEX certified enclosures meet multiple global
standards and regulations and ensure that you have
certified hazardous location protection.

Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures

Pre-configured
Wireless Enclosures
Weidmuller is pleased to offer three
pre-configured and assembled Wireless
Enclosure Solutions. These three
wireless enclosures feature plastic or
metal enclosures with either Wireless
Ethernet Modems or Radio Frequency (RF)
Transmitters/Receivers. Just connect power
and your signals and
you are wireless!

The Ethernet solution is available in both


a stainless steel or plastic enclosure, and
features a Weidmuller wireless Ethernet
(WiFi) 2.4Ghz modem, which can function
as an access point, bridge, client or router.

Ordering Data

In addition to the modem technology,


the enclosure comes complete with the
following components: power supply,
circuit protection, surge protection, terminal
blocks, ground blocks, antenna, antenna
connection cables and through panel
cableglands.

NEMA4X Stainless Steel Enclosure


2.4GHz (WiFi) Wireless Ethernet modem
Operate as a Client/Bridge/Access Point/Router
with a 400mW transmit power
Built in Security/Encryption including AES,
and WEP with matching antenna and all cabling
Assembled, wired, and tested!
Surge protection included
Transmit range up to 3 miles with appropriate antenna
Data transmission rates up to 54Mbps

This complete, preassembled solution


provides all the necessary elements for a
remote wireless Ethernet installation.


Wireless Ethernet Enclosure Stainless Steel Solution
Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d)

Part No.
6760004616
458 x 382 x 205 / 18.03 x 15.04 x 8.07

Features:

Ordering Data

Wireless Ethernet Enclosure - Plastic Solution
Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d)

Part No.
6760004617
356 x 305 x 212 / 14.02 x 12.01 x 8.35

Features:
NEMA 4X Plastic Enclosure
2.4GHz (WiFi) Wireless Ethernet modem
Operate as a Client/Bridge/Access Point/Router
with a 400mW transmit power
Built in Security/Encryption including AES,
and WEP with matching antenna and all cabling
Assembled, wired, and tested!
Surge protection included
Transmit range up to 3 miles with appropriate antenna
Data transmission rates up to 54Mbps

203

Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures

The I/O version is comprised of two preassembled plastic enclosures. Each enclosure
contains a power supply, circuit protection,
surge protection, antenna, antenna connection
cables and terminal blocks.
In addition to these components, one enclosure
houses a transmitter, and the second enclosure
houses a receiver. The transmitter and receiver
operate on 900Mhz radio bands, and are
precongured to send and receive multiple
I/O signals. The I/O solution can transmit and
receive two digital signals and one analog
signal over a range of several miles.
This self-contained solution is designed
for quick and easy set-up. The pre-installed
terminals make I/O and power connections fast
and easy, for out of the box operation.

204

Ordering Data

Wireless I/O 900MHz - Plastic Solution
Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d)

Part No.
6760004618
307 x 256 x 162 / 12.08 x 10.09 x 6.38

Features:
Two pre-assembled NEMA4x Plastic Enclosures and
Full IP67 Ingress protection
900MHz (Frequency Hopping) Transmitter and
Receiver with a 1W transmit power
Preconfigured and mapped I/O
with matching antenna and all cabling
Surge protection included
Cable glands included for signal and power access
Assembled, wired, and tested!
Transmit range up to 20 miles with appropriate antenna
Transmitter accepts up to 1 analog and 2 digital intputs
Receiver accepts up to 1 analog and 2 digital outputs

Selection Guide

Wireless Accessories

900 MHz Antennas

Whip and Dipole


Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

-2 dBd
-2 dBd
0 dBd
0 dBd
3 dBd
3 dBd

Direct attach
Mount Bkt & 3ft cable
Direct attach
Mount Bkt & 15ft cable
Only use with MAG Base 6720005263
Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277

WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB DUCK SMA M


WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1
WI-ANT-DEMO-900
WI-ANT-DPL-0-16
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB STUB MAG
WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE

SMA male
SMA male
SMA male
SMA male
Determined by MAGBASE
Determined by Base (N Female)

Part No.
6720005232
6720005086
6720005089
6720005080
6720005230
6720005276

Omni
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

0 dBd
3 dBd
5 dBd
7 dBd

Inc. 6720005271 clamp/brkt


Inc. 6720005271 clamp/brkt
Inc. 6720005271 clamp/brkt
Inc. 6720005272 clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-5DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-7DB OMNI NF

N female
N female
N female
N female

Part No.
6720005233
6720005234
6720005235
6720005236

Directional
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

3 dBd
6.5 dBd
10 dBd
12 dBd
14 dBd

Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt
Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt
Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt
Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt
Inc.6720005267 clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB YAGI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-6.5DB-2YAGI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-10DB-2YAGI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-12DB-2YAGI NF
WI-ANT-900MHZ-14DB-2YAGI NF

N female
N female
N female
N female
N female

Part No.
6720005219
6720005221
6720005223
6720005225
6720005226

2.4 GHz Antennas

Whip
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

0 dBi
2 dBi
3 dBi
4 dBd

Direct attach
Direct attach
Use with MAG base 6720005263
Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277

WI-ANT-DEMO-2400
WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB DUCK SMA-M
WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB FOR MAG BASE
WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE

SMA male
SMA male
N female
Determined by Base (N Female)

Part No.
6720005099
6720005207
6720005208
6720005276

Omni
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

4 dBi
6 dBi
8 dBi
10 dBi
12 dBi

Inc. 6720005210 clamp/brkt


Inc. 6720005210 clamp/brkt
Inc. 6720005210 clamp/brkt
Inc. 6720005210 clamp/brkt
Inc. 6720005211 clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-24GHZ-4DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-6DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-8DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB OMNI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-12DB OMNI NF

N female
N female
N female
N female
N female

Part No.
6720005200
6720005201
6720005204
6720005202
6720005203

Directional
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

9 dBi (60)
10 dBi
13 dBi (35)
14 dBi
18 dBi (18)

Inc. attached clamp/brkt


Inc. attached clamp/brkt
Inc. attached clamp/brkt
Inc. attached clamp/brkt
Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB DFP 2NF


WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB YAGI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-13DB DFP 2NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB YAGI NF
WI-ANT-24GHZ-18DB DFP 2NF

N female
N female
N female
N female
N female

Part No.
6720005212
6720005205
6720005213
6720005206
6720005214

205

Selection Guide

5.8 GHz Antennas

Whip
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

4dBi

Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE

Determined by Base (N Female)

Part No.
6720005278

Omni
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

7dBi

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB OMNI NF

N-Type Female connectors

6720005283

Part No.

10dBi

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB OMNI NF

N-Type Female connectors

6720005284

Directional
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

8dB / 9dB

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB DFP 2'NF

N-Type Female connectors

Part No.
6720005280

11dBi

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB FLAT PATCH

N-Type Female connectors

6720005130

13dBi

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB DFP 2'NF

N-Type Female Connectors

6720005281

18dB / 20dB

Inc. attached clamp/brkt

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB DFP 2'NF

N-Type Female connectors

6720005282

WLAN Accessories
Antennas
Gain

Description

Type

Connector Type

5dBi

Omni Antenna

IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF

N - Type Female

1367120000

Part No.

6dBi

Omni Antenna

IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF

N - Type Female

1367090000

7dBi

Omni Antenna

IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF

N - Type Female

1367130000

9dBi

Parabolic Antenna

IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF

N - Type Female

1367140000

Length

Description

Type

Connector Type

2M

Cable

IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M

RP-SMA to N male

1367110000

4M

Cable

IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M

RP-SMA to N male

1367100000

Cables

206

Part No.

Selection Guide

Cables

Detailed cable specifications on page 220

Cable Length (ft)


1
2
3
1
2
3
10
25
40
1
2
3
10
25
40
55
75
100
200

Connector Type
SMA male - SMA male
SMA male - SMA male
SMA male - SMA male
SMA male - N male
SMA male - N male
SMA male - N male
SMA male - N male
SMA male - N male
SMA male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male
N male - N male

dB Loss 900Mhz
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.2
2.8
4.5
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
1.0
1.6
2.1
3.0
3.8
5.0

dB Loss 2.4GHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.2
0.4
0.6
2.0
4.8
7.7
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.7
2.7
3.7
5.2
6.7
9.6

dB Loss 5.8GHz
0.3
0.7
1.0
0.3
0.7
1.0
3.4
8.2
13.1
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.1
2.7
4.3
5.9
8.1
10.8
N/A

Cable Type
PFP 195
PFP 195
PFP 195
PFP 195
PFP 195
PFP 195
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 400
PFP 600

Type
WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT SMA M-SMA M
WI-ACC-TYP195-2FT SMA M-SMA M
WI-ACC-TYP195-3FT SMA M-SMA M
WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP195-2FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP195-3FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-10FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-25FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-40FT SMA M-NM
WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP195-2FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP195-3FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-10FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-25FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-40FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-55FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-75FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP400-100FT NM-NM
WI-ACC-TYP600-200FT NM-NM

Part No.
6720005243
6720005244
6720005245
6720005270
6720005260
6720005259
6720005240
6720005241
6720005242
6720005246
6720005247
6720005248
6720005251
6720005252
6720005253
6720005254
6720005255
6720005256
6720005257

Hardware

Description
For use with
DB9 Female RJ45 Serial Configuration Cable
WI-I/O 9-L units
Antenna Mounting Brackets
Angled Bracket for 4, 6, and 10 dBi 2.4 MHz Omnis
2.4 GHz antennas
Straight Bracket for 4, 6, and 10 dBi 2.4 MHz Omnis
2.4 GHz antennas
2.4 GHz antennas
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005203
Antenna MAG Base with 12 SMA male cable
2.4 GHz & 900 MHz antennas
900 MHz antennas
Mounting Bracket for parts 6720005228 and 6720005229
Mounting Bracket for 900MHz 6.5, 10, 12 dBd Yagis
900 MHz antennas
900 MHz antennas
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005226
Mounting Bracket for part numbers 6720005233,
900 MHz antennas
6720005234, 6720005235
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005236
900 MHz antennas
Thru-panel mounting base for low profile antennas
6720005276 & 6720005278
Surge Protection & Bulkhead Mounts
125-1000 MHz Surge Polyphaser N female - N female
Bulkhead & Surge 1 GHz
2-6 GHz Surge Polyphaser N female - N female
Bulkhead & Surge 2 GHz
Bulkhead Adapter N female -N female
Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-ADAPT NF-NF
Bulkhead Adapter SMA female - SMA female
Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK SMA F - SMA F
Class 1 Division 1 Bulkhead SMA male - SMA female
Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 SMA M - SMA M
Class 1 Division 1 Bulkhead SMA male - N male
Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 SMA M - NM
SMA male to SMA female <2.5Ghz (direct radio connection)
2.4 GHz & 900 MHz antennas
Bandpass Filters
900 MHz antennas
Outdoor rated 900Mhz Band Pass Filter
Outdoor rated 2.4Ghz Band Pass Filter
2.4 GHz antennas
Outdoor rated 5.8Ghz Band Pass Filter
5.8 GHz antennas

Type
WI-CSER-RJ45

Part No.
6720005108

WI-ACC-24GHZ-4610DB-ANG-BRKT
WI-ACC-24GHZ-4610DB-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-24GHZ-12DB-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-MAGBASE 12 RG58 SMA MALE
WI-ACC-900MHZ-OMNI-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-900MHZ-YAGI-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-900MHZ-14YAGI-STR-BRKT

6720005209
6720005210
6720005211
6720005263
6720005268
6720005266
6720005267

WI-ACC-900MHZ-035OMNI-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-900MHZ-7OMNI-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-BH-BASE 5/8 HOLE NF

6720005271
6720005272
6720005277

WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ SURGE NF-NF


WI-ACC-2-6GHZ SURGE NF-NF




WI-DIV-CCMA

6720005261
6720005262
6720005250
6720005296
6720005298
6720005299
6720005111

WI-ACC 900MHZ BAND PASS FILTER


WI-ACC 2.4GHZ BAND PASS FILTER
WI-ACC 5.8GHZ BAND PASS FILTER

6720005120
6720005121
6720005122

Adapters
Description
Reverse-Polarity SMA Male SMA Female
SMA male - SMA male Adapter
SMA female - SMA female Adapter
N male - N male Adapter
N female - N female Adapter
SMA female - N male Adapter
SMA male - N female Adapter
SMA female - SMA male Angled Adapter

Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT RP-SMA M - SMA F
WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - SMA M
WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - SMA F
WI-ACC-ADAPT NM - NM
WI-ACC-ADAPT NF - NF
WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - NM
WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - NF
WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - SMA M ANGL

Part No.
6720005289
6720005290
6720005291
6720005292
6720005293
6720005294
6720005295
6720005297

207

Antennas 5.8 GHz Omni Antennas

Antennas

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB
OMNI NF

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB
OMNI NF

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter

Electrical Specifications

150 Watts
Vertical
50 Ohms
< 1.5:1
PVC
Determined by thru-panel base
Compatible with most 1-1/8" - 18 thread
mounts, including 3/4" hole mounts

25 watts
Vertical Linear
50 Ohms
< 2.0
PVC
N Female
1-5/16"

25 watts
Vertical Linear
50 Ohms
< 2.0
PVC
N Female
1-5/16"

Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications

4.9-5.9 GHz
4dBi

5.15-5.875 GhHz
7dBi

5.15-5.875 GhHz
10dBi

15

10

Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment at
Rated Wind
Max wind load @
rated velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

Low Profile Whipless


For use with thru-panel base (6720005277)
1.79"

Omni
N Female
10.2"

Omni
N Female
18.38"

1.1 ft-lbs

5.6 ft-lbs


1.5" OD

0.34 (0.15)
-40 to +70C

3.1 lbs
0.04ft2
125 mph

6.8 lbs
0.08ft2
125 mph
0.3 (0.14)
-40 to +70C

0.35 (0.16)
-40 to +70C

Ordering Data

208

Type

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE

Part No.
6720005278

Type
WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005283

Type
WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005284

Antennas 5.8 GHz Directional Antennas

WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB FLAT


WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB DFP 2'NF PATCH

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB DFP
2'NF

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB DFP
2'NF

Technical Data

Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Method

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Dimensions
Max Wind Load @
Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

25 watts
Linear, Vertical/horizontal
50 Ohms
< 2.0:1
UL 94-V0 Plastic
N Female
adjustable

25 watts
Linear, Vertical/horizontal
50 Ohms
< 1.5:1
UL 94HB Polymer
SMA-Female
Four 1/4" Holes

25 watts
Linear, Vertical/horizontal
50 Ohms
< 1.5:1
UL 94-V0 Plastic
N Female
adjustable

25 watts
Linear, Vertical/horizontal
50 Ohms
< 2.0:1
UL 94-V0 Plastic
N Female
Indoor/Outdoor articulating;
heavy duty adjustable

4.94-5.85 (2.40-2.48) GHz


9dBi (8dBi)
60

5.725 - 5.875 GHz


11 dBi
60

4.9-5.9 GHz
13 dBi
27

4.94-5.85 (2.40-2.48) GHz


20dBi (18dBi)
21 (9)

60

30

40

21 (9)

>15 dB (>22dB)

>25 dB

> 25 dB

>25 dB (>30dB)

Directional Panel
N Female
5.1" x 4.7" x 1.5"

Directional Panel
SMA-Female
4.5" x 4.5" x 1"

Directional Panel
N Female
5.1" x 4.7" x 1.5"

Directional Panel
N Female
15.1" x13.9" x 1.9"

9.3 lbs

125 mph
0.5 (0.23)
-40 to +70C



>150 mph
<0.4 (<0.2)
-40 to +85C

9.3 lbs

85 lbs

125 mph
0.5 (0.23)
-40 to +70C

125 mph
3.9 (1.8)
-40 to +70C

Ordering Data

Type

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB 6720005280
WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB 6720005130
DFP 2'NF
FLAT PATCH

Part No.

Type

Part No.

Type

Part No.

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB 6720005281
DFP 2'NF

Type

Part No.

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB 6720005282
DFP 2'NF

209

Antennas 2.4 GHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-DEMO-2400

WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB
DUCK SMA-M

WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB
FOR MAG BASE

Technical Data

Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter
Electrical Specifications

1 watt
Vertical
50 ohms
1.5:1
Polyurethane
N female
N/A

50 watts
Vertical, Linear
50 ohms
< 1.5:1
Polyurethane
N female
N/A

200/150/100 watts
Vertical
50 ohms
< 1.5:1
Stainless steel
N female
N/A

Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications

2.4 GHz
0dB

2.4 GHz
2 dBi

2.2 - 2.9 GHz


3 dBi

N/A

50

30

Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment at
Rated Wind
Max Wind Load @
Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

Whip
SMA male
54 mm

Whip
SMA male
114.3 mm

ISM mobile with WLAN


N female
5.25" (133.35 mm)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
0.019 (0.009)
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
0.15 (0.068)
-40C to +85C

N/A
N/A
N/A
0.25 (0.113)
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

Type

Part No.

Type


WI-ANT-DEMO-2400
6720005099
WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB


DUCK SMA-M

210

Part No.
6720005207

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB
FOR MAG BASE

Part No.
6720005208

Antennas 2.4 GHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-24GHZ-4DB
OMNI NF

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization

WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB
MOBILE

WI-ANT-24GHZ-6DB
OMNI NF

Representative Photo

25 watts
Vertical

100 watts
Vertical

25 watts
Vertical

Nominal Impedance

50 ohms

50 ohms

50 ohms

VSWR across the band


Radome Material

< 1.5:1
UV resistant pultruded fiberglass

< 2.0:1
PVC

< 1.5:1
UV resistant pultruded fiberglass

Termination
Mounting Base Diameter

N female
1.25"

Determined by Thru-panel base


Compatible with most 1-1/8" -
18 thread mounts, including 3/4"
hole mounts

N female
1.25"

2.4 - 2.48 GHz


4 dBi
30

902-928 MHz / 2400-2500 MHz


4 dBi

2.4 - 2.48 GHz


6 dBi
20

Omni
N female
8.1" (205.7 mm)
0.7 ft-lbs
2.1 lbs
.02 ft2
125 mph
0.34 (0.154)
-40C to +70C

Low Profile Whipless


For use with thru-panel base (6720005277)
2.4" (60.9 mm)

Omni
N female
11.6" (294.6 mm)
1.4 ft-lbs
3.0 lbs
.04 ft2
125 mph
0.38 (0.172)
-40C to +70C

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment at Rated Wind
Max wind load @ rated velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

Ordering Data

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-
4DB OMNI NF

1.5" OD
0.29 (0.13)
-40C to +70C

Part No.
6720005200

Type
WI-ANT-0.9/ 2.4GHZ-3/4DB
MOBILE

Part No.
6720005276

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-6DB OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005201

211

Antennas 2.4 GHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-24GHZ-8DB
OMNI NF

WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB
OMNI NF

WI-ANT-24GHZ-12DB
OMNI NF

Technical Data

Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter
Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment at Rated Wind
Max Wind Load @ Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

25 watts
Vertical
50 ohms
< 1.5:1
UV resistant pultruded fiberglass
N female
1.25"

25 watts
Vertical
50 ohms
< 1.5:1
UV resistant pultruded fiberglass
N female
1.25"

25 watts

2.4 - 2.48 GHz


8 dBi
13

2.4 - 2.48 GHz


10 dBi
9

2.4 - 2.5 GHz


12 dBi
7

Omni
N female
20.2" (513.1 mm)
4.4 ft-lbs
5.2 lbs

.06 ft2
125 mph
0.50 (0.226)
-40C to +70C

Omni
N female
36.0" (914.4 mm)
14.7 ft-lbs
10.1 lbs
.11 ft2
125 mph
0.65 (0.295)
-40C to +70C

Omni
N female
44.0" (1118 mm)
41 ft-lbs
22.4 lbs

.25 ft2
125 mph
3.00 (1.400)
-40C to +70C

Vertical
50 ohms
< 1.5:1
UV resistant pultruded fiberglass
N female
1.5"

Ordering Data

212

Type

WI-ANT-24GHZ-8DB
OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005204

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB
OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005202

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-12DB
OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005203

Antennas 2.4 GHz Directional Antennas

WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB
YAGI NF

WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB
DFP 2 NF

WI-ANT-24GHZ-13DB
DFP 2 NF

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Cable Length and type
Termination
Mounting Method

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Dimensions
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

20 watts
linear
50 ohms
<1.6: 1
UV stable plastic
12" RG58/U
N female
Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty
outdoor adjustable

5 watts
linear
50 ohms
<1.5: 1
UV stable plastic
36" coax
N female
heavy duty outdoor
adjustable

20 watts
linear
50 ohms
<1.6: 1
UV stable plastic
12" RG58/U
N female
Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty
outdoor adjustable

2.3 - 2.5 GHz


9 dBi

2.4 - 2.485 GHz


10 dBi

2.3 - 2.5 GHz


13 dBi

60

55

35

60
>15 dB

55
>23 dB

35
>18 dB

Directional Panel
N female
5.1"x4.7"x1.5"

Directional Yagi
N female
4.5" x 3"

Directional Panel
N female
8.8"x8.1"x1.6"

9.3 lbf

125 mph
0.5 (0.227)
-40C to +70C

5.8 lbf
0.060 ft2
125 mph
1.0 (0.5)
-40C to +70C

27.9 lbf
125 mph
1.2 (0.544)
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

Type

WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB
DFP 2 NF

Part No.
6720005212

Type

Part No.

Type

WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB
6720005205
WI-ANT-24GHZ-13DB
YAGI NF
DFP 2 NF

Part No.
6720005213

213

Antennas 2.4 GHz Directional Antennas

WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB
YAGI NF

WI-ANT-24GHZ-18DB
DFP 2 NF

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Cable Length and type
Termination
Mounting Method

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Dimensions
Max wind load
@ rated velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

5 watts
linear
50 ohms
<1.5: 1
UV stable plastic
36" coax
N female
Heavy duty outdoor adjustable

20 watts
linear
50 ohms
<1.6: 1
UV stable plastic
12" RG58/U
N female
Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty
outdoor adjustable

2.4 - 2.485 GHz


14 dBi

2.3 - 2.5 GHz


18 dBi

30

18

30
>30 dB

19
>25 dB

Directional Yagi
N female
14" x 3"
18.3 lbf

Directional Panel
N female
15.1"x13.9"x1.9"
85 lbf

0.20 ft2
125 mph
1.0 (0.5)
-40C to +70C

125 mph
3.9 (1.77)
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

214

Type

WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB
6720005206
YAGI NF

Part No.

Type
WI-ANT-24GHZ-18DB
DFP 2 NF

Part No.
6720005214

Antennas 900 MHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB
DUCK SMA M

WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1

WI-ANT-DEMO-900

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter
Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment
at Rated Wind
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

5 watts
vertical, linear
50 ohms
<2.0:1

50 ohms

50 ohms

SMA male

SMA male

SMA male

806-960 MHz/1710-2170 MHz


0 dBi

900-930 MHz
-2 dBi

900-930 MHz
0 dBi

Portable whip
SMA male
6.5" (16.5 cm)

Ground independent dipole


SMA male
6" (15 cm)

1/4 wave whip


SMA male
3.5" (9 cm)

-40C to +85C

Ordering Data

Type

Part No.

Type

Part No.

Type


WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB
6720005232
WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1
6720005086
WI-ANT-DEMO-900

DUCK SMA M

Part No.
6720005089

215

Antennas 900 MHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-DPL-0-16

WI-ANT-0.9/2.
4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE

WI-ANT-900MHZ3DB STUB MAG

WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB
OMNI NF

Representative Photo

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment at
Rated Wind
Max Wind Load @
Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

10 watts
vertical
50 ohms
<1.5: 1
Fiberglass
SMA male

100 watts
vertical
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Stainless Steel
Determined by MAGBASE
Determined by MAGBASE

100 watts
vertical
50 ohms
< 2.0:1
PVC
Determined by thru-panel base
Compatible with most 1-1/8" -
18 thread mounts, including 3/4"
hole mounts

150 watts
vertical
50 ohms

853-930 MHz
0 dBi

896-940 MHz
3 dB

902-928 MHz / 2400-2500 MHz


3 dBi

902-928 MHz
Unity
75

Half wave dipole


SMA male
16" (40 cm)

5/8 wave over 1/4 wave


Determined by MAGBASE
11" (27.9 cm)

Low Profile Whipless


For use with thru-panel base (6720005277)
2.4"

Omni
N female
14" (35.6 cm)
1.4 ft-lbs

Fiberglass
N female
1-5/16"

2.3 lbs
1.5" OD
0.5 (0.2)

0.06 ft2
100 mph
0.75 (0.34)
-40C to +70C

0.29 (0.13)
-40C to +70C

-40C to +70C

Ordering Data
Type
WI-ANT-DPL-0-16

216

Part No.
6720005080

Type

Part No.

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB 6720005230
STUBMAG

Type
WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ3/4DB MOBILE

Part No.
6720005276

Type
WI-ANT-900MHZ-
0DB OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005233

Antennas 900 MHz Omni Antennas

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB
OMNI NF

WI-ANT-900MHZ-5DB
OMNI NF

WI-ANT-900MHZ-7DB
OMNI NF

150 watts
vertical
50 ohms

Fiberglass
N female
1-5/16"

150 watts
vertical
50 ohms

Fiberglass
N female
1-5/16"

150 watts
vertical
50 ohms

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Base Diameter
Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Connector Type
Antenna Height
Bending Moment
at Rated Wind
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range

3 dB

902-928 MHz

5 dB

Fiberglass
N female
1-5/16"
902-928 MHz

40

22

902-928 MHz

7 dB

17

Omni
N female
23.25" (59.1 cm)

Omni
N female
48" (121.9 cm)

Omni
N female
96" (243.8 cm)

4.7 ft-lbs

14.2 ft-lbs

62.5 ft-lbs

4.3 lbs
2
0.12 ft
100 mph
1.25 (0.57)
-40C to +70C

8.0 lbs
2
0.22 ft
100 mph
1.75 (0.79)
-40C to +70C

15.8 lbs
2
0.44 ft
100 mph
4 (1.81)
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

Type

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB
6720005234
OMNI NF

Part No.

Type

Part No.

Type

WI-ANT-900MHZ-5DB
6720005235
WI-ANT-900MHZ-7DB
OMNI NF
OMNI NF

Part No.
6720005236

217

Antennas 900 MHz Directional Antennas

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB
YAGI NF

WI-ANT-900MHZ6.5DB-2 YAGI NF

WI-ANT-900MHZ10DB-2 YAGI NF

Representative Photo

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR Across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Method

Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type
Antenna Dimensions (L x W)
Weight lbs (kg)
Cross Sectional Area
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity
Rated Wind
Elements
Cable Type
Cable Length
Connector Type
Temperature Range

200 watts
Linear
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Aluminum 6061-T6
N female
Includes mounting
hardware

200 watts
Linear
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Aluminum 6061-T6
N female
Includes mounting
hardware

890-960 MHz

3 dBd

890-960 MHz

6.5 dBd

200 watts
Linear
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Aluminum 6061-T6
N female
Includes mounting
hardware
890-960 MHz

10 dBd

168

100

56

78
>10 dB

62
>15 dB

46
>20 dB

13" x 6.8"
1.3 (0.59)
2
0.11 ft

Directional Yagi

13" x 6.8"
2 (0.9)
2
0.12 ft

2.75 lbf
125 mph
2
LMR400
2 ft.
N female
-40C to +85C

Directional Yagi

Directional Yagi

3 lbf
125 mph
3
RG213
2 ft.
N female
-40C to +70C

24" x 6.8"
6.8 (3.08)
2
0.24 ft
6 lbf
125 mph
7
RG213
2 ft.
N female
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

218

Type

WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB
YAGI NF

Part No.
6720005219

Type

Part No.

WI-ANT-900MHZ-6.5DB-2
6720005221
YAGI NF

Type
WI-ANT-900MHZ-10DB-2
YAGI NF

Part No.
6720005223

Antennas 900 MHz Directional Antennas

WI-ANT-900MHZ14DB-2 YAGI NF

WI-ANT-900MHZ12DB-2 YAGI NF

Representative Photo

Representative Photo

Technical Data
Maximum Power
Polarization
Nominal Impedance
VSWR Across the band
Radome Material
Termination
Mounting Method

Electrical Specifications

200 watts
Linear
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Aluminum 6061-T6
N female
Includes mounting
hardware

200 watts
Linear
50 ohms
<1.5:1
Aluminum 6061-T6
N female
Includes mounting
hardwar

Frequency Range
Gain
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio
Mechanical Specifications

890-960 MHz
12 dBd
40

890-960 MHz
14 dBd
32

34

26

>20 dB

>25 dB

Antenna Type
Antenna Dimensions (L x W)
Weight lbs (kg)
Cross Sectional Area
Max wind load @ rated velocity
Rated Wind
Elements
Cable Type
Cable Length
Connector Type
Temperature Range

Directional Yagi
37" x 6.6"
2.5 (1.3)
0.35 ft2
8.75 lbf
125 mph
11
RG213
2 ft.
N female
-40C to +70C

Directional Yagi
63" x 6.6"
3.5 (1.58)
0.67 ft2
16.75 lbf
125 mph
18
RG213
2 ft.
N female
-40C to +70C

Ordering Data

Type

WI-ANT-900MHZ-12DB-2
YAGI NF

Part No.
6720005225

Type
WI-ANT-900MHZ-14DB-2
YAGI NF

Part No.
6720005226

219

Cables

Cables

PFP195

PFP400

PFP600

Impedance: 50 ohms
Foamed Polyethylene
100% Bonded Aluminum Foil
Tinned Copper
Braid - CuSn
Flame-retardant PVC
Polyethylene Jacket

Electrical Specifications
41 GHz
80%
1.56
1.27 (4.17)
50 ohms
79.7
0.064 (0.21)
>90 dB

16.2 GHz
85%
1.38
1.20 (3.92)
50 ohms
78.4
0.060 (0.20)
>90 dB

10.3 GHz
87%
1.32
1.17 (3.83)
50 Ohms
76.8
0.058 (0.19)
>90 dB

7.6 (24.9)
4.9 (16.1)
1000 VDC
3000 Vrms
2.5 kW

1.39 (4.6)
1.65 (5.4)
2500 VDC
8000 Vrms
16 kW

0.53 (1.7)
1.2 (3.9)
4000 VDC
8000 Vrms
40 kW

Bend Radius: installation in. (mm)


Bend Radius: repeated in. (mm)
Bending Moment ft-lb (N-m)
Weight lb/ft (kg/m)
Tensile Strength lb (kg)
Flat Plate Crush lb/in. (kg/mm)
Center Conductor (mm)
Insulation (mm)
Binder
Shield (mm)
Insulation Jacket (mm)
Environmental Specifications

0.5 (12.7)
2.0 (50.8)
0.2 (0.27)
0.021 (0.03)
40 (18.2)
15 (0.27)
0.94 Solid BC
2.8
Bonded Aluminum Foil
0.11 x 112 CuSn
4.95

1.00 (25.4)
4.0 (101.6)
0.5 (0.68)
0.068 (0.10)
160 (72.6)
40 (0.71)
2.74 Solid CCA
7.24
Bonded Aluminum Foil
0.15 x 192 CuSn
10.29

1.50 (38.1)
6.0 (152.4)
2.75 (3.73)
0.131 (0.20)
350 (158.9)
60 (1.07)
4.47 Solid CCA
11.56
Bonded Aluminum Foil
0.18 x 240 CuSn
14.99

Installation Temperature Range


Storage Temperature Range
Operating Temperature Range

-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C


-94 to +185 F / -70 to +85 C
-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C

-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C


-94 to +185 F / -70 to +85 C
-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C

-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C


-94 to +185 F / -70 to +85 C
-40 to +185 F / -40 to +85 C

Cutoff Frequency
Velocity of Propagation
Dielectric Constant
Time Delay nS/ft (nS/m)
Impedance
Capacitance (pF/m)
Inductance uH/ft (uH/m)
Shielding Effectiveness
DC Resistance:
Inner Conductor ohms/ 1000ft (/km)
Outer Conductor ohms/ 1000ft (/km)
Voltage Withstand
Jacket Spark
Peak Power
Mechanical Specifications

Cable length and part numbers on page 207.

220

WLAN Antennas

WLAN
Antennas

IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF

IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF

2400 - 2500 (Mhz)


1.8
6 dBi
360
30
0

5150 - 5875 (Mhz)


< 1.7
5 dBi
360
25
0

Omnidirectional
50 Ohm
Vertical
1 x N-Type female
Bottom
25 W

Omnidirectional
50 Ohm
Vertical
1 x N-Type female
Bottom
6W

250 x 22 mm (Height x Diameter)


300 g
frontal: 3N @ 160 km/h, lateral 3N @
160 Km/h
-

160 x 16 mm (Height x Diameter)


300 g
frontal: 7N @ 160 km/h, lateral 7N @
160 Km/h
38.1 mm
76.2 mm

outdoor
-40C to 80C
-40C to 80C
IP67

outdoor
-45C to 70C
-45C to 70C
IP64

RAL 7035 (light grey)


Glass Fiber
-

RAL 9002 (grey-white)


PP
-

Technical Data
Electrical Data

Frequency (Mhz)
VSWR
Gain
3dB beamwidth (horizontal)
3dB beamwidth (vertical)
Front to back ratio
Vertical electrical tilt
General Data
Radiation
Nominal Impedance
Polarisation
Connector type
Connector position
Composite power max.
Mechanical Data
Dimensions
Weight
Wind load
Mast Diameter min.
Mast Diameter max.
Environmental Limits
Environmental Conditions
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
IP Rating
Material Data
Radom Color
Radom Material
Back plate/base plate material

Ordering Data
Model
802.11 b/g Wireless Antenna;
Omni-directonal
802.11 a/h Wireless Antenna;
Omni-directonal
Note:

Type

Part No.
1367090000

IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF

1367120000

IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF
Mounting material included

Mounting material included

221

WLAN Antennas

IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF

IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF

Band 1: 2400 - 2500 (Mhz)


Band 2: 5150 - 5875 (Mhz)

Technical Data

Electrical Data
Frequency (Mhz)

VSWR

<2

Gain

9 dBi Band 1/2

3dB beamwidth (horizontal)


3dB beamwidth (vertical)
Front to back ratio
Vertical electrical tilt
General Data
Radiation
Nominal Impedance
Polarisation
Connector type
Connector position
Composite power max.
Mechanical Data
Dimensions
Weight
Wind load

75 Band 1 ; 55 Band 2
55 Band 1/2
15 dB Band 1/2
0 Band 1/2

Band 1: 2400 - 2500 (Mhz)


Band 1: 5150 - 5875 (Mhz)
Band 3: 3400 - 3700 (Mhz)
Band 4: 4900 - 5470 (Mhz)
Band 5: 5470 - 5935 (Mhz)
Band 1: < 1.8
Band 2: < 2
Band 3: < 2
Band 4: < 1.8
Band 5: < 1.8
Band 1: 6 dBi
Band 2: 6 dBi
Band 3: 7 dBi
Band 4: 8 dBi
Band 5: 8 dBi
-

Directional
50 Ohm
Vertical
1 x N-Type female
Bottom
10 W

Omnidirectional
50 Ohm
Vertical
1 x N-Type female
Bottom
75 W

101 x 80 x 35 mm (Height x Width x Depth)


110 g
frontal: 7N @ 160 km/h, lateral 7N @
160 Km/h
40 mm
60 mm

50.6 x 86 mm (Height x Diameter)


300 g
frontal: 10N @ 160 km/h

Environmental Conditions
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
IP Rating

outdoor
-40C to 80C
-40C to 80C
IP67

outdoor
-40C to 80C
-40C to 80C
IP68

Material Data
Radom Color
Radom Material
Back plate/base plate material

RAL 7044 (grey)


PC
-

RAL 7043 (dark-grey)


ASA_SAN
Stainless Steel

Mast Diameter min.


Mast Diameter max.
Environmental Limits

Ordering Data
Model
802.11 a/b/g/h Wireless Antenna;
Directional
802.11 a/b/g/h Wireless Antenna;
Omni-directonal
Note:

222

Type

Part No.
1367140000

IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF
IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF
Mounting material included

1367130000
Mounting material included

Cables

IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M

IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M

50 Ohm +/- 2
6 Ghz
4.08 ns/m
approx. 0.55 dB/m
approx. 0.87 dB/m

50 Ohm +/- 2
6 Ghz
4.08 ns/m
approx. 0.55 dB/m
approx. 0.87 dB/m

2m
6.3 kg/100m
28 mm
Connector 1: N-type male
Connector 2: RP-SMA male

4m
6.3 kg/100m
28 mm
Connector 1: N-type male
Connector 2: RP-SMA male

-40C to 85C
-20C to 60C
IEC 60332-1, UL 1581 1080 (VW-1)
IEC 60754
ISO 4892-2A

-40C to 85C
-20C to 60C
IEC 60332-1, UL 1581 1080 (VW-1)
IEC 60754
ISO 4892-2A

LSFH (modified polyethylene)


5.7 mm

LSFH (modified polyethylene)


5.7 mm

Technical Data

Electrical Data
Impedance
Max. operating frequency
Signal delay
Attenuation @ 2.4 Ghz
Attenuation @ 5 Ghz
Mechanical Data
Length
Weight
Min. Bending radius (static)
Connector type
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Installation Temperature
Flammability
Halogen free
UV resistance
Material Data
Jacket
Outer Diamter

Ordering Data

Models
Type
Antenna cable, 2m length N-type (male) --> IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M
RP-SMA (male), Impedance 50 Ohm
Antenna cable, 4m length, N-type (male) -->
IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M
RP-SMA (male), Impedance 50 Ohm

Part No.
1367110000

1367100000

223

Hardware Mounts

Mounts

WI-ACC-24GHZ4610DB-ANG-BRKT

WI-ACC-24GHZ4610DB-STR-BRKT

WI-ACC-24GHZ12DB-STR-BRKT

Stainless steel L bracket mount for wall or


pipe mount. For mounting omnidirectional
antenna to 2" maximum diameter mast.

Aluminum MFB mount bracket. For mounting


1-1/4" diameter antenna to 2-1/2" maximum
diameter mast.

Heavy duty MFB mount bracket

Type
WI-ACC-24GHZ-
4610DB-ANG-BRKT

Type
WI-ACC-24GHZ-
4610DB-STR-BRKT

Type
WI-ACC-24GHZ-
12DB-STR-BRKT

Technical Data
Description


Ordering Data


Part No.
6720005209

Part No.
6720005210

WI-ACC-MAGBASE
12 RG58 SMA MALE

WI-ACC-900MHZOMNI-STR-BRKT

WI-ACC-900MHZYAGI-STR-BRKT

Low frequency magnetic mount


(for antennas operating 800-3000 MHz)

Light duty parallel or perpendicular pipe


to pipe clamp, fits 1.5 - 2.4" to
1.5 - 2.4" OD pipe with 1.25 - 2.4" OD

Yagi clamp, fits mast OD of 0.5 - 0.84".


Mounts to legs, towers, accessories

Part No.
6720005211

Technical Data
Description


Ordering Data


Type
WI-ACC-MAGBASE 12
RG58 SMA MALE

Part No.
6720005263

Type
WI-ACC-900MHZ-
OMNI-STR-BRKT

Part No.
6720005268

Type
WI-ACC-900MHZ-
YAGI-STR-BRKT

WI-ACC-900MHZ14YAGI-STR-BRKT

WI-ACC-900MHZ035OMNI-STR-BRKT

WI-ACC-900MHZ7OMNI-STR-BRKT

Yagi clamp, fits mast OD of 0.75 - 1".


Mounts to legs, towers, accessories with
1.25 - 2.4" OD


Aluminum MFB mount bracket.


For mounting 1-5/16" diameter antenna to
2-1/2" maximum diameter mast.

Heavy duty fiberglass base station mount.


For mounting an antenna with 2-1/2"
maximum diameter onto 2-1/2" maximum
diameter mast.

Type
WI-ACC-900MHZ-
035OMNI-STR-BRKT

Type
WI-ACC-900MHZ-
7OMNI-STR-BRKT

Part No.
6720005266

Technical Data
Description



Ordering Data


224

Type
WI-ACC-900MHZ-
14YAGI-STR-BRKT

Part No.
6720005267

Part No.
6720005271

Part No.
6720005272

Hardware Surge Suppressors Antenna Couplers

Surge Suppressor

WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ SURGE
NF-NF

WI-ACC-2-6GHZ SURGE NF-NF

WI-DIV-CCMA
SMA M SMA F

Technical Data
Connector
Frequency Range
VSWR
Insertion Loss
Turn-on

N female to N female
125 - 1000 MHz
<1.1 over frequency range
<0.1 dB over frequency range
600fb Vdc +/- 20%

N female to N female
2.0 - 6.0 GHz
1.3: 1
0.1 dB

SMA Male to SMA Female


<1200 MHz

Part No.
Type
WI-ACC-2-6GHZ
6720005262
SURGE NF-NF

Type
WI-DIV-CCMA
SMA M-SMAF

<0.2dB over range

Ordering Data
Type
WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ
SURGE NF-NF

Antenna Coupler

Part No.
6720005261

WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1
SMA M - SMA M

WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1
SMA M - NM

250 VDC, 250 VAC 50-60 Hz


2 watts or 33 dB
5.64 nF
260 to 2483 MHz
50 Ohms

250 VDC, 250 VAC 50-60 Hz


2 watts or 33 dB
5.64 nF
260 to 2483 MHz
50 Ohms

0.6 dB
2.2 dB
2.6 dB
0.5 lb (0.23 kg)
300 Series Stainless Steel
-40/+85 C

3.2 dB
2.4 dB
4.1 dB
0.5 lb (0.23 kg)
300 Series Stainless Steel
-40/+85 C

Class 1 Div 1, group A, B, C, D

Class 1 Div 1, group A, B, C, D

Part No.
6720005111

Technical Data
Maximum Fault Voltage
Maximum Antenna Power Output
Maximum Capacitance
Frequency Range
Impedenance
Approximate Signal Attenuation (1):
@ 425 MHz
@ 915 MHz
@ 2.4 GHz
Approximate Weight
Housing Material
Ambient Temperature Range
Approvals

Ordering Data
Type
WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1
SMA M - SMA M

Part No.
6720005298

Type
WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1
SMA M - NM

Part No.
6720005299

225

Hardware Adapters

Adapters

WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA M - SMA M

WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA F - SMA F

WI-ACC-ADAPT
NM - NM

Technical Data



Connector

Adapter
SMA female to SMA female

Adapter
SMA male to SMA male

Barrel Adapter
N male to N male

Ordering Data


Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA M - SMA M

Part No.
6720005290

WI-ACC-ADAPT NF - NF

Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA F - SMA F

Part No.
6720005291

WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - NM

Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
NM - NM

Part No.
6720005292

WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - NF

Technical Data

Connector

Barrel Adapter
N female to N female

Adapter
SMA female to N male

Adapter
SMA male to N female

Type Part No.


WI-ACC-ADAPT

6720005294
SMA F - NM

Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA M - NF

Ordering Data


Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
NF - NF

Part No.
6720005293

WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA F - SMA M ANGL

WI-ACC-BULK
SMA F - SMA F

Technical Data

Connector

Bulkhead Adapter
SMA female to SMA female with D-flat

Right Angle Adapter


SMA male to SMA female

Ordering Data


226

Type
WI-ACC-BULK
SMA F - SMA F

Part No.
6720005296

Type
WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA F - SMA M ANGL

Part No.
6720005297

Part No.
6720005295

Terminal rail systems

Terminal rail systems


Active and passive components, as well as intelligent
modules, are mounted on terminal rails. This method has
proved highly effective for decades. However, it is only after
the use of certain consumables which are frequently not
taken into consideration that electrical installation is finally
completed. In this chapter, you will find a range of terminal
rails and profile rails for component installation, together
with end brackets for holding and isolating the components.
These guarantee firm installation and isolation.
Weidmuller supplies components which show perfect
functional compatibility.
Terminal rails are made of either steel, stainless steel,
aluminium, copper or plastic, depending on the area of
application.
They can also be used as a protective conductor busbar.
Weidmuller PE / earth terminals in the W-Series, Z-Series,
I-Series, SAK- and AKZ-Series comply with requirements
stipulated in IEC 60 947-7-2. According to VDE 0100 part
540, for conductors with cross-sectional areas exceeding
10 mm2, both protective and neutral conductors may
be grouped together as a single category of conductors
designated PEN.
If a terminal rail is used as a PEN busbar, the following
criteria must be observed:
Only E-Cu or aluminium profiles are allowed
Short-circuit currents and thermal rated currents must be
taken into account
The terminal rails are to be insulated as a contribution to
protective insulation

Stainless steel
Stainless steel is a collective noun for all kinds of steel
(alloys) which are smelted in a special process and have a
high degree of purity. Stainless steel has a much-enhanced
resistance to corrosion. Weidmullers stainless steel terminal
rails have the following composition: X5 CrNi 18-10
stainless steel (i.e. 18 % chromium, 10 % nickel).
Aluminium
Aluminium is second only to copper in its electrical
conductivity. One advantage is its light weight. Aluminium
oxidises quickly in air; thus passivated, it offers excellent
corrosion protection.
Copper
Copper, a heavy metal, has the best electrical conductivity
of all metals used. As it is a soft metal, Weidmullers terminal
rails are 2.3 mm thick.
Plastic
The plastic terminal rail scores on two counts: firstly, its
insulating properties, and secondly, its low weight. This
leads to its use in special applications where, for example,
clearance and creepage distances with respect to the
mounting plate cannot be achieved with the standard
terminal rails.
Steel
The steel rail is the most widely used DIN-rail on the market.
Among metal DIN-rails, it has the lowest short-circuit
resistance, similar to stainless steel.

227

TS15 terminal rail

5.5 mm

Terminal rail systems

15 mm

TS 15 x 5

Unperforated

Aluminium

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 15x5 2M/AL/BK
16 mm2
max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 76 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
TS 15x5 2M/ST/ZN
10 mm2

With slotted hole

Unperforated

Y
32 mm

1 mm

2m

10 m

0134700000

1 mm

2m

2m

0514200000

1 mm
1 mm

2m
1m

2m
10 m

0117500000
0117510000

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

1.5 mm

2m

2m

0169300000

1.5 mm

2m

2m

0122800000

35 mm2

1.5 mm

2m

2m

0293220000

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
35 mm2

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

Part No.

1.5 mm

2m

2m

0514400000

10 mm2
10 mm2

Aluminium

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 32X15 2M/AL/BK
70 mm2
(max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 192 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
TS 32X15 2M/ST/ZN
35 mm2

Steel, galvanised and passivated


TS 32X15/LL 2M/ST/ZN

228

Qty.

TS 32 x 15

Stainless steel
TS 32X15 2M/CRN

With slotted hole

Length

Part No.

15 mm

TS 32 terminal rail

Steel, galvanised and passivated


TS 15x5/LL 2M/ST/ZN
TS 15x5/LL 1M/ST/ZN

Material thickness

Part No.

Terminal rail systems

7.5 mm

TS 35 x 7.5 terminal rail

35 mm

TS 35 x 7.5

Unperforated

Aluminium

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 35X7.5 2M/AL/BK
35 mm2
(max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 125 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
TS 35X7.5 2M/ST/ZN
16 mm2
TS 35X7.5 1M/ST/ZN
16 mm2
Stainless steel
TS 35X7.5 2M/CRN
16 mm2
Steel, galvanised and passivated

Length

Qty.

Part No.

1 mm

2m

2m

0330800000

1 mm
1 mm

2m
1m

2m
10 m

0383400000
0383410000

1 mm

2m

2m

1747350000

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

Part No.

TS 35X7.5/LL 2M/ST/ZN
TS 35X7.5/LL 1M/ST/ZN

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
16 mm2
16 mm2

1 mm
1 mm

2m
1m

2m
10 m

0514500000
0514510000

TS 35X7.5/LL/6 2M/ST/ZN

16 mm2

1 mm

2m

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

Part No.

2.3 mm

2m

2m

0270100000

2.3 mm

2m

2m

0498000000

2.3 mm

2m

2m

1848290000

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

Part No.

1.5 mm

2m

2m

0236400000

0514570000

2m

18

With slotted hole

Material thickness

6.2

15 mm

TS 35 x 15 terminal rail

TS 35 x 15

35 mm

Copper

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/CU/BK
150 mm2
(max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 309 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/ST/ZN
50 mm2

Unperforated

Aluminium
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/AL/BK
70 mm2
(max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 192 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 35X15 2M/ST/ZN
25 mm2

Unperforated

Steel, galvanised and passivated

Material thickness

Length

Qty.

Part No.

TS 35X15/LL 2M/ST/ZN
TS 35X15/LL 1M/ST/ZN

Short-circuit strength
corresponds to E-Cu wire
25 mm2
25 mm2

1.5 mm
1.5 mm

2m
1m

2m
10 m

0236500000
0236510000

TS 35X15/LL/6x18 2M/ST/ZN

25 mm2

1.5 mm

2m

2m

1805980000

TS 35X15/LL/6x25 2M/ST/ZN

25 mm2

1.5 mm

2m

2m

1866290000

18

With slotted hole

25

11

6.3

6.3

229

TS 35 x 15 terminal rail

15 mm

Terminal rail systems

35 mm

Unperforated

TSK 35 x 15

Plastic PVC RAL 7035


TSK 35X15 2M PVC/GR

Length
2m

Qty.
2m

Part No.
0514300000

End cap TS 35 x 7.5


TS END CAP 35X7.5

Qty.
100

Part No.
1283470000

End cap TS 35 x 15
TS END CAP 35X15

100

1283480000

TS 35 end capsz

NEW

230

Terminal rail systems

For TS 15 terminal rail

Polyamide 66, screw-in


EW 15

Colour
beige

Torque
0.4 Nm

Qty.
50

Part No.
0382860000

0.4 Nm

50

1071900000

20

7920340000

Torque
1.2 Nm
1.2 Nm

Qty.
50
50

Part No.
0199360000
0206160000

Polyamide with fibreglass, screw-in


WEW 32/1
dark beige

0.5 Nm

50

1067600000

Metal, screw-in
MEW 1/32

silver

2 Nm

20

0445600000

Polyamide with fibreglass, screw-in


EW 15/2
dark beige

Polyamide 66, screwless


ZEW 15

beige

Polyamide 66, screw-in


EWK 2
EWK 1

Colour
beige
beige

EW 15
EW 15/2

ZEW 15

For TS 32 terminal rail

EWK 1
EWK 2

WEW 32/1

MEW 1/32

For TS 35 terminal rail

WEW 35/2
WEW 35/1

Polyamide with fibreglass,


screw-in
WEW 35/1
WEW-35/2
WEW 35/1 GR
WEW 35/1 SW
WEW 35/2 GR
WEW 35/3 SW

Colour

Torque

Qty.

dark beige
dark beige
grey
black
grey
black

1.2 Nm
0.5 Nm
1.2 Nm
1.2 Nm
0.5 Nm
0.5 Nm

50
100
50
50
100
100

1059000000
1061200000
1227890000
1162600000
1859200000
1061210000

Polyamide 66, screwless


ZEW (6 mm)
ZEW 35/2 (8 mm)
ZEW 35 GR
ZEW 35/2 GR
ZEW 35/2 SW

beige
beige
grey
grey
black

20
20
20
20
20

9540000000
8630740000
1238040000
1227850000
1162610000
0383560000
0383530000
1269050000
1805610000
1805610000

Polyamide 66, screw-in


EW 35
EW 35 GR
EW 35 DB (V0)

ZEW 35/2
EW 35

Metal, screwable
MEW 35/1

beige
grey
dark beige
silver

0.5 Nm
0.5 Nm
5.5 Nm

50
50
50
10

silver

5.5 Nm

10

Part No.

MEW 35/1

231

Terminal rail systems supports

Terminal rail supports


TSTW 5/M5
TSTW 5/M5 galvanised
TSTW 6/M6

Thread
M5
M5
M6

Qty.
10
10
10

Part No.
0178100000
1779100000
0164000000

10
10

1286600000
0101700000

50
50
50

0295900000
0642600000
0353500000

Terminal rail supports of type TSTW are used for


angled fixing of terminal rails at an angle of 35.

TST 2/M5
TST 2/M6

M5
M6

The TST terminal rail support is used for assembly


of terminal rails in a frame or over a cut-out

TSTW 5/M5

TSTW 5/M5 galvanised

Fixing screws
FKSC M5x8 9
FKSC M6x8 9
FKSC M6x12 9
Weidmuller supplies fixing screws with hexagonal sockets and a very low
head for the terminal rail supports so that the terminals can also be fitted
over the screw.

TSTW 6/M6

232

TST

Weidmuller Partner in Industrial Connectivity

As experienced experts we support our customers and partners around the world
with products, solutions and services in the industrial environmment of power,
signal and data. We are at home in their industries and markets and know the
technological challenges of tomorrow. We are therefore continuously developing
innovative, sustainable and useful solutions for their individual needs. Together we
set standards in Industrial Connectivity.

Weidmuller, Canada
10 Spy Court
Markham, Ontario L3R 5H6
Telephone: (800) 268-4080
Facsimile: (877) 300-5635
Email: info1@weidmuller.ca
Website: www.weidmuller.ca

Weidmuller, Mexico
Blvd. Hermanos Serdn 698,
Col. San Rafael Oriente
Puebla, Puebla, Mexico
C.P. 72029
Telephone: 01 222 2686267
Facsimile: 01 222 2686219
Email: clientes@weidmuller.com.mx
Website: www.weidmuller.com.mx

Weidmuller, United States


821 Southlake Blvd.
Richmond, Virginia 23236
Telephone: (800) 849-9343
Facsimile: (804) 379-2593
Email: info@weidmuller.com
Website: www.weidmuller.com

4/14 LIT1315E